Annual report
Page 1
UNITED STATES SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION Washington, D.C. 20549 FORM 10-K (Mark One) ☒ ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF1934 For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2026 OR ☐ TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d) OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACTOF 1934 For the transition period from __________ to __________ Commission file number: 001-39888 Affirm Holdings, Inc. (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter) Nevada 84-2224323 (State or other jurisdiction of incorporation ororganization) (I.R.S. Employer Identification No.) 221 Main Street Floor 6 San Francisco, California 94105 (Address of principal executive offices) (Zip Code) (415) 960-1518 (Registrant's telephone number, including area code) Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act: Title of each class Trading Symbol(s) Name of each exchange on which registered Class A common stock, par value $0.00001 per share AFRM The Nasdaq Global Select Market Securities registered pursuant to Section 12(g) of the Act: None Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a well-known seasoned issuer, as defined in Rule 405 of the Securities Act. Yes ☒ No ☐ Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant to Section 13 or Section 15(d) of the Act. Yes ☐ No ☒ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant (1) has filed all reports required to be filed by Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to file such reports), and (2) has been subject to such filing requirements for the past 90 days. Yes ☒ No ☐
Page 2
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted electronically every Interactive Data File required to be submitted pursuant to Rule 405 of Regulation S-T (§232.405 of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for such shorter period that the registrant was required to submit such files). Yes ☒ No ☐ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, a smaller reporting company, or an emerging growth company. See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer,” “smaller reporting company,” and “emerging growth company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act. Large accelerated filer ☒ Accelerated filer ☐ Non-accelerated filer ☐ Smaller reporting company ☐ Emerging growth company ☐ If an emerging growth company, indicate by check mark if the registrant has elected not to use the extended transition period for complying with any new or revised financial accounting standards provided pursuant to Section 13(a) of the Exchange Act. ☐ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has filed a report on and attestation to its management’s assessment of the effectiveness of its internal control over financial reporting under Section 404(b) of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act (15 U.S.C. 7262(b)) by the registered public accounting firm that prepared or issued its audit report. ☒ If securities are registered pursuant to Section 12(b) of the Act, indicate by check mark whether the financial statements of the registrant included in the filing reflect the correction of an error to previously issued financial statements. ☐ Indicate by check mark whether any of those error corrections are restatements that required a recovery analysis of incentive-based compensation received by any of the registrant’s executive officers during the relevant recovery period pursuant to §240.10D-1(b). ☐ Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a shell company (as defined in Rule 12b-2 of the Act). Yes ☐ No ☒ As of December 31, 2025, the aggregate market value of the registrant’s Class A common stock held by non-affiliates was approximately $20.8 billion. As of August 21, 2026, the number of shares of the registrant’s Class A common stock outstanding was 296,881,962 and the number of shares of the registrant's Class B common stock outstanding was 40,539,294. DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED BY REFERENCE The information required by Part III of this Report, to the extent not set forth herein, is incorporated herein by reference from the registrant’s definitive proxy statement relating to the Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be held in 2026, which definitive proxy statement shall be filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission within 120 days after the end of the fiscal year to which this Report relates.
Page 3
Table of Contents TABLE OF CONTENTS Page Cover 1 Table of Contents 2 Part I 5 Item 1. Business 5 Item 1A. Risk Factors 21 Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments 55 Item 1C. Cybersecurity 55 Item 2. Properties 56 Item 3. Legal Proceedings 56 Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures 56 Part II 57 Item 5. Market for Registrant's Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer Purchases of Equity Securities 57 Item 6. [Reserved] 58 Item 7. Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 59 Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures About Market Risk 79 Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplementary Data 81 Item 9. Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 151 Item 9A. Controls and Procedures 151 Item 9B. Other Information 154 Item 9C. Disclosure Regarding Foreign Jurisdictions That Prevent Inspections 154 Part III 155 Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance 155 Item 11. Executive Compensation 155 Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related Stockholder Matters 155 Item 13. Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence 155 Item 14. Principal Accountant Fees and Services 155 Part IV 156 Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules 157 Item 16. Form 10-K Summary 160 Signatures 161 2
Page 4
Table of Contents CAUTIONARY NOTE REGARDING FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS This Annual Report on Form 10-K (“Form 10-K”), as well as information included in oral statements or other written statements made or to be made by us, contains forward-looking statements within the meaning of Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), and Section 21E of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act”), that involve substantial risks and uncertainties. All statements other than statements of historical fact contained in this Report, including statements regarding our future results of operations and financial condition, business strategy, and plans and objectives of management regarding future operations, are forward-looking statements. In some cases, forward-looking statements may be identified by words such as “anticipate,” “believe,” “continue,” “could,” “design,” “estimate,” “expect,” “intend,” “may,” “plan,” “potentially,” “predict,” “project,” “should,” “will,” “would,” or the negative of these terms or other similar expressions. These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements concerning the following: • our expectations regarding our future revenue, expenses, and other operating results and key operating metrics; • our ability to attract new merchant partners and commerce platforms and grow our relationships with existing merchant partners and commerce platforms; • our ability to compete successfully in a highly competitive and evolving industry; • our ability to attract new consumers and retain and grow our relationships with our existing consumers; • our expectations regarding the development, innovation, introduction of, and demand for, our promotions and products; • our ability to successfully maintain our relationship with existing originating bank partners and card issuing bank partners and engage additional originating bank partners and card issuing bank partners; • our ability to maintain, renew or replace our existing funding arrangements and build and grow new funding relationships; • the impact of any of our funding sources becoming unwilling or unable to provide funding to us on terms acceptable to us, or at all; • the plan for the establishment of Affirm Bank and the benefits and timing thereof; • our ability to effectively price and score credit risk using our proprietary risk model; • the performance of loans facilitated and originated through our platform; • our ability to effectively use and provide AI-powered solutions; • the future growth rate of our revenue and related key operating metrics; • our ability to sustain profitability in the future; • our ability, and the ability of our originating bank and other partners, to comply, and remain in compliance with, laws and regulations that currently apply or become applicable to our business or the businesses of such partners; • our ability to protect our confidential, proprietary, or sensitive information; • past and future acquisitions, investments, and other strategic investments; • our ability to successfully expand into new international geographies; • our ability to maintain, protect, and enhance our brand and intellectual property; • litigation, investigations, regulatory inquiries, and proceedings; • developments in our regulatory environment, including governmental actions to cap interest rates; 3
Page 5
Table of Contents • the impact of macroeconomic conditions on our business, including the impacts of persistent inflation, an elevated interest rate environment and corresponding elevated negotiated interest rate spreads, ongoing recessionary concerns, uncertainty relating to the magnitude, duration and impact of tariffs on global trade, and the potential impact of macroeconomic conditions on the stability of the consumers and financial institutions with whom we do business; and • the size and growth rates of the markets in which we compete. Forward-looking statements, including statements such as “we believe” and similar statements, are based on our management’s current beliefs, opinions and assumptions and on information currently available as of the date of this Report. Such information may be limited or incomplete, and our statements should not be read to indicate that we have conducted an exhaustive inquiry into, or review of, all potentially available relevant information. These forward-looking statements are subject to a number of known and unknown risks, uncertainties and assumptions, including risks described in the section titled “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this Form 10-K. Moreover, we operate in a very competitive, heavily regulated and rapidly changing environment. New risks emerge from time to time, and it is not possible for our management to predict all risks that we may face, nor can we assess the impact of all risks on our business or the extent to which any risk, or combination of risks, may cause our actual results to differ from those contained in, or implied by, any forward-looking statements. You should not rely upon forward-looking statements as predictions of future events. Although we believe that the expectations reflected in the forward-looking statements are reasonable as of the date of this Report, we cannot guarantee future results, levels of activity, performance, achievements, events, outcomes, timing of results or circumstances. Except as required by law, we undertake no obligation to update publicly any forward-looking statements for any reason after the date of this Report or to conform these statements to actual results or to changes in our expectations. You should read this Form 10-K and the documents that we have filed as exhibits to this Report with the understanding that our actual future results, levels of activity, performance, outcomes, achievements and timing of results or outcomes may be materially different from what we expect. We qualify all of our forward-looking statements by these cautionary statements. Investors and others should note that we may announce material business and financial information to our investors using our investor relations website (investors.affirm.com), our filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission (“SEC”), webcasts, press releases, conference calls, and social media. We use these mediums, including our website, to communicate with investors and the general public about our company, our products, and other issues. It is possible that the information that we make available on our website may be deemed to be material information. We therefore encourage investors and others interested in our Company to review the information that we make available on our website. The contents of our website are not incorporated into this filing. We have included our investor relations website address only as an inactive textual reference for convenience and do not intend it to be an active link to our website. 4
Page 6
Table of Contents PART I ITEM 1. BUSINESS Company Overview Affirm was founded in 2012 with a mission to deliver honest financial products that improve lives. We are building the next generation payment network. We believe that by using modern technology, strong engineering talent, and a mission-driven approach, we can reinvent payments and commerce. Our solutions, which are built on trust and transparency, are designed to make it easier for consumers to spend and save responsibly and with confidence, easier for merchants and commerce platforms to convert sales and grow, and easier for commerce to thrive. Our Business Our company is predicated on the principles of simplicity, transparency, and putting people first. Since our founding, we have charged $0 in late fees for missed payments. We do not profit from consumers’ mistakes, and we are transparent in our product offerings. By adhering to these principles, we have built enduring, trust-based relationships with consumers and merchants. We believe that our technology, underwriting, and risk management are key competitive advantages. Our proprietary technology’s ability to price and assess risk at a transaction level provides a unique advantage compared to legacy payment and credit systems. Our approach to risk management is core to our business model and has contributed to lower fraud rates, higher approval rates, and lower credit losses compared to traditional credit underwriting models serving customers with similar credit risk profiles. Our models have been built on extensive data points, including data from approximately 553 million loans to date. Furthermore, our risk management models are designed to continuously improve over time, becoming more precise and efficient with each transaction. This translates into increased purchasing power with more control and flexibility for consumers. By utilizing our unique risk model predicated on sophisticated machine learning algorithms, proprietary data, and product-level underwriting, we can serve consumers across the credit spectrum and price risk across transaction types. Consumers on our platform represent a broad cross-section of society. For merchants, Affirm’s commerce solutions help drive growth by enhancing demand generation and consumer acquisition. Our platform is explicitly designed and engineered to integrate with a wide range of merchants. This is a point of differentiation for us, as we partner with merchants to serve their payment needs across industries, transactions, average order values (“AOV”), and consumer profiles. As of June 30, 2026, we had approximately 571 thousand active merchants, ranging from small businesses to large enterprises, direct-to- consumer brands, brick-and-mortar stores, and companies with an omni-channel presence. As used herein, “merchants” may reference merchants and/or e-commerce platforms. Our merchants span a diverse range of industries, including electronics, equipment and auto, fashion and beauty, general merchandise, home and lifestyle, services, sporting goods and outdoors, and travel and ticketing. We have three main loan product offerings: Pay-in-X, 0% annual percentage rate (“APR”) monthly installment loans and interest- bearing monthly installment loans. Pay-in-X primarily consists of short-term payment plans with one to four 0% APR installments. Our business model is designed to align with the interests of both consumers and merchants. From merchants, we typically earn a fee when we help them convert a sale and facilitate a transaction. Merchant fees depend on the individual arrangement between us and each merchant and may vary based on the loan terms and product offering; we generally earn larger merchant fees on 0% APR financing products. For fiscal year ended June 30, 2026, Pay-in-X and 0% APR installment loans represented 16% and 14%, respectively, of total gross 5
Page 7
Table of Contents merchandise volume (“GMV”) facilitated through our platform. For fiscal year ended June 30, 2025, Pay-in-X and 0% APR installment loans represented 14% and 13%, respectively, of total GMV facilitated through our platform. This revenue model incentivizes us to help our merchants convert sales and increase AOV through the commerce and technology solutions offered by our platform. From consumers, we earn interest income on the interest-bearing installment loans that we originate or purchase from our originating bank partners. Interest rates charged to our consumers vary depending on several factors including transaction risk, creditworthiness of the consumer, the repayment term selected by the consumer, the amount of the loan, and the individual arrangement with a merchant. The interest-bearing transactions we facilitate carry only simple interest. Because we do not charge deferred interest, compounding interest, or late fees, we believe our business model aligns our economic incentives with prudent underwriting and successful consumer loan repayment. For the fiscal years ended June 30, 2026 and 2025, interest-bearing monthly installment loans represented 70% and 72%, respectively, of total GMV. We also facilitate the issuance of the Affirm Card, a debit card that can be used physically or virtually and which allows consumers to link a bank account to pay in full, or apply to pay over time for their purchase through the Affirm App. Similarly, we also facilitate the issuance of virtual cards directly to consumers through our App, allowing them to shop with merchants that are not integrated with Affirm. Merchants may also elect to utilize our agreements with card-issuing partners as a means of integrating Affirm services. Merchants are charged an interchange fee for each successful card transaction, and a portion of this revenue is shared with us by our card- issuing partners. For the fiscal year ended June 30, 2026, we have facilitated consumer purchases of $50.2 billion in GMV. Our Platform Our business transforms the way consumers and merchants transact by creating a powerful platform built upon honest financial products. We started our business with our foundational pay-over-time solution at checkout, and have since continued to innovate and expand our product suite by building solutions that address the evolving needs of both consumers and merchants. The current suite of solutions we provide to our consumers and merchants is outlined below: Consumer features • Affirm at Checkout. When purchasing from one of our merchant partners, consumers can choose Affirm as a payment method, giving them the option to pay over time with personalized terms ranging from weeks to years. We monitor merchants’ creditworthiness, consumer complaints and dispute rates, changes in consumer repayment behavior, and other data to help identify and screen out fraudulent or otherwise problematic merchants. • Consumer-first borrowing. Our products make it easy for consumers to apply for a loan and complete a quick, real-time eligibility check. If approved, consumers may be offered either Pay-in-X or 0% APR monthly installment loans, where they pay no interest, or interest-bearing monthly installment loans, where they pay fixed, non-compounding interest. We underwrite each transaction individually and do not charge late fees. Our proprietary risk model has consistently outperformed traditional credit models, enabling us to better help eligible consumers finance their purchases. Under this model, the amount a consumer agrees to at checkout is the most they will ever pay, with no late fees or other additional charges. • Affirm Card and the Affirm Marketplace. Affirm Card allows consumers to apply to pay over time through the Affirm App, or to pay in full by linking a bank account or an Affirm Money Account. Prior to checkout, consumers can apply for a pre-purchase installment loan via the app and, upon approval, use the Affirm Card online or in-store to complete their purchase. Alternatively, users can use an in-app post-purchase feature to instantly apply for an installment loan within a limited period following any eligible 6
Page 8
Table of Contents debit transaction. Consumers can transact either via a physical debit card or a virtual debit card. In addition, consumers can access Affirm pay-over-time functionality through select third-party payment and digital wallet channels. Our app and website also provide tailored and exclusive merchant offers based on consumers’ preferences through various shopping experiences powered by the Affirm Marketplace. Consumers can apply at affirm.com or via the app and, upon approval, receive an offer for use with the Affirm Card, a virtual card, or directly at the point of sale. During the fiscal year ended June 30, 2026, 25% of our transactions were initiated through mobile app and website channels as well as Affirm Card. • Affirm MoneyAccount. Through the Affirm App and in partnership with Cross River Bank, we offer an FDIC-insured, high-yield savings account, with no minimum deposit requirements or fees. Merchant features • Affirm at Checkout. Merchants can integrate Affirm into their checkout experience through our direct Application Programming Interface (“API”) or one of our platform partners. We provide a simple and compliant integration experience that allows merchants to easily incorporate Affirm into their payment and product pages with minimal investment. Our integration experience is supported by extensive developer documentation and a dedicated team to assist with any issues. Once integrated, merchants can achieve incremental sales, expand their target markets, and increase customer conversion, while Affirm handles the regulatory aspects of the loans facilitated through our platform. • Flexible offerings that address a wider range of transactions. Merchants can offer either one or a combination of 0% APR and interest-bearing pay-over-time offerings. Offering 0% APR financing to their customers is a compelling revenue accelerator for merchants, who can increase conversion and average order value without resorting to discounts. Merchants can determine the range of interest rates their customers are offered and may choose to subsidize those rates. • Affirm prequalification. By giving consumers the ability to prequalify, Affirm’s offering can be integrated earlier in the consumer’s journey. This may result in fewer abandoned carts and higher conversion rates. Prequalification also personalizes the shopping experience, as consumers may receive customized offers based on their approved amount. • Brand-sponsored and other promotional strategies. We have the ability to work with manufacturers on brand-specific promotional financing offers. These promotions are funded by suppliers and then made available through our merchants. The suppliers cover the costs of the lowered APR for their products, with no added costs to our merchants. This gives our merchants a powerful alternative to markdowns as they can increase sales with no impact to their margins. At the same time, suppliers can sell through additional volume. We also partner with merchants to reach consumers with other promotional strategies and offers. • Merchant dashboard and analytics. Our merchant dashboard provides a robust user interface through which each merchant can view transaction data, manage charges, and manage their merchant account, while also offering insightful analytics and a client success team to help them understand product performance and optimize conversion and consumer acquisition costs. • Affirm App and the Affirm Marketplace. Merchants can participate in the Affirm Marketplace to reach consumers through featured placements, personalized advertisements and tailored offers within the Affirm App and other consumer experiences. Our Competitive Advantages We believe we have a number of competitive advantages that will continue to contribute to our success. 7
Page 9
Table of Contents Strong network effects We benefit from self-reinforcing network effects, which are advantages that compound with each additional consumer and merchant that joins our network: • As consumers learn about the key benefits of our solutions, more and more have chosen to use our platform, resulting in a growing consumer base. • The larger our consumer ecosystem, the more valuable it is to merchants, and the more compelling it is for merchants to offer Affirm as a payment option. • The more merchants integrated into our network, the more reasons consumers have to shop with Affirm. • Our costs decrease as a percentage of GMV as our consumer ecosystem expands. For example, the additional data we have on repeat consumers enables us to make better underwriting decisions and therefore generally results in lower provision for credit losses and processing and servicing expenses from repeat consumers than from first time consumers. For the fiscal years ended June 30, 2026 and 2025, 96% and 94%, respectively, of the transactions facilitated through our platform were driven by repeat consumers. • Improved expense efficiency enables us to create even more compelling offers for consumers and merchants, in turn attracting more consumers and merchants to our network. The net result is that we are building a consumer and merchant ecosystem on our platform that we expect to continue to grow and monetize over time. Engineering and technology infrastructure Technology is at the core of everything we do. Our solutions use machine learning, artificial intelligence, cloud-based technologies, and other modern tools to create differentiated and scalable products. We prioritize building our own technology and investing in engineering talent, as we believe these are enduring competitive advantages that are difficult to replicate. Our integration experience also allows merchant partners to easily integrate Affirm through our direct API or one of our platform partners. From the smallest direct-to-consumer online brand to the largest merchants running on mainframe computers, the technical aspects of integrating with Affirm are quick and painless. Full integration can be completed very quickly, often within days after signing our merchant agreement. Data advantages that compound over time Our expertise in sourcing, aggregating, protecting, and analyzing data has been what we believe to be a core competitive advantage of our platform since our founding. We use data to inform our analysis and decision-making, including risk assessment, in a way that empowers consumers and generates value for our merchants and funding sources. Our technology is built to handle the immense scale of our data-driven operations — we are capable of processing thousands of checkouts per minute in multiple countries, often relaying underwriting decisions within seconds. Our machine learning-based risk models are calibrated and validated on an extensive amount of data from over 553 million loans to date, and are custom built to effectively detect fraud, price risk, and provide customized recommendations. We consider data beyond traditional credit scores, such as transaction history and credit usage, and our own repayment history, to predict repayment ability, and leverage this with real-time response data. 8
Page 10
Table of Contents Better outcomes generated by our proprietary risk models Unlike legacy payment and credit systems, we can assess and price risk at a transaction level, rather than relying solely on a static consumer credit score. We believe our proprietary risk model has translated this advantage into the ability to facilitate a greater volume of transactions from a wider and more diverse segment of consumers. The accuracy of our risk model also generally benefits our provision for credit losses on loans we retain. Our continuously-learning risk model benefits from increasing scale. As data from new transactions are incorporated into our risk algorithms, we are able to more effectively assess a given credit profile. This process is further enhanced by a constant feedback loop that allows us to monitor performance against our predictions and quickly adjust risk, as needed. Our ability to quickly assess, price, and manage risk enables us to generate high quality assets that attract funding sources and generate predictable servicing and interest income as consumers repay over time. Our risk model is designed to comply with our originating bank partners’ credit policies and underwriting procedures and our direct lending entity’s underwriting policies, and is designed to support lower fraud rates and higher approval rates compared to traditional credit underwriting models. For more information on how our risk model automates the underwriting process for our originating bank partners, see “— Regulatory Environment — State and provincial licensing requirements and regulation.” Deep capital markets expertise We believe our capital management strategy is a key competitive differentiator, enabling us to effectively scale our network, support GMV growth across our ecosystem, and efficiently recycle equity capital. Our diverse and durable funding model consists of four primary channels — warehouse credit facilities, programmatic issuance of term and revolving securitization transactions (including revolving securitizations via Affirm’s master trust), pass-through loan sales, and forward flow loan sale arrangements. We endeavor to maximize our financial flexibility by partnering with a broad spectrum of counterparty profiles including depository institutions, investment banks, hedge funds, pension funds, asset managers, and insurance companies. By maintaining access to a diversified array of long-term funding sources and leveraging our proprietary underwriting process at the point-of-sale, we are able to monetize high-quality financial assets at scale. Our Competition Our primary competition consists of: legacy payment methods, such as credit and debit cards, including those provided by card issuing banks such as Synchrony, J.P. Morgan Chase, Citibank, Bank of America, Capital One, Bread Financial, and American Express; mobile wallets and other pay-over-time solutions offered by companies such as PayPal, Block and Klarna; and new pay-over-time offerings by legacy financial and payments companies, including those mentioned above. Additionally, some merchants are increasingly offering proprietary pay-over-time options to customers, and in some cases, these are presented parallel to our offerings at checkout. We believe that our competitive advantages position us favorably to succeed in the market. However, many of our competitors are substantially larger than we are, which may give those competitors advantages we do not have at present, such as a more diversified product offering, a larger consumer and merchant base, the ability to reach more consumers and potential consumers, operational efficiencies, the ability to cross-subsidize their offerings through their other business lines, more versatile technology platforms, broad- based local distribution capabilities, and lower-cost funding. Our potential competitors may also have longer operating histories, more extensive and broader consumer and merchant relationships, and greater brand recognition and brand loyalty than we have. In addition, other established companies that possess large, existing consumer and merchant bases, substantial financial resources, or established distribution channels could also enter the market. 9
Page 11
Table of Contents Our Growth Strategy Our multi-pronged growth strategy is designed to build upon our momentum and unlock opportunities to create even greater value for consumers and merchants. Expand solutions for merchants and consumers • Innovate on new consumer product solutions. To expand consumers' purchasing power and deliver personalized benefits and offers, we are delivering a new generation of financial products and experiences designed to meet their evolving needs, including AdaptAI (Affirm’s AI-powered personalized promotion platform). • Increase merchant feature functionality. To help merchants improve their conversion rates, AOVs, and customer satisfaction, we are delivering new tools, experiences, and channels designed to strengthen their customer acquisition strategies. Increase Consumer Transaction Frequency and In-store Usage We have demonstrated how our solutions can successfully enable and accelerate commerce for larger and considered purchases. We aim to continue driving repeat use of our platform as we serve consumers beyond their initial purchase via our consumer-centric tools and offerings, and the increased diversity of merchants on our network. We believe continuing to expand the use of Affirm across a broader range of online and in-store purchases is key to driving repeat usage and will position us to further increase engagement with both consumers and merchants. Affirm Card is an important component of this strategy because consumers using Affirm Card to date often have a higher transaction frequency per user, greater in-store usage, and use Affirm across new and existing merchant categories within our network. If successful, we believe that this strategy will lead to increased transaction volume on our platform, as well as the expansion of our consumer and merchant network. As of June 30, 2026, we had approximately 7.0 transactions per active consumer, an increase ofapproximately 20% compared to June 30, 2025 and an increase of 44% over the two-year period since June 30, 2024. Expand consumer reach We will continue marketing to increase brand awareness, strengthen our web and direct-to-consumer presence, and highlight the value of our platform. We believe this will attract new consumers to try Affirm as a payment option. We also intend to continue expanding our products to serve a broader range of consumer needs. As we add more consumers to our network, we expect our models to become more efficient and robust, enhancing our ability to assess risk and supporting the acquisition and approval of a broader spectrum of consumers. Expand merchant reach • Deepen penetration with existing merchants. Affirm represents a small percentage of our merchants’ total transaction volume today, which we believe we can grow as consumer demand for Affirm rises, as our sales and customer success teams deepen merchant relationships, and as we expand Affirm across more of their channels and platforms. • Increase the number of our merchant partnerships. We believe we have the opportunity to continue to increase the number of integrated merchants on our network through both our dedicated sales team and platform partner and merchant acquirer partnerships. Additionally, our simple integration experience enables merchants to incorporate Affirm with minimal investment. As we continue to generate results for merchants, we believe more will join our platform in order to offer Affirm as an option to their customers. 10
Page 12
Table of Contents Expand to new markets Our platform is broadly available to merchants and eligible consumers in the United States, Canada and the United Kingdom (“U.K.”). Additionally, we began a limited launch of our platform in Australia in the first quarter of fiscal year 2027. We expect to continue expanding internationally in continental Europe and Australia. We believe merchants and consumers anywhere can benefit from a more transparent, fair, and honest way to engage in commerce, and we see an opportunity to generate value in many new markets around the world through our platform. Our Technology Our products are built on a cloud-first platform engineered for data aggregation, schematization, management, and decisioning, which enables our products to leverage years of deep behavioral, financial, shopping, and payment data across our platform, from fraud and pricing, to personalization and repayment. Our vertically integrated technology powers a rich data landscape across products, which drives increased efficiency that helps to unlock greater scale. Increasing scale powers a flywheel that further drives incremental data capture and improves the efficiency of each transaction, and that efficiency allows us to more finely price transactions, measure risk, deliver value to our consumers, and personalize consumer experiences. We invest in technology to create this flywheel effect as we believe it builds an increasing and durable competitive advantage as we operate with higher confidence in our model decisions, lower costs of each transaction, and improve our ability to price transactions with a lower margin of error. The increasing scale is leveraged by our technology as increasing value is delivered to participants in our network of merchants, consumers, and capital partners. • Fraud detection capabilities. To assess transaction fraud risk, we first seek to establish the consumer’s identity using basic information. The consumer is then evaluated by our fraud model, and we will then either move forward in the approval flow, or request additional data from the consumer. Our sophisticated fraud models utilize approximately 350 other data points in order to make a near-instantaneous decision on whether to block a transaction. We also use a combination of machine learning models and rules to inform real-time transaction decisions and identify transactions for potential review by fraud investigators. • Credit check capabilities. Our risk model takes key user identifiers and transaction details and turns them into a total of over 1,000 data points in order to assess the credit risk of new consumers. Our algorithms model out the repayment probability on a month-to-month basis, and combine these probabilities with the term length, purchase size, merchant, and item being purchased, in order to price and score risk. In the vast majority of cases, we can complete these checks and calculations in a matter of seconds, automating the underwriting process pursuant to our originating bank partners’ underwriting policies and our direct lending entity’s underwriting policies. We use application and transaction data to train our model, including data from approximately 553 million loans to date. • Modeling improvements. Our high cadence for modeling, retraining, and recalibration translates into rapid improvements to our models over time. New data is regularly used to retrain each model, meaning they continue to improve as the numbers of consumers, merchants, transactions, and repayments we power on our platform grow. We also perform periodic larger scale updates to our core model and algorithms. We regularly introduce new data signals to be captured by our risk analysis system and make them available to be incorporated into new model development, training, and validation. Additionally, we explore opportunities to capture data outside of our model approvals, in order to make a breadth of data available to future models. During these updates, new signals are captured, and older data interrogated and re-tested to help our models continue to evolve. We have automated the process of constructing, training, calibrating, validating, and updating our models, which allow our scientists and engineers to focus on research, 11
Page 13
Table of Contents flexibility, and speed. Our models are designed to enable us to adjust our models quickly and efficiently in response to changes in the environment. • Designed for continued innovation and flexibility. Our deep technological talent and capabilities have enabled us to strategically build core systems and data infrastructure in-house, allowing us to gain what we believe is a significant competitive advantage as we continue to innovate and iterate, and develop new capabilities across multiple disciplines. The flexibility of our custom-built technological infrastructure means we can incorporate new merchants, platforms, data sources, models, capital partnerships, and other elements as our platform continues to evolve. • Data privacy and security. We store and process data while maintaining robust physical, electronic, and procedural safeguards designed to protect that data. We maintain physical security measures designed to guard against unauthorized access to systems and use safeguards such as firewalls and data encryption. We also have deployed physical access controls to our buildings, and our policies authorize access to personal information only for those employees or agents who require it to fulfill the responsibilities of their jobs. Sales and Marketing Our marketing strategy includes brand marketing, communications, and co-marketing campaigns that we collaborate on with merchants and partners. We have historically relied on the strength of our merchant relationships and positive user experience to develop our brand and grow our network. We have achieved significant merchant and consumer adoption while maintaining a disciplined approach that considers the effectiveness of our sales and marketing spending. We also utilize dedicated sales teams to grow our merchant base and leverage strategic partnerships with other platforms to expand our merchant and consumer base. Seasonality We experience seasonal fluctuations in our business as a result of consumer spending patterns. Historically, our GMV has tended to be higher during our second and fourth fiscal quarters, due to increases in retail commerce during the holiday season and other promotional activity. Our loan delinquencies tend to be at their lowest during our fiscal third and fourth quarters, as consumer savings benefit from tax refunds. Adverse events that occur during these quarters could have a disproportionate effect on our financial results for the fiscal year. Human Capital Resources Our employees As of June 30, 2026, we had a total of 2,358 employees, primarily located in the United States. None of our employees are represented by a labor union. We have not experienced any work stoppages, and we consider our relations with our employees to be good. Distinctive culture that sets us apart We believe our culture gives us a long-term, sustainable competitive advantage. Affirm is purpose-built from the ground up, and our employees, who have named themselves “Affirmers,” are deeply committed to delivering honest financial products that improve lives. Five core values permeate every part of Affirm — which includes our people, products, and business: • People come first. Our success is aligned with our consumers’ success. This means that we do not and will not take advantage of our consumers nor do we capitalize on consumer misfortunes through practices such as late fees and deferred or compounding interest. 12
Page 14
Table of Contents • No fine print. We are transparent and honest — with our consumers and with each other. That is why there are no hidden fees or tricks associated with the loans facilitated through our platform. • It’s on us. Affirmers own problems and solutions, and we hold each other accountable. • Simpler is better. Financial products and payments have traditionally been fraught with complexity. Affirm’s products bring consumers the simplicity they need and merchants the results they want. • Push the envelope. Talented people are attracted to Affirm because we empower them to innovate, create robust systems, and take smart risks. This momentum keeps our consumer and merchant network growing and thriving. These values have helped us to attract, inspire, and harness the collective talent of exceptional technologists and business people. In service of our high performance culture, we strive to attract and retain employees with a broad range of backgrounds, experiences, and skills, which we believe are important as we scale our business and strengthen Affirm's culture. Our board of directors’ role in human capital resource management Our board of directors believes that human capital management is an important component of our continued growth and success, and is helpful to our ability to attract, retain, and develop talented and skilled employees. We pride ourselves on a culture that respects co- workers and values concern for others. Management regularly reports to our board of directors on human capital management topics, including corporate culture, safety, employee development, and compensation and benefits. Our board of directors provides input on important decisions, including with respect to safety, talent retention and development. Employee incentives and benefits We provide equity incentives to our employees through the grant of performance stock units (“PSUs”) and restricted stock units (“RSUs”) under our equity incentive plan to align their interests with stockholders as “owners” of our company. We also offer an Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”) allowing eligible employees to purchase shares of our Class A common stock at a discount to fair market value. We believe these incentive programs allow us to be competitive with comparable companies in our industry by giving us the resources to attract, motivate and retain talented individuals. We offer comprehensive benefits, including medical, dental, vision, life insurance, paid time off, various voluntary insurance programs, and retirement savings benefits. Our employee assistance program, financial wellness benefits, legal protection benefits, and identity theft protection benefits offer employees information, referrals, and short-term counseling for personal issues affecting their work or personal life as an added layer of protection. In addition, we offer perks, such as employer-sponsored digital spending wallets, mental health benefits, family & fertility benefits and generous leave and time-off policies, which we believe enhance employee productivity, satisfaction and loyalty. Regulatory Environment We operate in a rapidly evolving regulatory environment and are subject to extensive regulation, both directly and indirectly, by way of our partnership with our originating bank partners, under U.S. federal law, the laws of Canada, the U.K. and Australia, and the laws of the states and provinces in which we operate, among others. These laws cover all aspects of our business and include privacy laws, consumer protection laws, and contractual obligations. We could become subject to additional legal or regulatory requirements if laws or regulations change in 13
Page 15
Table of Contents the jurisdictions in which we operate. These could include the need to obtain new and different types of licenses in order to conduct our business, such as for lending, brokering, servicing, collections, or money transmission. For more information on the risks relating to our regulatory environment, see the section titled “Risk Factors – Risks Related to Our Regulatory Environment.” Our lending programs are relatively novel and must comply with regulatory regimes applicable to consumer credit transactions. In addition, the regulatory framework for online lending platforms is evolving and uncertain as federal and state governments consider the application of existing laws and adoption of new laws to regulate these structures. Certain banking laws and regulations may also apply to our originating bank partners. State and provincial licensing requirements and regulation Our operations must satisfy the laws and standards of each individual U.S. state and territory, Canadian province, U.K. country, and Australian state and territory in which we operate. This means that when individual states, territories or provinces differ in how they allow financing to be provided and used, we must operate consistently in accordance with the most comprehensive requirements. Our policies and practices approach these requirements with the goal of managing the long-term viability and flexibility of our business model. As such, we have established a business model pursuant to which we may originate loans directly through our platform under our lending, servicing, and brokering licenses across various jurisdictions in the U.S., Canada, U.K., and Australia, and we may also purchase loans originated by our originating bank partners through our platform. Substantially all of the loans facilitated through our platform in the U.S. are originated through Celtic Bank, an FDIC-insured Utah state-chartered industrial bank, and Lead Bank, an FDIC- insured Missouri state-chartered bank. Certain states, provinces, and localities have adopted laws regulating and requiring licensing, registration, notice filing, or other approval by parties that engage in certain activity regarding consumer finance transactions, including facilitating and assisting such transactions in certain circumstances, debt collection or servicing, and/or purchasing or selling consumer loans. We have also received inquiries from regulatory agencies regarding requirements to obtain licenses from or register with those jurisdictions, including in states where we have determined that we are not required to obtain such a license or be registered with the state, and we expect to continue to receive such inquiries. We are also subject to licensing requirements, supervision, and examination by applicable regulatory authorities in the jurisdictions in which we may service loans, solicit or offer loans, or originate loans directly through our platform, and we have obtained or are in the process of obtaining necessary licenses in the jurisdictions in which we do so. Licensing statutes vary from state to state and prescribe different requirements, including but not limited to: restrictions on loan origination and servicing practices (including limits on the type, amount, and manner of fees), solicitation activities, interest rate limits, disclosure requirements, periodic examination requirements, surety bond and minimum specified net worth requirements, periodic financial reporting requirements, notification requirements for changes in principal officers, stock ownership or corporate control, restrictions on advertising, and requirements that loan forms be submitted for review. The application of state and provincial licensing requirements to our business model is not always clear, and while we believe we are in material compliance as of June 30, 2026 with applicable licensing requirements, regulators may request or require that we obtain additional licenses or other authorizations in the future, which may subject our business to additional restrictions or requirements. Several states have begun enacting legislation specifically focused on buy now, pay later (“BNPL”) lending. For example, New York enacted the Buy-Now-Pay-Later Act (N.Y. Banking Law Article 14-B, §§ 735-749), and Illinois recently enacted the Buy-Now-Pay- Later Loan Consumer Protection Act (SB 3561). We are monitoring developments in these states, as well as potential BNPL legislation in other jurisdictions, and evaluating the applicability of these laws to our products and platform. 14
Page 16
Table of Contents State interest rate treatment We and our originating bank partners may also be subject to state law interest rate limitations on personal consumer loans. Certain states have no such limitations, while other jurisdictions impose a maximum rate on such loans. In some jurisdictions, the maximum rate may be less than the rates applicable to the loans facilitated through our platform. If any of the loans facilitated through our platform were found to impose rates higher than the maximum rate for the applicable state, such loans could be in violation of state interest limitation laws, which could result in such loans being unenforceable or reduce or extinguish the principal and/or interest (paid or to be paid) on such loans, or result in fees, damages, and penalties to us or our originating bank partners. Out of an abundance of caution, however, we have sought to voluntarily cap the maximum interest rate we will propose for a loan to borrowers in certain states so that it is below the maximum interest rate that our originating bank partners would otherwise be permitted to charge under applicable law. Through our partnerships with our originating bank partners, as well as through our state lending licenses to originate loans directly, where applicable, our risk model automates the underwriting process in accordance with our originating bank partners’ underwriting policies, which only our originating bank partners may change and which we must follow in reviewing, approving, and administering loans facilitated by our platform, and our direct lending entity’s underwriting policy. When originating loans through our platform, our originating bank partners may contract to charge interest based on authority granted to state-chartered, FDIC-insured banks under federal law (Section 27 of the Federal Deposit Insurance Act) and based upon legal principles detailed in the FDIC’s final rule relating to Federal Interest Rate Authority, published in the Federal Register on July 22, 2020. Section 27 allows an FDIC-insured bank such as our originating bank partners to charge interest to consumers on a nationwide basis based on the rates allowed by the state where the bank is located. We rely on our originating bank partners’ authority under federal law to establish interest rates and charge interest on the loans our originating bank partners originate through our platform. Celtic Bank and Lead Bank generally allow a consumer loan borrower to agree to any annual rate of interest up to 36%, while Cross River Bank generally allows a consumer loan borrower to agree to any annual rate of interest up to 30%, in each case calculated in accordance with the FDIC Federal Interest Rate Authority rule discussed above and other applicable law. However, if the legal structure underlying our relationship with our originating bank partners was successfully challenged, we may be found to be in violation of state licensing requirements and state laws regulating interest rates and other aspects of consumer lending. In the event of such a challenge or if our arrangements with our originating bank partners were to change or end for any reason, we would need to rely on an alternative bank relationship, find an alternative bank relationship, rely on existing state licenses, obtain new state licenses, pursue a federal charter, offer consumer loans, and/or be subject to the interest rate limitations and loan product requirement limitations of certain states. Money transmission Through our wholly-owned subsidiary, Affirm Payments, LLC (“Affirm Payments”), we hold licenses to operate as a money transmitter (or its equivalent) in certain states and jurisdictions of the U.S. Affirm Payments is also registered with the U.S. Department of the Treasury's Financial Crimes Enforcement Network ("FinCEN") as a money services business. As a licensed money transmitter, we have obligations and restrictions with respect to the investments of consumer funds, recurrent reporting, and bonding. If found to have violated the laws or regulations covered under our licenses, we could be subject to liability and/or additional restrictions. These include, but are not limited to, being forced to cease doing business with residents of certain states or territories, forced to change our business practices, or required to obtain additional licenses or regulatory approvals. Any of the aforementioned scenarios could impose substantial costs and or harm our business. 15
Page 17
Table of Contents International regulatory oversight We provide lending services outside the United States through local subsidiaries that hold the applicable lending licenses and authorizations in each jurisdiction, and we monitor the laws and regulations governing BNPL and consumer credit activities in these markets, all of which are subject to ongoing interpretation and change. Canada. We operate through our Canadian subsidiary, Affirm Canada Holdings Ltd., which holds lending licenses and is subject to both federal and provincial regulatory frameworks. The Retail Payment Activities Act (S.C. 2021, c. 23, s. 177) came into full effect on September 8, 2025, requiring payment service providers and BNPL firms performing regulated payment functions to register with the Bank of Canada and to comply with operational risk management, funds-safeguarding, and reporting obligations. Our lending activities are also regulated at the provincial level under each province's consumer protection legislation, which imposes varying requirements regarding disclosure of cost of borrowing, advertising of credit terms, and consumer remedies. No Canadian province has enacted legislation specifically targeting BNPL products, but provincial consumer protection laws of general application, including requirements applicable to lenders and installment sale contracts, may apply to our activities. United Kingdom. We operate through our U.K. subsidiary, Affirm U.K. Limited, which is authorized and regulated by the Financial Conduct Authority (“FCA”) to carry out regulated consumer credit activity. The FCA's strategic objective is to ensure that relevant markets function well, and its operational objectives are to secure an appropriate degree of consumer protection, protect and enhance the integrity of the U.K. financial system, and promote effective competition in the interests of consumers. On July 25, 2026, new FCA regulations for the BNPL market came into force, bringing the previously unregulated deferred-payment credit (“DPC”) sector under the remit of the FCA and its DPC rules. Australia. We operate through our Australian subsidiary, Affirm Australia Pty. Ltd., which holds an Australian credit license permitting lending activities and is regulated by the Australian Securities and Investments Commission (“ASIC”). The Australian Government amended the National Consumer Credit Protection Act 2009 to extend the application of the National Credit Code to BNPL contracts, also known as low cost credit contracts (“LCCCs”). Effective June 10, 2025, lenders engaging in credit activities involving LCCCs must hold an Australian credit license with the appropriate authorizations, subject to transitional arrangements, and ASIC has published Regulatory Guide 281, Low cost credit contracts, to assist providers in complying with key obligations. U.S. federal consumer protection requirements We must comply with various federal consumer protection regimes, both as a service provider to our originating bank partners and as a loan originator with respect to loans we may originate directly, including but not limited to the following laws and regulations: • the Truth-in-Lending Act and Regulation Z promulgated thereunder, which require certain disclosures to consumers regarding the terms and conditions of their loans and credit transactions; • Section 5 of the Federal Trade Commission Act, which prohibits unfair and deceptive acts or practices in or affecting commerce, and Section 1031 of the Dodd-Frank Act, which prohibits unfair, deceptive, or abusive acts or practices (“UDAAP”) in connection with any consumer financial product or service; • the Equal Credit Opportunity Act (the “ECOA”) and Regulation B promulgated thereunder, which prohibit creditors from discriminating against credit applicants on the basis of race, color, sex, age, religion, national origin, marital status, the fact that all or part of the applicant’s income derives from any public assistance program, or the fact that the applicant has in good faith exercised any right under the Federal Consumer Credit Protection Act or any applicable state law. In addition to acts of intentional discrimination, the ECOA has been interpreted by federal regulators and courts to prohibit creditors from maintaining policies and practices that, while facially neutral, result in a disproportionate, adverse impact on applicants or consumers in protected groups. For this reason, a loan decisioning or credit scoring model must not use any 16
Page 18
Table of Contents variable that may be deemed a proxy for a protected characteristic such as race, ethnicity, or sex. Further, the variables used in the model must be supported by documented, legitimate business justifications where the model results in a disproportionate effect on applicants or consumers of certain demographic groups; • the Fair Credit Reporting Act (the “FCRA”), as amended by the Fair and Accurate Credit Transactions Act, and Regulation V promulgated thereunder, which promote the accuracy, fairness, and privacy of information in the files of consumer reporting agencies; • the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act, Regulation F promulgated thereunder, and the Telephone Consumer Protection Act, each of which provide guidelines and limitations concerning the conduct of certain creditors and third-party debt collectors in connection with the collection of consumer debts; • the Gramm-Leach-Bliley Act (the “GLBA”), which includes limitations on use and disclosure of nonpublic personal information about a consumer by a financial institution; • the Bankruptcy Code, which limits the extent to which creditors may seek to enforce debts against parties who have filed for bankruptcy protection; • the Holder Rule, and equivalent state laws, which make Affirm or any other holder of a consumer credit contract include the required notice and become subject to all claims and defenses that a borrower could assert against the seller of goods or services; • the Electronic Fund Transfer Act and Regulation E promulgated thereunder, which provide disclosure requirements, guidelines, and restrictions on the electronic transfer of funds from consumers’ bank accounts; • the Electronic Signatures in Global and National Commerce Act and similar state laws, particularly the Uniform Electronic Transactions Act, which authorize the creation of legally binding and enforceable agreements utilizing electronic records and signatures; • the Military Lending Act and similar state laws, which provide disclosure requirements, interest rate limitations, substantive conduct obligations, and prohibitions on certain behavior relating to loans made to covered borrowers, which include both servicemembers and their dependents; and • the Servicemembers Civil Relief Act and similar state laws, which allow active duty military members to suspend or postpone certain civil obligations so that the military member can devote his or her full attention to military duties. In addition, many states and local jurisdictions have consumer protection laws analogous to, or in addition to, the federal laws listed above, such as usury laws, state debt collection practices laws, and requirements regarding loan disclosures and terms, credit discrimination, credit reporting, money transmission, recordkeeping, the arranging of loans made by third parties, and unfair or deceptive business practices. We are also subject to data protection laws and regulations, such as the EU General Data Protection Regulation (“GDPR”), Canada’s Personal Information Protection and Electronic Documents Act, the U.K.’s Data Protection Act of 2018, Australia's Privacy Act 1988, and similar state laws such as the California Consumer Privacy Act (the “CCPA”), which includes limitations and requirements surrounding the use, disclosure, and other processing of certain personal information about California residents. We are also subject to regulation by the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (“CFPB”) under the Dodd-Frank Act and other acts described herein, and we are subject to the CFPB’s enforcement authority with respect to our compliance with these requirements as a facilitator, servicer, acquirer, or originator of consumer credit. As such, the CFPB has in the past requested reports concerning our organization, business conduct, markets, and activities, and the CFPB may continue to do so from time to time in the future. The CFPB, through enforcement authority, could increase our compliance costs, potentially hinder our ability to respond to marketplace changes, impose requirements to alter products and services that would make them less attractive to consumers and impair our ability to offer products and services profitably. The CFPB is authorized to pursue administrative proceedings or litigation for violations of federal consumer financial laws. In these 17
Page 19
Table of Contents proceedings, the CFPB can obtain cease and desist orders (which can include orders for restitution or rescission of contracts, as well as other kinds of affirmative relief) and monetary penalties. Also, where a company has violated Title X of the Dodd-Frank Act or CFPB regulations under Title X, the Dodd-Frank Act empowers state attorneys general and state regulators to bring civil actions for the kind of cease and desist orders available to the CFPB (but not for civil penalties). In May 2022, the CFPB issued an Interpretive Rule to clarify the authority of states to enforce federal consumer financial protections laws under the Consumer Financial Protection Act of 2010. However, on May 15, 2025, the CFPB rescinded this interpretive rule. It is possible that federal regulators could promulgate rulemakings and bring enforcement actions that materially impact our business and the business of our originating bank partners. These regulators may augment requirements that apply to loans facilitated by our platform, or impose new programs and restrictions and could otherwise revise or create new regulatory requirements that apply to us (or our bank partners), impacting our business, operations, and profitability. The federal regulatory framework applicable to online marketplaces such as our platform is evolving and uncertain, and additional requirements may apply to our business in the future. While we have developed policies and procedures designed to assist in compliance with these laws and regulations, no assurance is given that our compliance policies and procedures will be effective or will be adequate as laws change or are applied in a new manner. Other requirements We have policies and procedures designed to prevent the financing of illegal products. As part of our diligence process when vetting new partners, these policies and procedures instruct that we screen for products that violate the law or are on our prohibited business list in an effort to prevent risk to our business or harm to our consumers, merchants, and the payment system. We are subject to compliance obligations related to U.S. anti-money laundering (“AML”) laws and regulations both directly through our subsidiary Affirm Payments, a registered money services business and licensed money transmitter, and through our partnership with our originating bank partners. With our international footprint, we are also subject to international AML laws and regulations. We have developed and currently operate an enterprise-wide AML program designed to prevent our network from being used to facilitate money laundering, terrorist financing, and other financial crimes, and to enable us to comply with all applicable anti-money laundering and anti-terrorism financing laws and regulations, including the Bank Secrecy Act and the Patriot Act. Our AML program is also designed to prevent our products from being used to facilitate business in certain countries or territories, or with certain individuals or entities, including those on designated lists promulgated by the U.S. Department of the Treasury’s Office of Foreign Assets Control and other U.S. and non-U.S. sanctions authorities. Our AML and sanctions compliance programs include policies, procedures, reporting protocols, and internal controls designed to identify, monitor, manage, and mitigate the risk of money laundering and terrorist financing, including the designation of an AML compliance officer to oversee the programs. We are also required to maintain this program under our agreements with our originating bank partners, and certain state regulatory agencies have intimated they expect the program to be in place and followed. The U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act (“FCPA”) prohibits offering, promising, authorizing or making payments to any foreign government official, government staff member, political party or political candidate to obtain or retain business abroad. Affirm is subject to the FCPA as well as similar laws in other jurisdictions in which we operate. We maintain anti-corruption policies and procedures and have a compliance program in place to ensure compliance with these laws and regulations. We collect, store, use, disclose, transfer, and otherwise process a wide variety of information, including personal information, for various purposes in our business, including to help provide for the integrity of our services and to provide features and functionality to our consumers and merchants. This aspect of our business, including the 18
Page 20
Table of Contents collection, storage, use, disclosure, transfer, processing, and protection of the information, including personal information, we acquire in connection with our consumers’ and merchants’ use of our services, is subject to numerous privacy, cybersecurity, and other laws and regulations in the U.S. and foreign jurisdictions, including the GLBA and its implementing regulations. We are subject to a variety of such laws, rules, directives, and regulations, as well as contractual obligations, both at the state and federal level, relating to the processing of personal information. Accordingly, we publish our privacy policies and terms of service, which describe our practices concerning the collection, storage, use, disclosure, transmission, processing, and protection of information. The regulatory framework for privacy and data protection worldwide is rapidly evolving and, as a result, implementation standards and enforcement practices are likely to continue to evolve for the foreseeable future. Legislators and regulators are increasingly adopting or revising privacy and data protection laws, rules, directives, and regulations that could have a significant impact on our current and planned privacy and data protection-related practices; our processing of consumer or employee information; and our current or planned business activities. Furthermore, an increasing number of state, federal, and international jurisdictions have enacted, or are considering enacting, privacy laws, such as the CCPA, which became effective on January 1, 2020, and the EU GDPR, which regulates the collection, control, sharing, disclosure and use and other processing of personal information of data subjects in the EU and the European Economic Area. The CCPA gives residents of California expanded rights to access and delete their personal information, opt out of certain personal information sharing, and receive detailed information about how their personal information is used, and also provides for civil penalties for violations and a private right of action for data breaches. Meanwhile, the GDPR provides data subjects with greater control over the collection and use of their personal information (such as the “right to be forgotten”) and has specific requirements relating to cross-border transfers of personal information to certain jurisdictions, including to the U.S., with fines for noncompliance of up to the greater of 20 million euros or up to 4% of the annual global revenue of the noncompliant company. In addition, on November 3, 2020, California voters approved a new privacy law, the California Privacy Rights Act (“CPRA”), which significantly modifies the CCPA, including by expanding consumers’ rights with respect to certain personal information and creating a new state agency to oversee implementation and enforcement efforts. Many of the CPRA’s provisions became effective on January 1, 2023. The CCPA, CPRA, GDPR, and any other applicable state, federal, and international privacy laws, may increase our compliance costs and potential liability. Various regulatory agencies in the U.S. and in foreign jurisdictions continue to examine a wide variety of issues that are applicable to us and may impact our business. These issues include account management guidelines, anti-discrimination, consumer protection, identity theft, privacy, disclosure rules, electronic transfers, cybersecurity, and marketing. As our business continues to develop and expand, we continue to monitor the additional rules and regulations that may become relevant in order to maintain compliance with applicable law. The legal and regulatory framework for privacy and security issues worldwide is rapidly evolving, and, although we endeavor to comply with these laws and regulations and our published policies and documentation, we may at times fail to do so or be alleged to have failed to do so. Any actual or perceived failure to comply with legal and regulatory requirements applicable to us, including those relating to privacy or security, or any failure to protect the information that we collect from our consumers and merchants, including personally identifiable information, from cyber-attacks, or any such actual or perceived failure by our originating bank partners, may result in, among other things, revocation of required licenses or registrations, loss of approved status, private litigation, regulatory or governmental investigations, administrative enforcement actions, sanctions, civil and criminal liability, and constraints on our ability to continue to operate. Our originating bank partners also operate in a highly regulated environment, and many laws and regulations that apply directly to our originating bank partners are directly and indirectly applicable to us as a service provider to our originating bank partners. Intellectual Property Intellectual property and proprietary rights are important to the success of our business. We rely on a combination of patent, copyright, trademark, and trade secret laws in the United States and other jurisdictions, as 19
Page 21
Table of Contents well as license agreements, confidentiality procedures, non-disclosure agreements, and other contractual protections, to establish and protect our intellectual property and proprietary rights, including our proprietary technology, software, know-how, and brand. However, these laws, agreements, and procedures provide only limited protection. As of June 30, 2026, we owned 21 registered trademarks and 1 trademark application in the United States, 101 registered trademarks and 4 trademark applications in various foreign jurisdictions, 30 issued patents and 48 pending patent applications in the United States, and 1 issued patent and 67 pending patent applications in various foreign jurisdictions. Although we take steps to protect our intellectual property and proprietary rights, we cannot be certain that the steps we have taken will be sufficient or effective to prevent the unauthorized access, use, copying, or the reverse engineering of our technology and other proprietary information, including by third parties who may use our technology or other proprietary information to develop services that compete with ours. See the section titled “Risk Factors – Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property and Platform Development” for a more comprehensive description of risks related to our intellectual property and proprietary rights. Available Information Our website address is www.affirm.com. Information found on, or accessible through, our website is not a part of, and is not incorporated into, this Annual Report on Form 10-K. From time to time, we may also use our investor relations website (investors.affirm.com), webcasts, press releases, conference calls, and social media as a means of disclosing information about the Company, including information which could be deemed to be material to investors. Copies of our annual reports on Form 10-K, quarterly reports on Form 10-Q, current reports on Form 8-K, and amendments to these reports filed or furnished pursuant to Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, are available, free of charge, on our website as soon as reasonably practicable after we file such material electronically with, or furnish it to, the SEC. The SEC also maintains a website that contains our SEC filings. The address of the site is www.sec.gov. 20
Page 22
Table of Contents Item 1A. Risk Factors Investing in our Class A common stock involves a high degree of risk. You should consider carefully the material factors, risks and uncertainties described below that make an investment in our Company speculative or risky, together with all of the other information in this Form 10-K, including the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and our consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes included elsewhere in this Form 10-K, before deciding whether to invest in shares of our Class A common stock. The risks and uncertainties described below are not the only ones we face. Additional risks and uncertainties of which we are currently unaware or that we currently deem immaterial may also become important factors that adversely affect our business. If any of the following risks actually occur, our business, financial condition, operating results, and future prospects could be materially and adversely affected. In that event, the market price of our Class A common stock could decline, and you could lose part or all of your investment. These disclosures reflect the Company’s beliefs and opinions as to factors that could materially and adversely affect the Company and its securities in the future. References to past events are provided by way of example only and are not intended to be a complete listing or a representation as to whether or not such factors have occurred in the past or their likelihood of occurring in the future. Risk Factor Summary The risks and uncertainties to which our business is subject, include, but are not limited to, the following: • If we are unable to attract commercial partners (as defined below), retain our existing commercial partners, and grow and develop our relationships with new and existing commercial partners, our business, results of operations, financial condition, and future prospects would be materially and adversely affected. • If we are unable to attract new consumers and retain and grow our relationships with our existing consumers, our business, results of operations, financial condition, and future prospects would be materially and adversely affected. • We operate in a highly competitive industry, and our inability to compete successfully would materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition, and future prospects. • We rely on a small number of commercial partners, and the loss of any of these significant relationships would adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition, and future prospects. • The success of our business depends on our ability to work with originating bank partners to enable effective underwriting of loans facilitated through our platform and accurately price credit risk. We currently rely on Celtic Bank and Lead Bank to originate substantially all of the loans facilitated through our platform. In addition, we have relationships with a small number of card issuing bank partners to issue the Affirm Card. If any of our agreements with Celtic Bank, Lead Bank and/or our card issuing bank partners are terminated, and we are unable to replace such agreements, our business, results of operations, financial condition, and future prospects would be materially and adversely affected. • We may not be able to sustain our revenue and GMV growth rates, or our growth rate of related key operating metrics, in the future. • We rely on a variety of funding sources to support our business model. If our existing funding arrangements are not renewed or replaced or our existing funding sources are unwilling or unable to provide funding to us on terms acceptable to us, or at all, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition, cash flows, and future prospects. 21
Page 23
Table of Contents • If loans facilitated through our platform do not perform, or significantly underperform, we may incur financial losses on the loans we purchase, we hold on our balance sheet, or that are subject to certain risk sharing agreements, which may adversely impact our financial condition and results of operations as well as result in the loss of confidence of our funding sources. • To the extent we seek to execute acquisitions, strategic investments, alliances, divestitures or other transactions, we may be unable to achieve the strategic objectives of these transactions, and such transactions may be disruptive to our ongoing operations. • Expansion into new international geographies presents a variety of challenges and risks. • The loss of the services of our Founder and Chief Executive Officer, as well as our inability to attract and retain highly skilled employees, could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition, and future prospects. • We may not be able to sustain profitability. • Our quarterly results may fluctuate significantly and may not fully reflect the underlying performance of our business. • Litigation, regulatory actions and compliance issues could subject us to fines, penalties, judgments, remediation costs, requirements resulting in increased expenses, and reputational harm. • Further increases in market interest rates and/or prolonged periods of elevated interest rates could have an adverse effect on our business. • Our revenue is impacted, to a significant extent, by the general economy, the creditworthiness of the U.S. consumer and the financial performance of our commercial partners. • If our collection efforts on delinquent loans are ineffective or unsuccessful, the performance of the loans would be adversely affected. • Any significant disruption in, or errors in, service on our platform or relating to vendors, including events beyond our control, could prevent us from processing transactions on our platform or posting payments and have a material and adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition, and future prospects. • Our ability to protect our confidential, proprietary or sensitive information, including the confidential information of consumers on our platform, may be adversely affected by cyber-attacks, employee or other internal misconduct, computer viruses, physical or electronic break-ins or similar disruptions. • Our business is subject to extensive regulation, examination, oversight, and supervision in a variety of areas, all of which are subject to change and uncertain interpretation. Changing federal, state and local laws and regulations, as well as changing regulatory enforcement policies and priorities, including changes that may result from changes in the political landscape, may negatively impact our business, results of operations, financial condition, and future prospects. • If our originating bank partner model is successfully challenged or deemed impermissible, we could be found to be in violation of licensing, interest rate limit, lending, or brokering laws and face penalties, fines, litigation, or regulatory enforcement. • The dual class structure of our common stock has the effect of concentrating voting control with those stockholders who hold shares of our Class B common stock, including our executive officers, employees 22
Page 24
Table of Contents and directors and their affiliates. As a result of our dual class structure of our common stock, the trading price of our Class A common stock may be depressed. For a more complete discussion of the material risks facing our business, see below. Risks Related to Our Business and Industry If we are unable to attract additional merchant partners, e-commerce platforms and payment platforms (collectively, our “commercial partners”), retain our existing commercial partners, and grow and develop our relationships with new and existing commercial partners, our business, results of operations, financial condition, and future prospects would be materially and adversely affected, as could the market price of our Class A common stock. We derive a significant portion of our revenue from our relationships with commercial partners and the transactions they process through our platform, and as more commercial partners are integrated into our network, there are more reasons for consumers to shop with us. Our ability to retain and grow our relationships with our commercial partners depends on the willingness of commercial partners to partner with us. The attractiveness of our platform to commercial partners depends upon, among other things and as applicable: the size of our consumer base; our brand and reputation; the amount of fees that we charge; our ability to sustain our value proposition to commercial partners for consumer acquisition by demonstrating higher conversion at checkout and increased AOV; the attractiveness to commercial partners of our technology and data-driven platform; services, products and financial terms offered by competitors; and our ability to perform under, and maintain, our commercial agreements. Furthermore, having a diversified mix of commercial partners is important to mitigate risk associated with changing consumer spending behavior, economic conditions and other factors that may affect a particular type of commercial partner or industry. Our continued success also is dependent on our ability to successfully grow and develop relationships with our commercial partners, particularly early-stage relationships with large e-commerce retailers and platforms such as Intuit. The pace of development, integration and rollout of these early-stage relationships is often unpredictable and is generally not within our control. Many of our agreements with our commercial partners are non-exclusive and lack any transaction volume commitments. Accordingly, these commercial partners may have, or may enter into in the future, similar agreements with our competitors, which could adversely affect our ability to drive the level of transaction volume and revenue growth that we seek to achieve or to otherwise satisfy the high expectations of our investors and financial analysts relating to those relationships. While some of our agreements with our commercial partners have provided for a period of exclusivity, those periods may be limited in duration, and we may not be able to negotiate extensions of those exclusivity periods on reasonable terms, if at all. If an exclusivity period with a commercial partner lapses, we may experience a decrease in GMV with the commercial partner, which may adversely impact our results of operations. In addition, our agreements with our commercial partners generally have terms that range from approximately 12 months to 36 months (with a majority auto-renewing), and some of our partners can terminate these agreements without cause upon 30 to 90 days’ prior written notice. We may, therefore, be compelled to renegotiate our agreements with commercial partners from time to time, possibly upon terms significantly less favorable to us than the terms included in our existing agreements with those commercial partners. If we are unable to attract new consumers and retain and grow our relationships with our existing consumers, our business, results of operations, financial condition, and future prospects would be materially and adversely affected. Our revenue is derived from consumer transaction volume, so our success depends on our ability to generate repeat use and increased transaction volume from existing consumers and to attract new consumers to our platform. Our ability to retain and grow our relationships with consumers depends on the willingness of consumers to use our platform and products. The attractiveness of our platform to consumers depends upon, among other things: the number and variety of commercial partners and the mix of products available through our platform; the 23
Page 25
Table of Contents manner in which consumers may use our products, including the ease of use relative to competitor products and the extent of information we require consumers to provide to use our products; our brand and reputation; consumer experience and satisfaction, including the trustworthiness of our services; consumer trust and perception of our solutions; technological innovation; and services and products offered by competitors. If we fail to retain our relationship with existing consumers, if we do not attract new consumers to our platform and products, or if we do not continually expand usage and volume from consumers on our platform, our business, results of operations, financial condition, and prospects would be materially and adversely affected. We operate in a highly competitive industry, and our inability to compete successfully would materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition, and future prospects. We operate in a highly competitive and dynamic industry. Our technology platform faces competition from a variety of players, including those who enable transactions and commerce via digital payments. Our primary competition consists of: legacy payment methods, such as credit and debit cards, including those provided by card issuing banks such as Synchrony, J.P. Morgan Chase, Citibank, Bank of America, Capital One, Bread Financial and American Express; mobile wallets and other pay-over-time solutions offered by companies such as PayPal, Block and Klarna; and pay-over-time offerings by legacy financial and payments companies, including those mentioned above. Additionally, some merchants are increasingly offering proprietary pay-over-time options to consumers. We expect competition to intensify in the future, especially as the pay-over-time industry has low barriers to entry, both as emerging technologies continue to enter the marketplace and as large financial incumbents increasingly seek to innovate the services that they offer to compete with our platform. Technological advances and the continued growth of e-commerce activities have increased consumers’ accessibility to products and services and led to the expansion of competition in digital payment options such as pay-over-time solutions. Our pay-over- time offerings are increasingly presented alongside competitor options, including merchants’ proprietary pay-over-time options, at checkout, and we expect this trend to continue. Some of our competitors, particularly the credit card issuing banks set forth above, are substantially larger than we are and have longer operating histories than we do, which gives those competitors advantages we do not have, such as more diversified products, a broader consumer and merchant base, greater brand recognition and brand loyalty, the ability to reach more consumers, the ability to cross sell their products, operational efficiencies, the ability to cross-subsidize their offerings through their other business lines, more versatile technology platforms, broad-based local distribution capabilities, and lower-cost funding. In addition, because many of our competitors are large financial institutions that fund themselves through low-cost insured deposits and continue to own the loans that they originate, they have certain revenue and funding opportunities not available to us. Increased competition could result in the need for us to alter the pricing we offer to commercial partners or consumers. If we are unable to successfully compete, the demand for our platform and products could stagnate or substantially decline, and we could fail to retain or grow the number of consumers or commercial partners using our platform, which would reduce the attractiveness of our platform to other consumers and commercial partners, and which would materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition, and future prospects. We rely on a small number of commercial partners, and the loss of any of these significant relationships would adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition, and future prospects. As discussed in Part II, Item 7 – “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations,” and as may be updated from time to time in the Company’s future periodic reports and other filings with the SEC, a single commercial partner, or a small number of commercial partners, may represent a disproportionately large amount of our revenue and/or GMV during any given fiscal period. The loss of, or decrease in business with, any one of our significant commercial partner relationships, such as with Amazon or Shopify, would adversely affect our business. To the extent that any commercial partner constitutes a material portion of our total revenue or GMV for a fiscal period for which financial results are being reported in a Quarterly Report on 24
Page 26
Table of Contents Form 10-Q or Annual Report on Form 10-K, we will disclose the respective percentage contribution in our “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” for that period. The concentration of a significant portion of our business and transaction volume with a limited number of commercial partners, or type of partner or industry, exposes us disproportionately to any of those commercial partners choosing to no longer partner with us or choosing to partner with a competitor, to the economic performance of those partners or industry or to any events, circumstances, or risks affecting such partners or industry. In addition, a material modification in the production levels (including supply chain issues impacting component parts of products sold by our commercial partners), the imposition of tariffs on global trade and/or financial operations of any significant commercial partner could affect the results of our operations, financial condition, and future prospects. We currently rely on a small number of originating bank partners, including Celtic Bank and Lead Bank (“Primary Originating Banks”), to originate substantially all of the loans facilitated through our platform, and a small number of card issuing bank partners, including Evolve Bank & Trust and Stride Bank (“Card Issuing Banks”), to issue the Affirm Card. If our relationship with any of our Primary Originating Banks or Card Issuing Banks terminates, or if any Primary Originating Bank or Card Issuing Bank were to suspend, limit, or cease its operations or loan origination activities, as applicable, for any reason, and we are unable to engage another originating bank partner or card issuing bank partner on a timely basis or at all, our business, results of operations, financial condition, and future prospects would be materially and adversely affected. As of the end of fiscal 2026, we relied on two Primary Originating Banks to originate a majority of the loans facilitated through our platform and to comply with various federal, state, and other laws, with the balance of the loans facilitated on our platform being originated directly under our lending, servicing, and brokering licenses in Canada and across various states in the United States through our consolidated subsidiaries. Our Primary Originating Banks originate substantially all partner bank originated loans facilitated through our platform. In addition, as of the end of fiscal 2026, we relied on two Card Issuing Banks to issue the Affirm Card. Even if our relationships with our originating bank partners remain intact, these partners may lack the operational capacity, capital resources, regulatory headroom, or technological infrastructure to keep pace with our growing origination volumes. As our GMV increases and we expand into new product categories, geographies, and merchant verticals, our originating bank partners must scale their compliance, underwriting, and loan-processing capabilities accordingly. If one or more of our bank partners is unable or unwilling to accommodate increased origination volumes on a timely basis, we may be forced to limit loan originations, slow our growth, or allocate a disproportionate share of volume to our remaining bank partners, which would increase our concentration risk. Adding new originating bank partners to supplement capacity requires significant lead time for regulatory approvals, systems integration, and compliance onboarding, and there is no assurance that we could do so on acceptable terms or within a timeframe that avoids disruption to our business. Each of our Primary Originating Banks and Card Issuing Banks handles a variety of consumer and commercial financing programs: • The Celtic Bank loan program agreement had an initial three-year term that expired in calendar year 2023. The term automatically renewed for an additional one-year term and will continue to automatically renew in one-year terms thereafter unless either party provides notice of its intent not to renew. • The Lead Bank loan program agreement had an initial three-year term which expired during fiscal 2026. The term automatically renewed for an additional one-year term and will continue to automatically renew for additional one-year terms thereafter unless either party provides notice of its intent not to renew. • The Evolve Bank issuing program agreement has an initial two-year term that expired in calendar year 2023. The term automatically renewed for an additional one-year term and will continue to automatically renew in three-month terms unless either party provides notice of its intent not to renew. 25
Page 27
Table of Contents • The Stride Bank issuing program agreement has an initial five-year term which will expire in calendar year 2030. The term will automatically renew in one-year terms thereafter unless either party provides notice of its intent not to renew. In addition, upon the occurrence of certain early termination events, either we or any of our Primary Originating Banks or Card Issuing Banks may terminate the respective agreement immediately upon the occurrence of certain termination events. Our agreements with our Primary Originating Banks and Card Issuing Banks do not prohibit those banks from working with our competitors or from offering competing services, and each of those banks currently offers loan programs or other issuing services, as applicable, through other competing platforms. Each Primary Originating Bank and Card Issuing Bank could decide not to work with us for any reason upon termination of the applicable agreement, could make working with us cost-prohibitive, or could decide to enter into an exclusive or more favorable relationship with one or more of our competitors. In addition, each Primary Originating Bank and Card Issuing Bank may not perform as expected under our respective agreement. We could in the future have disagreements or disputes with our Primary Originating Banks or Card Issuing Banks, which could negatively impact or threaten our relationship with other banks with whom we may seek to partner. For a further discussion of our relationship with our Primary Originating Banks, particularly the regulations applicable to this relationship, see “Business — Regulatory Environment.” If any of our Primary Originating Banks or Card Issuing Banks were to suspend, limit, or cease its operations or loan origination activities, as applicable, for any reason, or if our relationship with any Primary Originating Bank or Card Issuing Bank were to otherwise terminate for any reason (including, but not limited to, its failure to comply with regulatory actions), we may need to implement an additional substantially similar arrangement with another bank, obtain additional state licenses, or curtail our operations. If we need to enter into alternative arrangements with a different bank to replace our existing arrangement, we may not be able to negotiate a comparable alternative arrangement in a timely manner or at all. In addition, with respect to our Primary Originating Banks, transitioning loan originations to a new bank may result in delays in the issuance of loans or, if our platform becomes inoperable, may result in the inability to facilitate loans through our platform. If we are unable to enter into an alternative arrangement with different banks to fully replace or supplement our relationship with any Primary Originating Bank, we would potentially need to obtain additional state licenses to enable us to originate loans directly, as well as comply with other state and federal laws, which would be costly and time consuming, and there can be no assurances that any such licenses could be obtained in a timely manner or at all. Moreover, with respect to our Card Issuing Banks, transitioning card issuance activities to a new bank may result in the need to replace existing virtual or physical cards, which may disrupt or delay consumer transactions. We may not be able to sustain our revenue and GMV growth rates, or our growth rate of related key operating metrics, in the future. There can be no assurance that our revenue and GMV will continue to grow as they have in prior periods, and we expect our revenue and GMV growth rates to decline in future periods. Many factors may contribute to declines in our revenue and GMV growth rates, including increased competition, slowing demand for our products from existing and new consumers, transaction volume and mix (particularly with our significant commercial partners), lower sales by our commercial partners (particularly those with whom we have significant relationships), general economic conditions, a failure by us to continue capitalizing on growth opportunities (including entry into new geographic markets), changes in the regulatory environment and the maturation of our business, among others. The revenue, GMV or key operating metrics for any prior quarterly or annual period should not be relied on as an indication of our future performance. If our revenue and GMV growth rates decline, we may not achieve sustained profitability, and our business, financial condition, results of operations and the price of our Class A common stock would be adversely affected. 26
Page 28
Table of Contents The success and growth of our business depends upon our ability to continuously innovate and develop new products and technologies. Our solution is a technology-driven platform that relies on innovation to remain competitive. The process of developing new technologies and products, such as Affirm Edge, which embeds Affirm's pay-over-time functionality directly into customers’ primary banking and credit union apps, and AdaptAI, which is Affirm’s AI-powered personalized promotion platform, is complex, and we seek to build our own technology using the latest in artificial intelligence (“AI”) and machine learning (together, “AI/ML”), cloud-based technologies, and other tools to differentiate our products and technologies. In addition, our dedication to incorporating technological advancements into our platform requires significant financial and personnel resources and talent. Our development efforts with respect to these initiatives could distract management from current operations and could divert capital and other resources from other growth initiatives important to our business. We operate in an industry experiencing rapid technological change and frequent product introductions. We may not be able to make technological improvements as quickly as demanded by our consumers and commercial partners, or we may not be able to accurately predict the demand or growth of our technological investments, which could harm our ability to attract consumers and commercial partners and have a material and adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition, and future prospects. For example, our competitors or other third parties may incorporate AI into their products and services more quickly or more successfully than us, which could impair our ability to compete effectively. In addition, we may not be able to effectively implement new technology-driven products and services, such as Affirm Edge or AdaptAI, as quickly as competitors or be successful in marketing these products and services to consumers and commercial partners. Moreover, the profile of potential consumers using our new products and technologies also may not be as attractive as the profile of the consumers that we currently serve or have served in the past, which may lead to higher levels of delinquencies or defaults than we have historically experienced. If we are unable to successfully and timely innovate and continue to deliver a superior commercial partner and consumer experience, we could experience reputational damage and decreased demand for our products and technologies and our growth, business, results of operations, financial condition, and future prospects could be materially and adversely affected. Our failure to accurately predict the demand or growth of our new products and technologies also could have a material and adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition, and future prospects. New products and technologies are inherently risky, due to, among other things, risks associated with: the product or technology not working, or not working as expected; consumer and commercial partner acceptance; technological outages or failures; increased regulatory scrutiny; and the failure to meet consumer and commercial partner expectations. As a result of these risks, we could experience increased claims, reputational damage, or other adverse effects, which could be material. Additionally, we can provide no assurance that we will be able to develop, commercially market, and achieve acceptance of our new products and technologies. In addition, our investment of resources to develop new products and technologies and make changes or updates to our platform may either be insufficient or result in expenses that exceed the revenue actually generated from these new products. Failure to accurately predict demand or growth with respect to our new products and technologies could have a material and adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition, and future prospects. We rely on a variety of funding sources to support our business model. If our existing funding arrangements are not renewed or replaced or our existing funding sources are unwilling or unable to provide funding to us on terms acceptable to us, or at all, it could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition, cash flows, and future prospects. Our high-velocity, capital efficient funding model is integral to the success of our commerce platform. To support this model and the growth of our business, we must maintain a variety of funding arrangements, including warehouse credit facilities, securities repurchase agreements, securitization trusts, pass-through securitizations, master trust facilities, and forward flow arrangements with a diverse set of funding sources, including private credit funds and other institutional investors. If we are unable to maintain access to, or to expand, our network and diversity of funding arrangements, our business, results of operations, financial condition, and future prospects could be materially and adversely affected. 27
Page 29
Table of Contents We cannot guarantee that these funding arrangements will continue to be available on favorable terms or at all, and our funding strategy may change over time and depends on the availability of such funding arrangements. Disruptions in the credit markets or other factors, such as the current inflationary environment, elevated interest rates and increasing recessionary concerns, could adversely affect the availability, diversity, cost, and terms of our funding arrangements. In addition, our funding sources may reassess their exposure to our industry and either curtail access to uncommitted financing capacity, fail to renew or extend facilities, or impose higher costs to access funding. While most of our facilities are committed capital, some facilities are uncommitted, which may allow such funding providers to, among other things, reduce available funding limits, subject to certain structural protections (including penalty fees in certain transactions). Further, our debt financing and loan sale forward flow facilities are generally fixed term in nature, with term lengths ranging between one to three years, during which we have access to committed and uncommitted capital pursuant to such facilities. If our existing funding arrangements are not renewed or replaced or our existing funding sources are unwilling or unable to provide funding to us on terms acceptable to us, or at all, we may need to secure additional sources of funding or reduce our operations. The availability and diversity of our funding arrangements depends on various factors and are subject to numerous risks, many of which are outside of our control. A portion of our funding is provided by private credit funds and other institutional investors through forward flow arrangements. These counterparties are subject to their own liquidity, fundraising, leverage, and market conditions. In particular, certain of these counterparties may be structured as pooled investment vehicles whose investors may request redemptions or be unable to meet capital calls, which could limit the funds available to purchase loans from us. One or more of these counterparties have experienced redemption pressures in the past, and if additional counterparties experience redemption pressures, fundraising shortfalls, or have other constraints on available capital, they may be unable to fulfill purchase commitments (which may constitute a default under the respective forward flow arrangement), seek to renegotiate commercial terms, or fail to renew existing arrangements. Any such reduction in participation could reduce our funding capacity, increase our cost of funds, require us to retain more loans on our balance sheet, or constrain our ability to originate loans, any of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, and results of operations. The agreements governing our funding arrangements require us to comply with certain covenants. A breach of such covenants or other events of default under our funding agreements could result in the reduction or termination of our access to such funding, could increase our cost of such funding or, in some cases, could give our lenders the right to require repayment of such funding prior to its scheduled maturity. Certain of these covenants are tied to our consumer default rates, which may be significantly affected by factors, such as economic downturns, inflationary conditions, elevated interest rates and/or general economic conditions, that are beyond our control and beyond the control of individual consumers. In addition, our revolving credit facility contains (a) certain covenants and restrictions that limit our and our subsidiaries’ ability to, among other things: incur additional debt; create liens on certain assets; pay dividends on or make distributions in respect of their capital stock or make other restricted payments; consolidate, merge, sell, or otherwise dispose of all or substantially all of their assets; and enter into certain transactions with their affiliates, and (b) certain financial maintenance covenants that require us and our subsidiaries to not exceed a specified leverage ratio, to maintain a minimum tangible net worth, and to maintain a minimum level of unrestricted cash while any borrowings under the revolving credit facility are outstanding. In the future, we may seek to further access the capital markets to obtain capital to finance growth. However, our future access to the capital markets could be restricted due to a variety of factors, including a deterioration of our earnings, cash flows, balance sheet quality, or overall business or industry prospects, adverse regulatory changes, a disruption to or volatility or deterioration in the state of the capital markets, or a negative bias toward our industry by market participants. Due to the negative bias toward our industry, certain financial institutions have restricted access to available financing by participants in our industry, and we may have more limited access to institutional capital than other businesses. Future prevailing capital market conditions and potential disruptions in the capital markets may adversely affect our efforts to arrange additional financing on terms that are 28
Page 30
Table of Contents satisfactory to us, if at all. If adequate funds are not available, or are not available on acceptable terms, we may not have sufficient liquidity to fund our operations, make future investments, take advantage of acquisitions or other opportunities, or respond to competitive challenges and this, in turn, could adversely affect our ability to advance our strategic plans. In addition, if the capital and credit markets experience volatility, and the availability of funds is limited, third parties with whom we do business may incur increased costs or business disruption and this could adversely affect our business relationships with such third parties, which in turn could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition, cash flows, and future prospects. The success of our business depends on our ability to work with an originating bank partner to enable effective underwriting of loans facilitated through our platform and accurately price credit risk. We believe that one of our core competitive advantages, and a core tenet of our platform, is our ability to work with an originating bank partner to use our data-driven risk model to enable the effective underwriting of loans facilitated through our platform and to accurately and effectively price credit risk. Any deterioration in the performance of the loans facilitated through our platform, or unexpected losses on such loans, would materially and adversely affect our business and results of operations. Loan repayment underperformance would impact our interest-related and gain-on-sale income generated from loans we purchase from our originating bank partners, which are underwritten in accordance with the bank’s credit policy. Additionally, incremental charge-offs may affect future credit decisioning, growth of transaction volume, and the amount of provisions for underperforming loans we will need to take. Traditional lenders rely on credit bureau scores and require large amounts of information to approve a loan. We believe that one of our competitive advantages is the ability of our risk model, deployed in accordance with our originating bank partners’ credit model and their underwriting guidelines when loans are made, to efficiently score and price credit risk within seconds at point-of-sale based on five top-of-mind data inputs. However, these inputs may be inaccurate or may not accurately reflect a consumer’s creditworthiness or credit risk. In addition, our ability to enable the effective underwriting of the loans we originate directly or purchase from our originating bank partners and accurately price credit risk (and, as a result, the performance of such loans) is significantly dependent on the ability of our proprietary, learning-based scoring system, and the underlying data, to quickly and accurately evaluate a consumer’s credit profile and risk of default. The information we use in developing the risk model and price risk may be inaccurate or incomplete as a result of error or fraud, both of which may be difficult to detect and avoid. Numerous factors, many of which can be unexpected or beyond our control, can adversely affect a consumer’s credit risk and our risks. There may be risks that exist, or that develop in the future, including market risks, economic risks, and other external events, that we have not appropriately anticipated, identified, or mitigated, such as risks from inadequate or failed processes, people or systems, natural disasters, and compliance, reputational, or legal matters, both as they relate directly to us as well as that relate to third parties with whom we contract or otherwise do business. Any changes to our risk model may be ineffective and the performance of our risk model may decline. If our risk model does not effectively and accurately model the credit risk of potential loans facilitated through our platform, greater than expected losses may result on such loans and, as a result, our business, results of operations, financial condition, and future prospects could be materially and adversely affected. In addition, if the risk model we use contains errors or is otherwise ineffective, our reputation and relationships with consumers, our funding sources, our originating bank partners, and our commercial partners could be harmed, we may be subject to liability, and our ability to access our funding sources may be inhibited. Our ability to attract consumers to our platform and to build trust in our platform and products is significantly dependent on our ability to effectively evaluate consumer credit profiles and likelihoods of default. If any of the credit risk or fraud models we use contain programming or other errors or are ineffective or the data provided by consumers or third parties is incorrect or stale, or if we are unable to obtain accurate data from consumers or third parties (such as credit reporting agencies), the loan pricing and approval process through our platform could be negatively affected, resulting in mispriced or misclassified loans or incorrect approvals or denials of loans. This could damage our reputation and relationships with consumers, our funding sources, our originating bank partners, and our commercial 29
Page 31
Table of Contents partners, which could have a material and adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition, and future prospects. Additionally, if we make errors in the development, validation, or implementation of any of the models or tools used in connection with the loans facilitated through our platform, and those that we purchase and securitize or sell to investors, those investors may experience higher delinquencies and losses. We may also be subject to liability to those investors if we misrepresented the characteristics of the loans sold because of those errors. Moreover, future performance of the loans facilitated through our platform could differ from past experience because of macroeconomic factors, policy actions by regulators, lending by other institutions, or reliability of data used in the underwriting process. To the extent that past experience has influenced the development of our risk model and proves to be inconsistent with future events, delinquency rates and losses on loans could increase. Errors in our models or tools and an inability to effectively forecast loss rates could also inhibit our ability to sell loans to investors or draw down on our funding arrangements, which could limit our ability to purchase (or directly originate) new loans and could have a material and adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition, and future prospects. If loans facilitated through our platform do not perform, or significantly underperform, we may incur financial losses on the loans we purchase, we hold on our balance sheet, or that are subject to certain risk sharing agreements, which may adversely impact our financial condition and results of operations as well as result in the loss of confidence of our funding sources. We retain some loans on our balance sheet, and these loans are primarily funded through our consolidated securitizations and warehouse lines. For these loans and any future loans facilitated through our platform that are held for investment on our balance sheet, we bear the entire credit risk in the event of consumer default with respect to these loans. In addition, non-performance, or even significant underperformance, of the loan receivables that we own could have an adverse effect on our business. Additionally, our funding model relies on a variety of funding arrangements, including warehouse credit facilities, securitization trusts, master trust facilities, and forward flow arrangements with a variety of funding sources. Any significant underperformance of the loans facilitated through our platform may adversely impact our relationship with such funding sources and result in their loss of confidence in us, which could lead to the termination of our existing funding arrangements, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition, and future prospects. In addition, in connection with certain capital funding arrangements with third-party loan buyers, we have entered into risk sharing agreements where we may be required to make a payment to the loan buyer if actual losses on the loans sold exceed agreed-upon expected losses, subject to a cap based on a percentage of the principal balance of loans sold. Refer to Note 12. Fair Value of Financial Assets and Liabilities for additional information. If the loans subject to any existing or future risk sharing agreements underperform the expectations set forth in those agreements, we would be required to make payments under the agreements in proportion to the loan underperformance, which may have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition, and our relationships with existing and prospective third-party loan buyers. Our use and provision of generative AI-powered solutions could lead to operational or reputational damage, competitive harm, legal and regulatory risk and additional costs. We currently use and expect to continue to use generative AI, a relatively new and emerging technology in the early stages of commercial use, in certain aspects of our business, including our customer service chatbot, which could expose us to additional risks. Generative AI may create inaccurate, incomplete or misleading outputs, reflect unintended biases, or produce other discriminatory or unexpected results, errors or inadequacies, any of which may not be easily detectable. While we have processes and controls in place designed to mitigate the risks associated with using generative AI, including human involvement in the training and monitoring of our AI tools and the alignment of our AI development policies and procedures with guidelines for secure development practices, if the content, 30
Page 32
Table of Contents analyses, or recommendations that generative AI assists in producing or our products and services are, or are perceived to be, deficient, inaccurate, biased, unethical or otherwise flawed, our reputation, competitive position and business may be adversely affected and we may incur additional costs, including in the form of damages or fines. To the extent that we do not have sufficient rights to use the data used in, or produced by, the AI tools employed in our business and operations, we may be subject to litigation by the owners of the content or other materials that comprise such data. Further, any content or other output created by us using AI-powered tools may not be subject to copyright protection, which may adversely affect our ability to enforce the intellectual property rights in such content. We have implemented policies and procedures designed to mitigate these risks, including reviewing vendor terms and monitoring AI outputs for potential infringement. However, these measures may not be sufficient to prevent all instances of infringement or loss of IP rights. The rapidly evolving regulatory landscape surrounding AI technologies presents additional risks. New or proposed legislation and regulations across various jurisdictions may impose significant compliance burdens, restrict certain AI applications, or require specific governance frameworks for AI systems. The cost to comply with such laws or regulations could be significant and may increase our operating expenses. Our failure to comply with current or future AI regulations could result in significant penalties, reputational damage, and limitations on our ability to deploy AI-powered solutions. Additionally, we may face challenges in ensuring our AI systems provide sufficient transparency to satisfy regulatory requirements and consumer expectations. Further, public and regulatory focus on ethical use and data privacy concerns regarding AI could lead to reputational damage if we fail, or are perceived to fail, to align with societal expectations or regulatory standards relating to the use of AI. Such scrutiny may result in financial or other penalties and may also erode customer trust, which is crucial for our brand and long-term success. Although we have taken, and continue to take, steps designed to mitigate the risks associated with the use of AI in our business, including, among other things, engaging with regulatory bodies, investing in AI governance, and fostering transparent and ethical use of AI in our products, solutions and services, our use of AI may present ethical, reputational, technical, operational, legal, competitive and regulatory risks, any of which could adversely affect our business, financial condition, results of operations and future prospects. Lastly, our employees use AI tools to perform regular job responsibilities. In connection with employee AI usage, we incur, and expect to continue to incur, costs to procure, deploy, and govern AI tools. These costs, including licenses, usage-based fees, infrastructure, training, and oversight, may increase as adoption grows. We may not achieve the productivity, efficiency, quality, or cost-saving benefits we anticipate from employee AI use, whether because of uneven adoption, the need for human review of AI outputs, limits on use with sensitive data, vendor pricing or performance changes, or other factors. If AI-related costs rise faster than expected, or if expected benefits do not materialize, our operating expenses and results of operations could be adversely affected. Any acquisitions, strategic investments, new businesses, alliances, divestitures and other transactions could fail to achieve strategic objectives, disrupt our ongoing operations or result in operating difficulties, liabilities and expenses, harm our business, and negatively impact our results of operations. In pursuing our business strategy, we routinely conduct discussions and evaluate opportunities for possible acquisitions, strategic investments, new businesses, joint ventures and other transactions. We have in the past acquired or invested in, and we continue to seek to acquire or invest in, businesses, technologies, or other assets that we believe could complement or expand our business, including acquisitions of new lines of business that are adjacent to or outside of our existing ecosystems or geographic territories. As we grow, the pace and scale of acquisitions may increase and may include larger acquisitions than we have completed historically. The identification, evaluation, and negotiation of potential acquisition or strategic investment or other transactions may divert the attention of management and entail various expenses, whether or not such transactions are ultimately completed. There can be no assurance that we will be successful in identifying, negotiating, consummating and integrating favorable transaction opportunities. In addition to transaction and opportunity costs, these transactions involve large challenges and risks, whether or not such transactions are completed, any of which could harm our business and negatively impact our results of operations, including risks that: 31
Page 33
Table of Contents • the transaction may not advance our business strategy or may harm our growth, profitability, or reputation; • we may not be able to secure required regulatory approvals or otherwise satisfy closing conditions for a proposed transaction in a timely manner, or at all; • the transaction may subject us to additional regulatory burdens that affect our business in potentially unanticipated and significantly negative ways; • we may not realize a satisfactory return or increase our revenue; • we may experience difficulty, and may not be successful in, integrating technologies, IT or business enterprise systems, culture, or management or other personnel of the acquired business; • we may incur significant acquisition costs and transition costs, including the assumption of ongoing expenses of the acquired business, and if the acquired business does not perform as expected, we may incur impairment charges, restructuring or wind- down costs, or experience other negative impacts to our business; • we may not realize the expected benefits or synergies from the transaction in the expected time period, or at all; • we may be unable to retain key personnel; • acquired businesses or businesses that we invest in may not have adequate controls, processes, and procedures to ensure compliance with laws and regulations, including with respect to data privacy, data protection, and data security, and our due diligence process may not identify compliance issues or other liabilities. Moreover, acquired businesses’ technology stacks may add complexity, resource constraints, and legacy technological challenges that make it difficult and time consuming to achieve such adequate controls, processes, and procedures; • we may fail to identify or assess the magnitude of certain liabilities, shortcomings, or other circumstances prior to acquiring or investing in a business, which could result in additional financial, legal, regulatory, or tax exposure and may subject us to additional controls, policies, procedures, liabilities, litigation, costs of compliance or remediation, or other adverse effects on our business, operating results, or financial condition; • we may have difficulty entering into new geographic territories; • we may be unable to retain the consumers, vendors, and partners of acquired businesses; • there may be lawsuits or regulatory actions resulting from the transaction; • there may be risks associated with undetected security weaknesses, cyberattacks, or security breaches or incidents at companies that we acquire or with which we may combine or partner; • there may be local and foreign regulations applicable to the international activities of our business and the businesses we acquire; and 32
Page 34
Table of Contents • acquisitions could result in dilutive issuances of equity securities or the incurrence of debt. Any delay or failure on our part to identify, negotiate, finance on favorable terms, consummate, and integrate any acquisition or other strategic investment opportunity could impede our growth. Additionally, strategic investments in which we have a minority ownership stake inherently involve a lesser degree of influence over business operations. The success of our strategic investments may be dependent on controlling shareholders, management, or other persons or entities that may have business interests, strategies, or goals that are inconsistent with ours. Business decisions or other actions or omissions of the controlling shareholders, management, or other persons or entities who control companies in which we invest may adversely affect the value of our investment, result in litigation or regulatory action against us, and damage our reputation and brand. Furthermore, if such investments are not successful, we may be required to write down all or a portion of our equity investments in such companies, which would result in financial losses. Furthermore, we have in the past, and may in the future, also choose to divest certain businesses or product lines. If we decide to sell assets or a business, we may have difficulty obtaining terms acceptable to us in a timely manner, or at all. Additionally, we may experience difficulty separating out portions of, or entire, businesses, incur loss of revenue or experience negative impact on margins, or we may not achieve the desired strategic and financial benefits. Such potential transactions may also delay achievement of our strategic objectives, cause us to incur additional expenses, disrupt consumer or employee relationships, and expose us to unanticipated or ongoing obligations and liabilities, including as a result of our indemnification obligations. Further, during the pendency of a divestiture, we may be subject to risks such as a decline in the business to be divested, loss of employees, consumers, or suppliers and the risk that the transaction may not close, any of which would have a material adverse effect on the business to be divested and our retained business. If a divestiture is not completed for any reason, we may not be able to find another buyer on the same terms, and we may have incurred significant costs without the corresponding benefit. Further expansion of our operations internationally will subject us to new challenges and risks. We currently operate in the United States, Canada, the U.K., Australia, Spain and Poland (we do not currently facilitate loans in Spain or Poland) and plan to further expand our business internationally in the future. Managing new and existing international operations, including our planned expansion into the Netherlands, France and Germany, requires us to comply with new regulatory frameworks and additional resources and controls. International expansion subjects our business to risks associated with international operations, including: • adjusting the proprietary risk algorithms that we use to account for the differences in information available in different jurisdictions on consumers; • conformity of our platform with applicable business customs, including translation into foreign languages and associated expenses; • potential changes to our established business model; • the need to support and integrate with local vendors and service providers; • competition with vendors and service providers that have greater experience in the local markets than we do or that have pre- existing relationships with potential consumers and investors in those markets; • difficulties in staffing and managing foreign operations in an environment of diverse culture, laws, and consumers and merchants, and the increased travel, infrastructure, and legal and compliance costs associated with international operations; • difficulties in obtaining required licenses and/or authorizations to do business in new countries and territories; 33
Page 35
Table of Contents • compliance with multiple, potentially conflicting, and changing governmental laws and regulations, including those relating to banking, anti-money laundering, securities, employment, tax, privacy, data protection, such as the EU General Data Protection Regulation (GDPR), artificial intelligence, such as the EU Artificial Intelligence Act, and climate disclosure, such as the Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive (CSRD) and Australian Sustainability Reporting Standards (ASRS); • compliance with financial system regulations, including the U.K. Financial Conduct Authority; • compliance with U.S. and foreign anti-bribery laws, including the Foreign Corrupt Practices Act; • difficulties in collecting payments in multiple foreign currencies and associated foreign currency exposure; • challenges in obtaining capital in international markets on the same or similar terms as with our U.S. capital markets facilities; • potential restrictions on repatriation of earnings; • expanded compliance with potentially conflicting and changing laws of taxing jurisdictions where we conduct business and applicable U.S. tax laws as they relate to international operations, the complexity and adverse consequences of such tax laws, and potentially adverse tax consequences due to changes in such tax laws; and • regional economic and political conditions. In addition to the risks of various taxing jurisdictions stated above, the Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development (“OECD”) has developed various initiatives, including a framework to implement a global minimum corporate tax of 15% for certain large multinational enterprise groups (“MNEs”), commonly referred to as “Pillar Two.” Certain jurisdictions in which we operate have enacted, and others may enact, legislation implementing Pillar Two, including qualified domestic minimum top-up taxes. On January 5, 2026, the OECD released administrative guidance containing the Side-by-Side (“SbS”) package, which includes certain safe harbors for MNEs headquartered in jurisdictions with eligible tax regimes, and the United States has been listed in the OECD Central Record as a jurisdiction with a Qualified SbS Regime for fiscal years commencing on or after January 1, 2026. As of June 30, 2026, we do not currently expect Pillar Two to have a material impact on our financial statements; however, the ultimate impact will depend on future legislation, administrative guidance, interpretation, our operating results, jurisdictional income mix, tax attributes, and other facts. As a result of these risks, we may not be successful in managing our existing international operations, and our future international expansion efforts also may not be successful. The loss of the services of our Founder and Chief Executive Officer could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition, and future prospects. Max Levchin, our Founder and Chief Executive Officer, is a valuable asset to us. Mr. Levchin has significant experience in the financial technology industry and would be difficult to replace. Competition for senior executives in our industry is intense, and we may not be able to attract and retain qualified personnel to replace or succeed Mr. Levchin. Failure to retain Mr. Levchin would have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition, and future prospects. Our business benefits from our ability to attract and retain highly skilled employees. Our future success is aided by our ability to identify, hire, develop, motivate, and retain highly qualified personnel for all areas of our organization, in particular, a highly experienced sales force, data scientists, and engineers. Competition for these types of highly skilled employees is extremely intense, particularly in the San 34
Page 36
Table of Contents Francisco Bay Area. Trained and experienced personnel are in high demand and may be in short supply. Many of the companies with which we compete for experienced employees have greater resources than we do and may be able to offer more attractive terms of employment. In addition, we invest significant time and expense in training our employees, which increases their value to competitors that may seek to recruit them. We may not be able to attract, develop, and maintain the skilled workforce necessary to operate our business, and labor expenses may increase as a result of a shortage in the supply of qualified personnel. If we are unable to maintain and build our highly experienced sales force, or are unable to continue to attract experienced engineering and technology personnel, our business, results of operations, financial condition, and future prospects could be materially and adversely affected. We may not achieve sustained profitability if we are unable to generate sufficient revenue to support the costs of operating and growing our business. Although we have achieved GAAP profitability in recent periods, we have incurred net losses in the past. As of June 30, 2026 and June 30, 2025, our accumulated deficit was approximately $1.1 billion and $3.1 billion, respectively. Our operating expenses may increase in the future as we seek to continue to grow our business, attract consumers, merchants, funding sources, and additional originating bank partners, and further enhance and develop our products and platform. As we expand our offerings to additional markets, our offerings in these markets may be less profitable than the markets in which we currently operate. These efforts may prove more expensive than we currently anticipate, and we may not succeed in increasing our revenue sufficiently to offset these higher expenses, which could result in net losses. Our ability to continue to operate our business profitably on a GAAP basis is subject to many risks and uncertainties, including the potential for incurring operating expense increases and/or other charges and expenses not reflected in our forecasts. If we do not operate the business while maintaining GAAP profitability, our reputation may be harmed and the market price of our Class A common stock could be materially and adversely impacted. Our quarterly results may fluctuate significantly and may not fully reflect the underlying performance of our business. Our quarterly results, including revenue, expenses, GMV, consumer metrics, and other key performance metrics, have fluctuated significantly in the past and are likely to do so in the future. Accordingly, the results for any one quarter are not necessarily an indication of future performance. Our quarterly results are likely to fluctuate due to a variety of factors, some of which are outside of our control, and as a result, may not fully reflect the underlying performance of our business. Fluctuations in quarterly results may adversely affect the price of our Class A common stock. In addition, many of the factors that affect our quarterly results are difficult for us to predict. If our revenue, expenses, GMV, consumer metrics, or key performance metrics in future quarters fall short of the expectations of our investors and financial analysts, the price of our Class A common stock will be adversely affected. We have experienced in the past, and expect to continue to experience, seasonal fluctuations in our business. We experience seasonal fluctuations in our business as a result of consumer spending and savings patterns. Our GMV tends to be highest during our second and fourth fiscal quarters due to increases in retail commerce during the holiday season and promotional activity. During quarters with higher GMV, we have tended to generate less in-period revenue as a percentage of GMV because a portion of the interest income for loans originated during the quarter is recognized over future periods. In addition, historically, our loan delinquencies tend to be at their lowest during our fiscal third and fourth quarter, as consumer savings benefit from tax refunds. We expect these seasonal patterns to continue in future periods, and any adverse events that occur during our second or fourth fiscal quarters could have a disproportionate effect on our financial results for the fiscal year. 35
Page 37
Table of Contents Negative publicity about us or our industry could adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition, and future prospects. Negative publicity about us or our industry, including the transparency, fairness, responsible lending, user experience, quality, and reliability of our platform or pay later products in general, effectiveness of our risk model, our ability to effectively manage and resolve complaints, our privacy and security practices, litigation, regulatory activity, misconduct by our employees, funding sources, originating bank partners, service providers, or others in our industry, the experience of consumers and investors with our platform or services or pay later products in general, or use of loan proceeds by consumers that have obtained loans facilitated through our platform or other pay later products for illegal purposes, even if inaccurate, could adversely affect our reputation and the confidence in, and the use of, our platform, which could harm our reputation and cause disruptions to our platform. Any such reputational harm could further affect the behavior of consumers, including their willingness to obtain loans facilitated through our platform or to make payments on their loans. As a result, our business, results of operations, financial condition, and future prospects would be materially and adversely affected. Litigation, regulatory actions, and compliance issues could subject us to fines, penalties, judgments, remediation costs, and/or other requirements resulting in increased expenses and reputational harm. Our business is subject to increased risks of litigation and regulatory actions as a result of a number of factors and from various sources, including as a result of the highly regulated nature of the financial services industry and the focus of state and federal enforcement agencies on the financial services industry in general and consumer financial services in particular. In the ordinary course of business, we have been named as a defendant in various legal actions, including arbitrations and other litigation. In addition, plaintiffs have appealed the dismissal of a putative securities class action, Kusnier v. Affirm Holdings, Inc., et al. We are also a defendant in three related derivative actions, Quiroga v. Levchin, et al., Jeffries v. Levchin, et al., and Vallieres v. Levchin, et al. For more information, refer to Note 7. Commitments and Contingencies of the accompanying notes to our consolidated financial statements. On July 1, 2025, we reincorporated from the State of Delaware to the State of Nevada (the “Nevada Reincorporation”). Although no actions have been brought against us to date as a result of the Nevada Reincorporation, it is possible that our decision to pursue the Nevada Reincorporation could result in additional litigation, which, regardless of merit, could cause us to incur additional expense and divert management attention from operating the business. Further, if a court determines that any such litigation has merit, we may be required to pay substantial monetary damages or attorneys’ fees. While certain of our consumer agreements contain arbitration provisions with class action waiver provisions that may limit our exposure to consumer class action litigation, there can be no assurance that we will be successful in enforcing these arbitration provisions, including the class action waiver provisions, in the future or in any given case. Legislative, administrative, or regulatory developments may directly or indirectly prohibit or limit the use of pre-dispute arbitration clauses and class action waiver provisions. Any such prohibitions or limitations on or discontinuation of the use of, such arbitration or class action waiver provisions could subject us to additional lawsuits, including additional consumer class action litigation, and significantly limit our ability to avoid exposure from consumer class action litigation. From time to time, we are involved in, or the subject of, reviews, requests for information, regulatory examinations, investigations, and proceedings (both formal and informal) by state and federal governmental agencies, both domestic and abroad, including banking regulators, the FTC, the CFPB, and the SEC, regarding our business activities and related disclosure practices and our qualifications to conduct our business in certain jurisdictions, which could subject us to fines, penalties, obligations to change our business and/or disclosure practices, and other requirements resulting in increased expenses and diminished earnings. Our involvement in any such matter also could cause harm to our reputation and divert management attention from the operation of our business, even if the matters are ultimately determined in our favor. Moreover, any settlement, or any consent order 36
Page 38
Table of Contents or adverse judgment, in connection with any formal or informal proceeding or investigation by a government agency, may prompt litigation or additional investigations or proceedings as other litigants or other government agencies begin independent reviews of the same or similar activities. State regulatory agencies and attorneys general have increased their examination and enforcement focus on BNPL products and providers, particularly as the CFPB has signaled reduced prioritization of BNPL enforcement at the federal level. In December 2025, a coalition of seven state attorneys general initiated coordinated inquiries into BNPL providers' business practices and compliance with consumer protection laws. We hold state lending, servicing, and money transmission licenses in numerous jurisdictions and are subject to periodic examination by each licensing authority. An increase in the frequency, scope, or intensity of state examinations and investigations could result in findings requiring remediation, fines, consent orders, or restrictions on our product offerings in affected states. Examination findings or enforcement actions by one state regulator or attorney general may prompt similar inquiries or proceedings by other states, compounding the financial, operational, and reputational impact. In addition, a number of participants in the consumer finance industry have been the subject of putative class action lawsuits; state attorney general actions and other state regulatory actions; federal regulatory enforcement actions, including actions relating to alleged unfair, deceptive, or abusive acts or practices; violations of state licensing and lending laws, including state interest rate limits; actions alleging discrimination on the basis of race, ethnicity, gender, or other prohibited bases; and allegations of noncompliance with various state and federal laws and regulations relating to originating and servicing consumer finance loans. The current regulatory environment, increased regulatory compliance efforts, and enhanced regulatory enforcement have resulted in significant operational and compliance costs and may prevent us from providing certain products and services. There is no assurance that these regulatory matters or other factors will not, in the future, affect how we conduct our business and, in turn, have an adverse effect on our business. In particular, legal proceedings brought under state consumer protection statutes enforceable by state regulatory agencies or attorneys general or under several of the various federal consumer financial services statutes subject to the jurisdiction of the CFPB and FTC may result in a separate fine for each violation of the statute, which, particularly in the case of class action lawsuits, could result in damages in excess of the amounts we earned from the underlying activities. See “— Risks Related to Our Regulatory Environment.” Determining our allowance for credit losses requires many assumptions and complex analyses. If our estimates prove incorrect, we may incur net charge-offs in excess of our reserves, or we may be required to increase our provision for credit losses, either of which would adversely affect our results of operations. We maintain an allowance for credit losses at a level sufficient to estimate expected credit losses based on evaluating known and inherent risks in our loan portfolio. This estimate is highly dependent upon the reasonableness of our assumptions and the predictability of the relationships that drive the results of our valuation methodologies. Management has processes in place to monitor these judgments and assumptions, including review by our credit committee, but these processes may not ensure that our judgments and assumptions are correct. The method for calculating the best estimate of expected credit losses takes into account our historical experience, adjusted for current conditions, and our judgment concerning the probable effects of relevant observable data, trends, and market factors. Changes in such estimates can significantly affect the allowance and provision for losses. It is possible that we will experience credit losses that are different from our current estimates. If our estimates and assumptions prove incorrect and our allowance for credit losses is insufficient, we may incur net charge-offs in excess of our allowance, or we could be required to increase our provision for credit losses, either of which would adversely affect our results of operations. Increases in market interest rates have had and could continue to have an adverse effect on our business. In March 2022, in response to inflationary conditions, the U.S. Federal Reserve began raising the federal funds interest rate and continued to do so through July 2023. While the U.S. Federal Reserve lowered the federal funds interest rate in the second half of 2024 and again in the second half of 2025, as of August 2026, the federal 37
Page 39
Table of Contents funds interest rate remains elevated compared to March 2022 rates. Elevated interest rates have had, and may continue to have, an adverse impact on the spending levels of consumers and their ability and willingness to borrow money. Higher interest rates often lead to higher payment obligations, which may reduce the ability of consumers to remain current on their obligations and, therefore, lead to increased delinquencies, defaults, consumer bankruptcies and charge-offs, and decreasing recoveries, all of which could have an adverse effect on our business. Certain of our funding arrangements bear a variable interest rate. Given the fixed interest rates charged on the loans originated on our platform, in the event that variable interest rates rise across the market, our interest margin earned in these funding arrangements would be reduced. Dramatic increases in interest rates may make these forms of funding nonviable. In addition, certain of our loan sale agreements are repriced on a recurring basis using a mechanism tied to interest rates. To reduce our exposure to broad changes in prevailing interest rates, we maintain an interest rate hedging program which eliminates some, but not all, of the interest rate risk. Across our diverse funding sources, we make representations and warranties concerning the loans financed pursuant to such agreements. If those representations and warranties are not correct, we could be required to repurchase certain of such loans. Any significant required repurchases would have an adverse effect on our ability to operate and fund our business. Across our diverse funding sources, including our asset-backed securitizations, warehouse credit facilities, master trust facilities, and forward flow agreements, we make numerous representations and warranties concerning the characteristics of the loans we pledge and/or sell (depending on the type of facility), including representations and warranties that the loans meet certain eligibility requirements of those facilities and investors. If those representations and warranties are incorrect, we may be required to repurchase certain of the financed loans. Failure to repurchase so-called “ineligible loans” when required could constitute an event of default under our financing agreements and lead to the potential termination of the applicable facility. We can provide no assurance, however, that we would have adequate cash or other qualifying assets available to make such repurchases. Such repurchases could be limited in scope, relating to small pools of loans, or larger in scope, across multiple pools of loans. If we were required to make such repurchases and if we do not have adequate liquidity to fund such repurchases, it would have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition, and future prospects. Our revenue is impacted, to a significant extent, by the general economy, the creditworthiness of the U.S. consumer and the financial performance of our commercial partners. Our business, the consumer financial services industry, and our commercial partners’ businesses are sensitive to macroeconomic conditions. Economic factors such as interest rates, changes in monetary and related policies, market volatility, inflationary conditions, the imposition of tariffs on global trade, student loan obligations, consumer confidence, and unemployment rates are among the most significant factors that impact consumer spending behavior. Weak economic conditions or a significant deterioration in economic conditions, including the current inflationary environment, the possibility of a recession, and uncertainty relating to the magnitude, duration and impact of tariffs on global trade, reduce the amount of disposable income consumers have, which in turn reduces consumer spending and the willingness of qualified consumers to take out loans. Such conditions are also likely to affect the ability and willingness of consumers to pay amounts owed under the loans facilitated through our platform, each of which would have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition, and future prospects. The generation of new loans facilitated through our platform, and the revenue we generate from such loans, depends upon sales of products and services by our commercial partners. Our commercial partners’ sales may decrease or fail to increase as a result of factors outside of their control, such as the macroeconomic conditions referenced above, or business conditions affecting a particular commercial partner, industry vertical, or region. Weak economic conditions also could extend the length of our commercial partners’ sales cycles and cause consumers to delay making (or not make) purchases of our commercial partners’ products and services. The decline of sales by our commercial partners for any reason will generally result in lower credit sales and, therefore, lower loan volume and associated revenue for us. 38
Page 40
Table of Contents In addition, if a commercial partner closes some or all of its locations, ceases its e-commerce operations, or becomes subject to a voluntary or involuntary bankruptcy proceeding (or if there is a perception that it may become subject to a bankruptcy proceeding), consumers may have less incentive to pay their outstanding balances on loans facilitated through our platform, which could result in higher charge-off rates than anticipated. Moreover, if the financial condition of a commercial partner deteriorates significantly or a commercial partner becomes subject to a bankruptcy proceeding, we may not be able to recover amounts due to us from the commercial partner. Borrowers may not view or treat their loans as having the same significance as other obligations, and the loans facilitated through our platform are not secured, guaranteed, or insured and involve a high degree of financial risk. Borrowers may not view the loans facilitated through our platform as having the same significance as other credit obligations arising under more traditional circumstances. Personal loans facilitated through our platform are not secured by any collateral, not guaranteed or insured by any third party, and not backed by any governmental authority in any way. Therefore, if we hold the loans for investment on our balance sheet, we are limited in our ability to collect on these loans if a consumer is unwilling or unable to repay them. A consumer’s ability to repay their loans can be negatively impacted by increases in their payment obligations to other lenders under mortgage, credit card, and other loans resulting from increases in base lending rates or structured increases in payment obligations. If a consumer neglects his or her payment obligations on a loan facilitated through our platform or chooses not to repay his or her loan entirely, it will have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition, future prospects, and cash flows. If our collection efforts on delinquent loans are ineffective or unsuccessful, the performance of the loans would be adversely affected. Our ability to collect on loans is dependent on the consumer’s continuing financial stability, and consequently, collections can be adversely affected by a number of factors, including job loss, divorce, death, illness, or personal bankruptcy. Furthermore, the application of various federal and state laws, including federal and state bankruptcy and debtor relief laws, may limit the amount that can be recovered on the loans. It is possible that a higher percentage of consumers will seek protection under bankruptcy or debtor relief laws as a result of macroeconomic factors, including the current inflationary environment, the possibility of a recession and market volatility. Federal, state, or other restrictions could impair our ability to collect amounts owed and due on the loans facilitated through our platform, reduce income received from the loans facilitated through our platform, or negatively affect our ability to comply with our current financing arrangements or obtain financing with respect to the loans facilitated through our platform. In the event that initial attempts to contact a consumer are unsuccessful, certain delinquent loans may be referred to a collection agent that will service the loans using its own servicing platform. Further, if collection action must be taken in respect of a loan, the collection agent may charge additional amounts, which may reduce the amounts of collections that we receive. Moreover, because our servicing fees in connection with the services we provide depend on the collectability of the loans facilitated through our platform, if there is an unexpected significant increase in the number of consumers who fail to repay their loans or an increase in the principal amount of the loans that are not repaid, we will be unable to collect our entire servicing fee for the loans facilitated through our platform for which we act as servicer, and our business, results of operations, financial condition, future prospects, and cash flows could be materially and adversely affected. In addition, if a consumer defaults on a loan, we may be unsuccessful in our efforts to collect the amount of the loan. As such, our originating bank partners could decide to originate fewer loans through our platform. An 39
Page 41
Table of Contents increase in defaults precipitated by these risks and uncertainties could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition, and future prospects. While we take precautions to prevent consumer identity fraud, we have observed fraudulent activity on our platform and additional identity fraud may occur in the future, which may adversely affect the performance of the loans facilitated through our platform. There is risk of fraudulent activity associated with our platform, originating bank partners, card issuing banks, consumers, and third parties handling consumer information. Our resources, technologies, and fraud prevention tools may be insufficient to accurately detect and prevent fraud. We are obligated to repurchase the loans facilitated through our platform in certain cases of confirmed identity theft. The level of fraud related charge-offs on the loans facilitated through our platform could be adversely affected if fraudulent activity were to significantly increase. We bear the risk of consumer fraud in a transaction involving us, a consumer, and a commercial partner, and we generally have no recourse to the commercial partner to collect the amount owed by the consumer. Significant amounts of fraudulent cancellations or chargebacks could adversely affect our business or financial condition. High profile fraudulent activity or significant increases in fraudulent activity could also lead to regulatory intervention, negative publicity, and the erosion of trust from our consumers and commercial partners, and could materially and adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition, future prospects, and cash flows. If we fail to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting or disclosure controls and procedures, we may be unable to report our financial results on a timely and accurate basis, and our business, operating results and market price of our Class A common stock may be adversely affected. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires, among other things, that we maintain effective internal control over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures. The process of designing and implementing effective internal controls and disclosure controls is a continuous effort that requires us to anticipate and react to changes in our business and the economic and regulatory environment and to expend significant resources to maintain a system of internal controls that is adequate to satisfy our reporting obligations as a public company. In addition, testing and maintaining internal controls may divert our management’s attention from other matters that are important to our business. If we are unable to establish and maintain appropriate internal control over financial reporting and disclosure controls and procedures, it could cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations on a timely basis, result in material misstatements in our consolidated financial statements and harm our operating results. Any failure to maintain effective internal control over financial reporting or disclosure controls and procedures could have an adverse effect on our business and operating results, and cause a decline in the price of our Class A common stock. We also could become subject to investigations by the stock exchange on which our securities are listed, the SEC or other regulatory authorities, which could require additional financial and management resources. Additional Risks Related to Our Reliance on Third Parties Our results depend on prominent presentation, integration, and support of our platform by our commercial partners. We depend on our commercial partners, which generally accept most major credit cards and other forms of payment (which may include pay-over-time solutions offered by our competitors), to present our platform as a payment option and to integrate our platform into their website or in their store, such as by prominently featuring our platform on their websites or in their stores and not just as an option at website checkout. We may not have any 40
Page 42
Table of Contents recourse against commercial partners if they do not prominently present our platform as a payment option or if they more prominently present solutions offered by our competitors. In addition, as we add new commercial partners, it could take a significant amount of time for these commercial partners, particularly larger platforms such as Apple Pay, to fully integrate our platform and for these commercial partners’ consumers to accept our pay-over-time solution. The failure by our commercial partners to effectively present, integrate, and support our platform would have a material and adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition, and future prospects. If our commercial partners fail to fulfill their obligations to consumers or comply with applicable law, we may incur remediation costs. Although our commercial partners are obligated to fulfill their contractual commitments to consumers and to comply with applicable law, including in marketing our products, from time to time, they might not, or a consumer might allege that they did not. This, in turn, can result in claims or defenses against our originating bank partners and us, or a loan purchaser, or in loans being uncollectible due to the Federal Trade Commission’s Holder in Due Course Rule (“Holder Rule”), or equivalent state laws. The Holder Rule requires the inclusion of a specific notice in consumer credit contracts evidencing debts arising from purchase money loan transactions. The notice provides that the holder of the consumer credit contract is subject to all claims and defenses which the debtor could assert against the seller of goods or services obtained with the proceeds of the consumer credit contract. In those cases, we may decide that it is beneficial to remediate the situation, either through assisting the consumers to get a refund, working with our originating bank partners to modify the terms of the loan or reducing the amount due, making a payment to the consumer, or otherwise. Historically, the cost of remediation has not been material to our business, but we make no assurance that it will not be in the future. Our third-party supplier relationships subject us to a variety of risks, and the failure of third parties to comply with legal or regulatory requirements or to provide various services that are important to our operations could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition, and future prospects. We have significant third-party partners that, among other things, provide us with financial, technology, and other services to support our products and other activities, including, for example, credit ratings and reporting, cloud-based data storage and other IT solutions, and payment processing. The CFPB and prudential regulators have issued guidance stating that institutions under their supervision may be held responsible for the actions of the companies with which they contract. Accordingly, we could be adversely impacted to the extent our third-party partners fail to comply with the legal requirements applicable to the particular products or services being offered. In some cases, third-party partners are the sole source, or one of a limited number of sources, of the services they provide to us. For example, we are solely reliant on our agreement with our cloud computing web services provider for the provision of cloud infrastructure services to support our platform. In addition, we rely on a single third-party partner to provide a number of issuing and processing services across several of our products. Most of our third-party partner agreements are terminable by the third party on little or no notice, and if our current third-party partners were to terminate their agreements with us or otherwise stop providing services to us on acceptable terms, we may be unable to procure alternatives from other vendors in a timely and efficient manner and on acceptable terms (or at all). If any third-party partner fails to provide the services we require, fails to meet contractual requirements (including compliance with applicable laws and regulations), fails to maintain adequate data privacy controls and electronic security systems, or suffers a cyber-attack or other security breach, such as the Evolve Bank & Trust cybersecurity incident reported in June 2024, we could be subject to CFPB, FTC and other federal and state regulatory enforcement actions, claims from third parties, including our consumers, and suffer economic and reputational harm that could have an adverse effect on our business. Further, we may incur significant costs to resolve any such disruptions in service, which could adversely affect our business. For example, certain installment loans are originated by our originating bank partners and then disbursed to merchants via virtual cards facilitated through our partnership with an issuer processor. This issuer processor issues 41
Page 43
Table of Contents virtual cards through an issuing bank partner, which allow loans facilitated through our platform to be processed over the card network. Such loans facilitated through our platform can be used at merchants where we are not integrated at checkout, allowing consumers to complete purchases with virtual cards just as they would with a standard credit or debit card. In the event that our issuer processor becomes unable or unwilling to facilitate the disbursements to merchants and we are unable to reach an agreement with another third-party partner, such loans would no longer be able to be facilitated through our platform. For certain transactions, we partially rely on card issuers, payment processors, or third-party payment networks. If we fail to comply with the applicable requirements set forth in our agreements with Visa and other such counterparties, such counterparties may seek to fine us, suspend us, or terminate our registrations, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition, and future prospects. For certain transactions, we partially rely on card issuers, payment processors, or third-party payment networks, and must pay a fee for their services. From time to time, payment networks, such as Visa, may increase the interchange fees that they charge for each transaction using one of their cards. The payment processors and payment networks routinely update and modify their requirements. Changes in the requirements, including changes to risk management and collateral requirements, may impact our ongoing cost of doing business and we may not, in every circumstance, be able to pass through such costs to our merchants or associated participants. Furthermore, if we do not comply with the payment processors’ or payment networks’ requirements (e.g., their rules, bylaws, and charter documentation), the payment processors or payment networks, as applicable, could seek to fine us, suspend us or terminate our registrations that allow us to process transactions on their networks. The termination of our registration due to failure to comply with the applicable requirements of Visa or other payment networks or payment processors, or any changes in the payment networks’ or payment processors’ rules that would impair our registration, could require us to stop providing payment services to Visa or other payment networks or payment processors, which could have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition, and future prospects. Our business could be adversely affected by any unsoundness of our financial institution counterparties. Instability at financial institutions, such as those publicly reported in 2023, may have an adverse effect on our business. Financial services institutions are interrelated with our business as a result of trading, clearing, counterparty or other relationships. We routinely execute transactions with counterparties in the financial services industry, including commercial banks, brokers and dealers, investment banks and other institutions. Many of these transactions expose us to credit risk in the event of a default by a counterparty. In addition, our credit risk may be exacerbated when collateral cannot be foreclosed upon or is liquidated at prices not sufficient to recover the full amount of the credit or derivative exposure due. Any such losses could adversely affect our business, financial condition and results of operations. Risks Related to Our Intellectual Property and Platform Development Real or perceived software errors, failures, bugs, defects, or outages could adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition, and future prospects. Our platform and our internal systems rely on software that is highly technical and complex. In addition, our platform and our internal systems depend on the ability of such software to store, retrieve, process, and manage immense amounts of data. As a result, undetected errors, failures, bugs, or defects may be present in such software or occur in the future in such software, including open source software and other software we license in from third parties, especially when updates or new products or services are released. Any real or perceived errors, failures, bugs, or defects in the software may not be found until our consumers use our platform and could result in outages or degraded quality of service on our platform that could adversely impact our business (including through causing us not to meet contractually required service levels), as well as negative publicity, loss of or delay in market acceptance of our products and services, and harm to our brand or weakening of our competitive position. In such an event, we may be required, or may choose, to expend 42
Page 44
Table of Contents significant additional resources in order to correct the problem. For example, in the second half of fiscal year 2025, we reallocated significant resources to prioritize system stability and reduce outages, resulting in delays to certain product launches and other strategic objectives. Similar reallocations of resources in the future could adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition, and future prospects. Any significant disruption in, or errors in, service on our platform or relating to vendors, including events beyond our control, could prevent us from processing transactions on our platform or posting payments and have a material and adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition, and future prospects. We use vendors, such as our cloud computing web services provider, virtual card processing companies, and third-party software providers (including companies that provide our risk scoring models), in the operation of our platform. The satisfactory performance, reliability, and availability of our technology and our underlying network and infrastructure are critical to our operations and reputation and the ability of our platform to attract new and retain existing commercial partners and consumers. We rely on these vendors to protect their systems and facilities against damage or service interruptions from natural disasters, power or telecommunications failures, air quality issues, environmental conditions, computer viruses or malicious attempts to harm or compromise these systems, criminal acts, and similar events. We may also be harmed if data, technology, or software becomes non-compliant with existing regulations or industry standards, becomes subject to third-party claims of intellectual property infringement, misappropriation, or other violation, is breached by unauthorized third parties, or malfunctions or functions in a way we did not anticipate. If our arrangement with a vendor is terminated or if there is a lapse of service or damage to its systems or facilities, we could experience interruptions in our ability to operate our platform. We also may experience increased costs and difficulties in replacing that vendor and replacement services may not be available on commercially reasonable terms, on a timely basis, or at all. Any interruptions or delays in our platform availability, whether as a result of a failure to perform on the part of a vendor, any damage to one of our vendor’s systems or facilities, the termination of any of our third-party vendor agreements, software failures, our or our vendor’s error, natural disasters, terrorism, other man-made problems, security breaches, whether accidental or willful, or other factors, could harm our relationships with our merchants and consumers and also harm our reputation. In addition, in the event of damage or interruption, our insurance policies may not adequately compensate us for any losses that we may incur. Our disaster recovery plan has not been tested under actual disaster conditions, and we may not have sufficient capacity to recover all data and services in the event of an outage. These factors could prevent us from processing transactions or posting payments on our platform, damage our brand and reputation, divert the attention of our employees, reduce our revenue, subject us to liability, and cause consumers or merchants to abandon our platform, any of which could have a material and adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition, and future prospects. Our ability to protect our confidential, proprietary, or sensitive information, including the confidential information of consumers on our platform, may be adversely affected by cyber-attacks, employee or other internal misconduct, computer viruses, physical or electronic break-ins, or similar disruptions. Our business involves the collection, storage, use, disclosure, processing, transfer, and other handling (collectively, “processing”) of a wide variety of information, including personally identifiable information, for various purposes in our business, including to help support the integrity of our services and to provide features and functionality to our consumers and commercial partners. The processing of the information we acquire in connection with our consumers’ and commercial partners’ use of our services, particularly on our internet applications for consumers, is subject to numerous privacy, data protection, cybersecurity, and other laws and regulations in the United States and foreign jurisdictions. The automated nature of our business and our reliance on digital technologies may make us an attractive target for, and potentially vulnerable to, cyber-attacks, computer malware, computer viruses, social engineering (including phishing and ransomware attacks), general hacking, physical or electronic break-ins, or similar disruptions. In addition, our remote working environment may exacerbate these risks. 43
Page 45
Table of Contents While we and our third-party partners have taken steps to protect the confidential, proprietary, and sensitive information to which we have access and to prevent data loss, our security measures or those of our third-party partners could be breached, such as the Evolve Bank & Trust cybersecurity incident reported in June 2024, resulting in the loss of, or unauthorized access to, our or our consumers’ data, our intellectual property, or other confidential, proprietary, or sensitive business information and could expose us to liability related to the loss of the information, time-consuming and expensive litigation, potential regulatory scrutiny and negative publicity. As is common in our industry, and with technology-focused companies more broadly, unauthorized parties regularly attempt to gain access to our systems and facilities through various means, including, among others, hacking into our or our partners’ or consumers’ systems or facilities, or attempting to fraudulently induce our employees, partners, consumers or others into disclosing usernames, passwords, or other sensitive information, which may in turn be used to access our information technology systems and gain access to our or our consumers’ data or other confidential, proprietary, or sensitive information. In the past, such attempts have, at times, been successful but with minimal impact on or disruption to our business, and there is no guarantee that our continuous monitoring efforts will be effective in preventing similar or more impactful incidents in the future. If we are unable to protect our intellectual property, or if third parties are successful in claiming that we are infringing, misappropriating, or violating the intellectual property of others, we may incur significant expense and our business may be adversely affected. Our ability to compete effectively is dependent in part upon our ability to obtain, maintain, protect, and enforce our intellectual property and other proprietary rights, including with respect to our proprietary technology, and to obtain licenses to use the intellectual property and proprietary rights of others. We rely on a combination of patents, trademarks, service marks, copyrights, trade secrets, domain names, and agreements with employees and third parties to protect our intellectual property and other proprietary rights. We also enter into agreements containing obligations of confidentiality with each party that has or may have had access to proprietary information, know-how, or trade secrets owned or held by us. Nonetheless, the steps we take to obtain, maintain, protect, and enforce our intellectual property and other proprietary rights may be inadequate. For example, our competitors and other third parties may design around or independently develop similar technology or otherwise duplicate or mimic our services or products such that we would not be able to successfully assert our intellectual property or other proprietary rights against them. We cannot assure that any future patent, trademark, or service mark registrations will be issued for our pending or future applications or that any of our current or future patents, copyrights, trademarks, or service marks (whether registered or unregistered) will be valid, enforceable, sufficiently broad in scope, provide adequate protection of our intellectual property or other proprietary rights, or provide us with any competitive advantage. Our trademarks, trade names, and service marks have significant value, and our brand is an important factor in the marketing of our services. We intend to rely on both registrations and common law protections for our trademarks. However, we may be unable to prevent competitors or other third parties from acquiring or using trademarks, service marks, or other intellectual property or other proprietary rights that are similar to, infringe upon, misappropriate, dilute, or otherwise violate or diminish the value of our trademarks and service marks and our other intellectual property and proprietary rights. The value of our intellectual property and other proprietary rights could diminish if others assert rights in or ownership of our intellectual property or other proprietary rights, or in trademarks or service marks that are similar to our trademarks or service marks. In addition, we cannot guarantee that we have entered into agreements containing obligations of confidentiality with each party that has or may have had access to proprietary information, know-how, or trade secrets owned or held by us. Moreover, our contractual arrangements may be breached or may otherwise not effectively prevent disclosure of, or control access to, our confidential or otherwise proprietary information or provide an adequate remedy in the event of an unauthorized disclosure. The measures we have put in place may not prevent misappropriation, infringement, or other violation of our intellectual property or other proprietary rights or information and any resulting loss of competitive advantage, and we may be required to litigate to protect our intellectual property or other proprietary rights or information from misappropriation, infringement, or other violation by others, which is expensive, could cause a diversion of resources, and may not be successful, even when 44
Page 46
Table of Contents our rights have been infringed, misappropriated, or otherwise violated. Our efforts to enforce our intellectual property and other proprietary rights may be met with defenses, counterclaims, and countersuits attacking the validity and enforceability of our intellectual property and other proprietary rights, and if such defenses, counterclaims, or countersuits are successful, it could diminish or we could otherwise lose valuable intellectual property and other proprietary rights. Additionally, the laws of some foreign countries may not be as protective of intellectual property and other proprietary rights as those in the United States, and the mechanisms for enforcement of intellectual property and other proprietary rights may be inadequate. Furthermore, third parties may challenge, invalidate, or circumvent our intellectual property and proprietary rights, including through administrative processes or litigation. The legal standards relating to the validity, enforceability, and scope of protection of intellectual property and other proprietary rights are uncertain and still evolving. Our intellectual property and other proprietary rights may not be sufficient to provide us with a competitive advantage and the value of our intellectual property and other proprietary rights could also diminish if others assert rights therein or ownership thereof, and we may be unable to successfully resolve any such conflicts in our favor or to our satisfaction. We may be subject to claims brought by third parties for alleged infringement, misappropriation, or other violation of their intellectual property or other proprietary rights. Our success depends, in part, on our ability to develop and commercialize our products and services without infringing, misappropriating, or otherwise violating the intellectual property or other proprietary rights of third parties. We may receive claims or otherwise become involved in disputes from time to time concerning intellectual property or other proprietary rights of third parties, which may relate to our own proprietary technology, or to technology that we acquire or license from third parties, and we may not prevail in these disputes. Relatedly, competitors or other third parties may raise claims alleging that service providers or other third parties retained or indemnified by us, infringe on, misappropriate, or otherwise violate such competitors’ or other third parties’ intellectual property or other proprietary rights. These claims of infringement, misappropriation, or other violation may be extremely broad, and it may not be possible for us to conduct our operations in such a way as to avoid all such alleged violations of such intellectual property or other proprietary rights. We also may be unaware of third-party intellectual property or other proprietary rights that cover or otherwise relate to some or all of our products and services. Given the complex, rapidly changing, and competitive technological and business environment in which we operate, and the potential risks and uncertainties of intellectual property-related litigation, a claim of infringement, misappropriation, or other violation against us may require us to spend significant amounts of time and other resources to defend against the claim (even if we ultimately prevail), pay significant money damages, lose significant revenues, be prohibited from using the relevant systems, processes, technologies, or other intellectual property (temporarily or permanently), cease offering certain products or services, obtain a license, which may not be available on commercially reasonable terms or at all, or redesign our products or services or functionality therein, which could be costly, time-consuming, or impossible. Some of the aforementioned risks of infringement, misappropriation or other violation, in particular with respect to patents, are potentially increased due to the nature of our business, industry, and intellectual property portfolio. For instance, it has become common in recent years for certain third parties to purchase patents or other intellectual property assets for the sole purpose of making claims of infringement, misappropriation, or other violation in an attempt to extract settlements from companies such as ours. Relatedly, we do not currently have a large patent portfolio, which could otherwise assist us in deterring patent infringement claims from competitors, through our ability to bring patent infringement counterclaims using our own patent portfolio. In addition to the previously mentioned impacts of intellectual property-related litigation, while in some cases a third party may have agreed to indemnify us for costs associated with intellectual property-related litigation, such indemnifying third party may refuse or be unable to uphold its contractual obligations. In other cases, our insurance may not cover potential claims of this type adequately or at all, and we may be required to pay monetary damages, which may be significant. 45
Page 47
Table of Contents Some aspects of our platform include open source software, and our use of open source software could negatively affect our business, results of operations, financial condition, and future prospects. Aspects of our platform include software covered by open source licenses. The terms of various open source licenses have not been interpreted by United States courts, and there is a risk that such licenses could be construed in a manner that imposes unanticipated conditions or restrictions on our platform. In such an event, we could be required to re-engineer all or a portion of our technologies, seek licenses from third parties in order to continue offering our products, discontinue the use of our platform in the event re-engineering cannot be accomplished, or otherwise be limited in the licensing of our technologies, each of which could reduce or eliminate the value of our technologies and loan products. If portions of our proprietary software are determined to be subject to an open source license, we could also be required to, under certain circumstances, publicly release or license, at no cost, our products that incorporate the open source software or the affected portions of our source code, which could allow our competitors or other third parties to create similar products and services with lower development effort, time, and costs, and could ultimately result in a loss of transaction volume for us. We cannot ensure that we have not incorporated open source software in our software in a manner that is inconsistent with the terms of the applicable license or our current policies, and we may inadvertently use open source in a manner that we do not intend or that could expose us to claims for breach of contract or intellectual property infringement, misappropriation, or other violation. If we fail to comply, or are alleged to have failed to comply, with the terms and conditions of our open source licenses, we could be required to incur significant legal expenses defending such allegations, be subject to significant damages, be enjoined from the sale of our products and services, and be required to comply with onerous conditions or restrictions on our products and services, any of which could be materially disruptive to our business. In addition to risks related to license requirements, usage of open source software can lead to greater risks than use of third-party commercial software because open source licensors generally do not provide warranties or other contractual protections regarding infringement, misappropriation, or other violations, the quality of code, or the origin of the software. Many of the risks associated with the use of open source software cannot be eliminated and could adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition, and future prospects. For instance, open source software is often developed by different groups of programmers outside of our control that collaborate with each other on projects. As a result, open source software may have security vulnerabilities, defects, or errors of which we are not aware. Even if we become aware of any security vulnerabilities, defects, or errors, it may take a significant amount of time for either us or the programmers who developed the open source software to address such vulnerabilities, defects, or errors, which could negatively impact our products and services, including by adversely affecting the market’s perception of our products and services, impairing the functionality of our products and services, delaying the launch of new products and services, or resulting in the failure of our products and services, any of which could result in liability to us, our vendors and service providers. Further, our adoption of certain policies with respect to the use of open source software may affect our ability to hire and retain employees, including engineers. Risks Related to Our Regulatory Environment We are subject to various international, federal and state consumer protection laws. We must comply with various international, federal and state regulatory regimes, including those applicable to consumer credit transactions, such as, but not limited to, those described in “Business — Regulatory Environment — U.S. federal consumer protection requirements.” In addition, the U.S., Canadian, U.K., Australia and other international governments, states, and provinces may pass new laws, or may amend existing laws, to further regulate the consumer finance industry or loans of the type provided through our platform, or to reduce the finance charges or other fees that may be imposed with respect to consumer loans. This could make the provision and collection of consumer loans more difficult or costly, which may negatively impact our business. 46
Page 48
Table of Contents While we have developed policies and procedures designed to assist in compliance with these laws and regulations, no assurance is given that our compliance policies and procedures will be effective. Failure to comply with these laws and with regulatory requirements applicable to our business could subject us to damages, revocation of licenses, class action lawsuits, administrative enforcement actions, and civil and criminal liability, which may harm our business. Our business is subject to extensive regulation, supervision, examination, and oversight in a variety of areas, all of which are subject to change and uncertain interpretation. Changing international, federal, state, and local laws, as well as changing regulatory enforcement policies and priorities, including changes that may result from changes in the political landscape, may negatively impact our business, results of operations, financial condition, and future prospects. We are subject to extensive regulation, supervision, examination, and oversight by federal and state governmental authorities under U.S. federal and state laws and regulations. We are also regulated by many international and state regulatory agencies through licensing and other supervisory or enforcement authority, which includes regular examination by international and state governmental authorities. In addition, as we continue to expand our operations internationally, we may become subject to extensive regulation, supervision, examination, and oversight by additional international authorities. We are required to comply with constantly changing international, federal, state, and local laws and regulations that regulate, among other things, the terms of the loans that we and our originating bank partners originate and the associated fees that may be charged. A change in these laws that enable our credit scoring and pricing model, including our ability to export interest rates across state lines, could have a material impact on our business model and financial position. New laws or regulations could also require us to incur significant expenses and devote significant management attention to ensure compliance. Our failure to comply (or to ensure that our agents and third-party service providers comply) with these laws or regulations may result in litigation or enforcement actions, the penalties for which could include: revocation of licenses; fines and other monetary penalties; civil and criminal liability; substantially reduced payments by borrowers; modification of the original terms of loans, permanent forgiveness of debt, or inability to, directly or indirectly, collect all or a part of the principal of or interest on loans; and increased purchases of loan receivables for loans originated by our originating bank partners and indemnification claims. We are subject to the regulatory and enforcement authority of the CFPB as a facilitator, servicer, acquirer or originator of consumer credit. As such, the CFPB has in the past requested reports concerning our organization, business conduct, markets, and activities, and we expect that the CFPB will continue to do so from time to time in the future. The CFPB, through its enforcement authority, could increase our compliance costs, potentially hinder our ability to respond to marketplace changes, impose requirements to alter products and services that would make them less attractive to consumers and impair our ability to offer products and services profitably. For further discussion on the CFPB's enforcement authority, see “Business — Regulatory Environment — U.S. federal consumer protection requirements.” In conducting an investigation, the CFPB or state attorneys general may issue a civil investigative demand requiring a target company to prepare and submit, among other items, documents, written reports, answers to interrogatories, and deposition testimony. If we become subject to such an investigation, the required response could result in substantial costs and a diversion of the attention and resources of our management. In addition, investigations and other regulatory actions could result in penalties and reputational harm to us and a loss of consumers participating in our platform, and our compliance costs and litigation exposure could increase if the CFPB, for instance, or other regulatory agencies enact new regulations, change regulations that were previously adopted, modify, through supervision or enforcement, past regulatory guidance, or interpret existing regulations in a manner different or stricter than have been previously interpreted, any of which could adversely affect our ability to perform. Further, in some cases, regardless of fault, it may be less time- consuming or costly to settle these matters, 47
Page 49
Table of Contents which may require us to implement certain changes to our business practices, provide remediation to certain individuals or make a settlement payment to a given party or regulatory body. Further, we may not be able to respond quickly or effectively to regulatory, legislative, and other developments, and these changes may in turn impair our ability to offer our existing or planned features, products, and services and/or increase our cost of doing business. In addition, if our practices are not consistent or viewed as not consistent with legal and regulatory requirements, we may become subject to audits, inquiries, whistleblower complaints, adverse media coverage, investigations, or criminal or civil sanctions, all of which may have an adverse effect on our reputation, business, results of operations, and financial condition. If our originating bank partner model is successfully challenged or deemed impermissible, we could be found to be in violation of licensing, interest rate limit, lending, or brokering laws and face penalties, fines, litigation, or regulatory enforcement. A substantial number of the loans facilitated through our platform are originated through our bank partners and we rely on our originating bank partner model to comply with various federal, state, and other laws. If the legal structure underlying our relationship with our originating bank partners was successfully challenged, we may be found to be in violation of state licensing requirements and state laws regulating interest rates and other aspects of consumer lending. In the event of such a challenge or if our arrangements with our originating bank partners were to change or end for any reason, we would need to rely on an alternative bank relationship, find an alternative bank relationship, rely on existing state licenses, obtain new state licenses, pursue a federal charter, offer consumer loans, and/or be subject to the interest rate limitations of certain states. We have applied to establish Affirm Bank as an industrial loan company to be chartered in the State of Nevada, and there can be no assurance that our application will be approved, or that we will realize the expected benefits of obtaining a bank charter and federal deposit insurance. In January 2026, we submitted applications to the Nevada Financial Institutions Division and the FDIC to establish Affirm Bank, a proposed industrial loan company chartered in the State of Nevada. The application process is subject to extensive regulatory review, including evaluation of our business plan, the proposed Bank’s capital adequacy, management qualifications, the proposed Bank’s compliance infrastructure, and Community Reinvestment Act commitments. Our application has attracted opposition from industry and advocacy groups, and may be subject to public comment periods, supplemental information requests, or extended review timelines. There can be no assurance that the FDIC or the Nevada Financial Institutions Division will approve our application, or that any approval will not be subject to conditions that are more burdensome than anticipated, including heightened capital requirements, leverage ratio minimums, activity restrictions, or ongoing supervisory commitments. Even if our application is approved, the expected benefits of operating an industrial loan company, including reduced reliance on third-party originating bank partners, lower funding costs, and greater control over our product offerings, may not be realized in the manner or to the extent we anticipate. Establishing Affirm Bank will require significant investment in compliance, risk management, and operational infrastructure, and may divert management attention and resources from other business priorities. As an FDIC-insured institution, Affirm Bank would be subject to comprehensive federal and state banking regulations, including capital adequacy requirements, examination and enforcement authority, restrictions on transactions with affiliates, and consumer protection and fair lending obligations. Failure by Affirm Bank to comply with any such requirements could result in supervisory actions, fines, restrictions on activities, or loss of deposit insurance or revocation of the proposed Bank’s charter. If we were found to be operating without having obtained necessary international, state or local licenses, or if loans made by us under our lending licenses are found to violate applicable state or provincial interest rate limits or other provisions of applicable state or provincial lending and other laws, it could adversely affect our business, results of operations, financial condition, and future prospects. The application of some consumer financial licensing laws to our platform and the related activities it performs is unclear. In addition, licensing requirements may evolve over time, including, in particular, recent trends 48
Page 50
Table of Contents toward increased licensing requirements and regulation of parties engaged in loan solicitation and other regulated activities. If determined to be applicable to us, some licensing restrictions and limitations may prevent certain Affirm products being offered entirely. In addition, if we were found to be in violation of applicable state or provincial interest rate or licensing requirements by a regulating entity, a court or a state, federal, or local enforcement agency, or agree to resolve such concerns by voluntary agreement, we could be subject to or agree to pay fines, damages, injunctive relief (including required modification or discontinuation of our business in certain areas), criminal penalties, and other penalties or consequences, and the loans facilitated through our platform could be rendered void or unenforceable in whole or in part, any of which could have an adverse effect on the enforceability or collectability of the loans facilitated through our platform. The highly regulated environment in which our originating bank partners operate could have an adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition, and future prospects. Our originating bank partners are subject to increasingly demanding regulatory requirements. Federal regulation of the banking industry, along with tax and accounting laws, regulations, rules, and standards, may limit their operations significantly and control the methods by which they conduct business. In addition, compliance with laws and regulations can be difficult and costly, and changes to laws and regulations can impose additional compliance requirements. In particular, regulatory requirements affect our originating bank partners’ lending practices and investment practices, among other aspects of their businesses, and restrict transactions between us and our originating bank partners. For example, from time to time, regulatory agencies for our bank partners may re-evaluate the information we are required to collect from consumers in order to facilitate loans through our platform. Any change in the nature or amount of personal information that we are required to collect from consumers may cause some consumers to choose not to complete their purchases — or purchase less frequently — with us, which may adversely impact our conversion rates, and, as a result, adversely impact our revenue, GMV, and other of our key operating metrics. These requirements may constrain the operations of our originating bank partners, and the adoption of new laws and changes to, or repeal of, existing laws may have a further impact on our business. Furthermore, the regulatory agencies have extremely broad discretion in their interpretation of the regulations and laws and their interpretation of the quality of our originating bank partners’ loan portfolios and other assets. If any regulatory agency’s assessment of the quality of our originating bank partners’ assets, operations, lending practices, investment practices, or other aspects of their business changes, it may reduce our originating bank partners’ earnings, capital ratios, and share price in such a way that affects our business. Our use of vendors and our other ongoing third-party business relationships expose us to risks that may adversely impact our business. We regularly use vendors and subcontractors as part of our business. We also depend on our substantial ongoing business relationships with our originating bank partners, commercial partners, and other third parties. These types of third-party relationships, including with our originating bank partners, are subject to increasingly demanding regulatory requirements and oversight by federal bank regulators (such as the Federal Reserve Board, the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation), the CFPB, state and international regulators. It is expected that regulators will hold us responsible for deficiencies in our oversight and control of third-party relationships and in the performance of the parties with which we have these relationships. As a result, if our regulators conclude that we have not exercised adequate oversight and control over vendors and subcontractors or other ongoing third-party business relationships or that such third parties have not performed appropriately, we could be subject to enforcement actions, including civil money penalties or other administrative or judicial penalties or fines, as well as requirements for consumer remediation. 49
Page 51
Table of Contents Stringent and changing laws and regulations relating to privacy and data protection could result in claims, harm our results of operations, financial condition, and future prospects, or otherwise harm our business. Compliance with current or future privacy and data protection laws (including those regarding security breach notification) affecting consumer and/or employee data to which we are subject could result in higher compliance and technology costs and could restrict our ability to provide certain products and services (such as products or services that involve us sharing information with third parties or storing sensitive information), which could materially and adversely affect our profitability and could reduce income from certain business initiatives. We publicly post policies and documentation regarding our practices concerning the processing of data. This publication of our privacy policy and other documentation that provide promises and assurances about privacy and security is required by applicable law and can subject us to proceedings and actions brought by data protection authorities, government entities, or others (including, potentially, in class action proceedings brought by individuals) if our policies are alleged to be deceptive, unfair, or misrepresentative of our actual practices. Although we endeavor to comply with our published policies and documentation, we may at times fail to do so or be alleged to have failed to do so. Our failure, or the failure of any third party with whom we work, to comply with privacy and data protection laws could result in potentially significant regulatory investigations and government actions, litigation, fines, or sanctions, consumer, funding source, bank partner, or commercial partner actions, and damage to our reputation and brand, all of which could have a material adverse effect on our business. Complying with privacy and data protection laws and regulations may cause us to incur substantial operational costs or require us to change our business practices. We may not be successful in our efforts to achieve compliance either due to internal or external factors, such as resource allocation limitations or a lack of vendor cooperation. We have in the past, and may in the future, receive complaints or notifications from third parties alleging that we have violated applicable privacy and data protection laws and regulations. Non-compliance could result in proceedings against us by governmental entities, consumers, data subjects, or others. We may also experience difficulty retaining or obtaining new consumers in these jurisdictions due to the legal requirements, compliance cost, potential risk exposure, and uncertainty for these entities, and we may experience significantly increased liability with respect to these consumers pursuant to the terms set forth in our engagements with them. As we continue to expand our operations internationally, we may become subject to various foreign privacy and data protection laws and regulations, which may in some cases be more stringent than the requirements in the jurisdictions in which we currently operate. Because the interpretation and application of many privacy and data protection laws are uncertain, it is possible that these laws may be interpreted and applied in a manner that is inconsistent with our existing data management practices or the features of our products and services. If so, in addition to the possibility of fines, lawsuits, regulatory investigations, and other claims and penalties, we could be required to change our business activities and practices or modify our products or services, any of which could have an adverse effect on our business. Any claims regarding our inability to adequately address privacy and security concerns, even if unfounded, or to comply with applicable privacy and data security laws, regulations, contractual requirements, and policies, could result in additional cost and liability to us, damage our reputation, and adversely affect our business. Privacy and data security concerns, whether valid or not, may inhibit market adoption of our products and services, particularly in certain industries and jurisdictions. If we are not able to quickly adjust to changing laws, regulations, and standards related to the internet, our business may be harmed. We have an obligation to comply with anti-money laundering and anti-terrorism financing laws, and failure to comply with this obligation could have significant adverse consequences for us. If our controls designed to enable us to comply with all applicable anti-money laundering and anti-terrorism financing laws and regulations are ineffective in ensuring compliance with all such laws and regulations, our failure to comply with these laws and regulations could result in a breach and termination of our agreements 50
Page 52
Table of Contents with our originating bank partners or criticism by international or state governmental agencies, which would have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition, and future prospects. If we fail to comply with applicable requirements for our high-yield savings account product, our consumers’ deposits may not qualify for FDIC insurance and they may withdraw their funds, which could adversely affect our brand, business, results of operations, financial condition, and future prospects. We offer an FDIC-insured, interest-bearing savings account, which is provided by Cross River Bank, on the Affirm App. Under the terms of our program agreement with Cross River Bank as well as the deposit account agreements between participating consumers and Cross River Bank, the savings account is opened and maintained by Cross River Bank. We act as the service provider to, among other things, facilitate communication between consumers and Cross River Bank via the Affirm App. We are not an FDIC-insured bank; however, we believe our savings account program, including applicable records maintained by us and Cross River Bank, complies with all applicable requirements for each participating consumer’s deposits to be covered by FDIC insurance, up to the applicable maximum deposit insurance amount. However, if the FDIC were to disagree (e.g., because we and Cross River Bank have not adequately evidenced participating consumers’ ownership of each account), the FDIC might not recognize consumers’ claims as covered by deposit insurance in the event Cross River Bank fails and enters receivership proceedings under the Federal Deposit Insurance Act (“FDIA”). If the FDIC were to determine that consumers’ claims as covered by deposit insurance, or if Cross River Bank were to actually fail and enter receivership proceedings under the FDIA (regardless of whether the deposits are covered by FDIC insurance), participating consumers may withdraw their funds, which could adversely affect our brand, business, results of operations, financial condition, and future prospects. We also must abide by the terms of the deposit account program agreement with Cross River Bank, failure of which could lead Cross River Bank to terminate the savings account program. If Cross River Bank terminated our savings account program and we were unable to find another bank partner, we may have to close our savings account program, which could adversely affect our brand, business, results of operations, financial condition, and future prospects. States and consumer advocacy groups are highly focused on potential discrimination resulting from the use of machine learning and "black-box" algorithms. We face the risk that one or more of the variables included in our loan decisioning model may be deemed a proxy for a protected characteristic such as race, ethnicity, or sex in violation of anti-discrimination laws, and therefore need to be revised or eliminated to ensure compliance with ECOA and recent state legislation related to AI/ML decisions. We may also be required to support the variables used in our loan decisioning model with documented, legitimate business justifications in the event the model results in a disproportionate effect on applicants or consumers of certain demographic groups. In addition, our use of machine learning in our models could inadvertently discriminate against protected groups, which could result in private or state litigation. Although we may review our models for potential discrimination, we may be unable to identify and eliminate all practices or variables causing the discrimination, resulting in residual fair lending risk. Risks Related to our Class A Common Stock The dual class structure of our common stock has the effect of concentrating voting control with those stockholders who hold shares of our Class B common stock, including our executive officers and directors and their affiliates. As a result of our dual class structure of our common stock, the trading price of our Class A common stock may be depressed. Our Class B common stock has 15 votes per share, whereas our Class A common stock has one vote per share. Because the holders of our Class B common stock collectively hold significantly more than a majority of the combined voting power of our capital stock, such holders, acting together, control all matters submitted to our stockholders for approval. As a result, for the foreseeable future, holders of our Class B common stock will continue 51
Page 53
Table of Contents to have significant influence over the management and affairs of our company and over the outcome of all matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, including the election of directors and significant corporate transactions, such as a merger, consolidation or sale of substantially all of our assets, even if their stock holdings represent less than 50% of the outstanding shares of our capital stock. In addition, this may prevent or discourage unsolicited acquisition proposals or offers for our capital stock. Holders of our Class B common stock may have interests that differ from those of the holders of our Class A common stock and may vote in a way with which the Class A holders disagree or which may be adverse to the Class A holders' interests. This control may adversely affect the trading price of our Class A common stock. Further, as of June 30, 2026, Max Levchin, our Founder, Chairman and Chief Executive Officer, held substantial voting power of our outstanding capital stock. As a stockholder, Mr. Levchin is entitled to vote his shares, and shares over which he has voting control, in his own interests, which may not always be in the interests of our stockholders generally. Transfers by holders of Class B common stock will generally result in those shares converting to Class A common stock, except certain transfers to entities, to the extent the transferor retains sole dispositive power and exclusive voting control with respect to the shares of Class B common stock, and certain other transfers described in our articles of incorporation. In addition, all shares of Class B common stock will automatically convert into shares of Class A common stock upon the occurrence of certain events described in our articles of incorporation. Conversions of Class B common stock to Class A common stock will have the effect, over time, of increasing the relative voting power of those holders of Class B common stock who retain their shares in the long term. Our dual class structure may also depress the trading price of our Class A common stock due to negative perception by market participants and other stakeholders. Certain index providers have announced restrictions on including companies with multiple-class share structures in certain of their indexes. Similarly, several stockholder advisory firms have announced their opposition to the use of multiple class structures and may issue adverse voting recommendations for items on which we ask shareholders to vote. Any exclusion from indices or criticism of our corporate governance practices by stockholder advisory firms could result in a less active trading market for our Class A common stock. The market price of our Class A common stock has been and may continue to be volatile, which could cause the value of your investment to decline. The market price of our Class A common stock has been and may continue to be highly volatile and could be subject to wide fluctuations. This market volatility, as well as general economic, market, and political conditions, could reduce the market price of shares of our Class A common stock despite our operating performance. In addition, our results of operations could be below the expectations of public market analysts and investors due to a number of potential factors, including: variations in our quarterly or annual results of operations; additions or departures of key management personnel; the loss of an originating bank partner or key funding sources or commercial partner; adverse economic conditions resulting in decreased consumer demand; the growth and development of key commercial partner relationships, including our relationships with Amazon, Shopify and Apple Pay, among others; material cybersecurity incidents; and changes in our earnings estimates (if provided). Also, the publication of research reports about our industry, litigation and government investigations, changes or proposed changes in laws or regulations or differing interpretations or enforcement thereof affecting our business, adverse market reaction to any indebtedness we may incur or securities we may issue in the future, changes in market valuations of similar companies or speculation in the press or the investment community with respect to us or our industry, adverse announcements by us or others and developments affecting us, announcements by our competitors of significant contracts, acquisitions, dispositions, strategic partnerships, joint ventures or capital commitments, actions by institutional stockholders, and increases in market interest rates that may lead investors in our shares to demand a higher yield, could result in the significant decrease of the market price of shares of our Class A common stock. 52
Page 54
Table of Contents Certain of our stockholders have rights, subject to some conditions, to require us to file registration statements covering their shares that we may file for ourselves or our stockholders. In addition, as of June 30, 2026, we had stock options and restricted stock units outstanding that, if fully exercised or settled, would result in the issuance of an aggregate of 19,595,080 shares of our Class A common stock. All of the shares of our Class A common stock issuable upon the exercise of stock options and settlement of restricted stock units, and the shares reserved for future issuance under our equity incentive plans, are registered for public resale under the Securities Act. Any registration statement we file to register additional shares, whether as a result of registration rights or otherwise, could cause the market price of our Class A common stock to decline or be volatile. In addition, short selling activity in our Class A common stock may amplify stock price volatility. Short sellers may publish negative reports or commentary about our business, financial condition, or regulatory compliance in order to drive down our stock price, and such reports can be disseminated rapidly through social media and financial news outlets before we are able to investigate or respond. Significant short interest may also contribute to rapid, unpredictable price movements, including short squeezes, that do not reflect the underlying fundamentals of our business. The publication of short-seller reports could trigger securities class action litigation, derivative suits, or regulatory inquiries regardless of the accuracy of the underlying claims, and responding to such matters can be costly and divert management attention. These broad market and industry factors may decrease the market price of our Class A common stock, regardless of our actual operating performance. The stock market in general has, from time to time, experienced extreme price and volume fluctuations. In addition, in the past, following periods of volatility in the overall market and the market price of a company’s securities, securities class action litigation has often been instituted against these companies. We are subject to securities litigation, as described further in Note 7. Commitments and Contingencies of the accompanying notes to our audited consolidated financial statements and incorporated by reference in Part I, Item 3 — Legal Proceedings. This litigation, and any other securities class actions that may be brought against us, could result in substantial costs and a diversion of our management’s attention and resources. The issuance by us of additional equity securities may dilute your ownership and adversely affect the market price of our Class A common stock. Our articles of incorporation authorize us to issue additional shares of Class A common stock and rights relating to Class A common stock for the consideration and on the terms and conditions established by our board of directors in its sole discretion, whether in connection with acquisitions or otherwise. Any Class A common stock or securities convertible into shares of our Class A common stock that we issue from time to time, including in connection with a financing, acquisition, investment or under any equity incentive plans or otherwise that we may adopt in the future, will dilute your percentage ownership. In the future, we may attempt to obtain financing or to further increase our capital resources by issuing additional shares of our Class A common stock or securities convertible into shares of our Class A common stock or offering debt or other securities. We could also issue shares of our Class A common stock or securities convertible into our Class A common stock or debt or other securities in connection with acquisitions or other strategic transactions. In addition, as we did when we initially formed our partnership with Shopify and when we entered into the Amended and Restated Installment Financing Services Agreement with Amazon, we may issue additional shares of our Class A common stock or securities convertible into shares of Class A common stock as a means of initiating, developing, strengthening or preserving key commercial partner relationships. Issuing additional shares of our Class A common stock or securities convertible into shares of our Class A common stock or debt or other securities may dilute the economic and voting rights of our existing stockholders and would likely reduce the market price of our Class A common stock both upon issuance and conversion, in the case of securities convertible into shares of our Class A common stock. Upon liquidation, holders of debt securities and preferred shares, if issued, and lenders with respect to other borrowings would receive a distribution on our distributable assets prior to the holders of our common stock. Debt securities convertible into equity securities could be subject to adjustments in the conversion ratio pursuant to which certain events may increase the number of equity securities issuable upon conversion. 53
Page 55
Table of Contents Preferred shares, if issued, could have a preference with respect to liquidating distribution or preferences with respect to dividend payments that could limit our ability to pay dividends to the holders of our common stock. Our decision to issue securities in any future offering will depend on market conditions and other factors beyond our control, which may adversely affect the amount, timing, and nature of our future offerings. As a result, holders of our Class A common stock bear the risk that our future offerings may reduce the market price of our Class A common stock and dilute their stockholdings in us. Our bylaws contain exclusive forum provisions for certain claims, which could limit our stockholders’ ability to obtain a favorable judicial forum for disputes with us or our directors, officers, or employees. Our bylaws, to the fullest extent permitted by law, provide that, unless we consent in writing to the selection of an alternative forum, the Eighth Judicial District Court of the State of Nevada is the sole and exclusive forum for any actions, suits or proceedings, whether civil, administrative or investigative (i) brought in our name or right or on our behalf, (ii) asserting a claim of breach of a fiduciary duty owed by any of our current or former directors, officers, stockholders, employees or agents or fiduciaries to us or our stockholders, (iii) for any internal action (as defined in NRS 78.046), including any action asserting a claim pursuant to any provision of the NRS or our articles of incorporation or bylaws, (iv) to interpret, apply, enforce or determine the validity of our articles of incorporation or bylaws or (v) asserting a claim governed by the internal affairs doctrine of the State of Nevada. This provision does not apply to suits brought to enforce any duty or liability created by the Securities Act, or rules and regulations thereunder. Any person or entity purchasing or otherwise acquiring or holding any interest in any of our securities is deemed to have notice of and consented to our exclusive forum provisions, including the federal forum provision. Additionally, our stockholders cannot waive compliance with the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations thereunder. These provisions may limit our stockholders’ ability to bring a claim in a judicial forum they find favorable for disputes with us or our directors, officers, or other employees, which may discourage lawsuits against us and our directors, officers, and other employees and agents. Alternatively, if a court were to find the choice of forum provision contained in our bylaws to be inapplicable or unenforceable in an action, we may incur additional costs associated with resolving such action in other jurisdictions, which could harm our business, operating results and financial condition. Risks Related to Our Indebtedness Servicing our debt requires a significant amount of cash, and we may not have sufficient cash flow from our business to pay our substantial debt. Our ability to make scheduled payments of the principal of, to pay interest on or to refinance our indebtedness, including our 0% convertible senior notes due 2026 (the “2026 Notes”) and our 0.75% convertible senior notes due 2029 (the “2029 Notes”), depends on our future performance, which is subject to economic, financial, competitive and other factors beyond our control. Our business may not continue to generate cash flow from operations in the future sufficient to service our debt and make necessary capital expenditures. If we are unable to generate such cash flow, we may be required to adopt one or more alternatives, such as selling assets, restructuring debt or obtaining additional equity capital on terms that may be onerous or highly dilutive. Our ability to refinance our indebtedness will depend on the capital markets and our financial condition at such time. We may not be able to engage in any of these activities or engage in these activities on desirable terms, which could result in a default on our debt obligations. We may not have the ability to raise the funds necessary to settle conversions of the 2026 Notes and/or the 2029 Notes, to repay the 2026 Notes and/or the 2029 Notes at maturity or to repurchase the 2026 Notes and/or the 2029 Notes upon a fundamental change, and our future debt may contain limitations on our ability to pay cash upon conversion or repurchase of the 2026 Notes and/or the 2029 Notes. Holders will have the right to require us to repurchase their 2026 Notes or 2029 Notes, as applicable, upon the occurrence of a fundamental change at a fundamental change repurchase price equal to 100% of the principal 54
Page 56
Table of Contents amount of the 2026 Notes or the 2029 Notes, as applicable, to be repurchased, plus accrued and unpaid special interest in the case of the 2026 Notes, or accrued and unpaid interest in the case of the 2029 Notes, in each case, if any. In addition, upon conversion of the 2026 Notes or the 2029 Notes, as applicable, we will be required to make cash payments for each $1,000 in principal amount of 2026 Notes or 2029 Notes, as applicable, converted of at least the lesser of $1,000 and the sum of the daily conversion values as described in the indenture governing the 2026 Notes or the indenture governing the 2029 Notes, as applicable. However, we may not have enough available cash or be able to obtain financing at the time we are required to make repurchases of notes surrendered therefore or pay cash with respect to the 2026 Notes or the 2029 Notes, as applicable, being converted. In addition, our ability to repurchase the 2026 Notes or the 2029 Notes, as applicable, or to pay cash upon conversions of the 2026 Notes or the 2029 Notes, as applicable, may be limited by law, by regulatory authority or by agreements governing our future indebtedness. Our failure to repurchase 2026 Notes or the 2029 Notes, as applicable, at a time when the repurchase is required or to pay any cash payable on future conversions of the 2026 Notes or the 2029 Notes, as applicable, would constitute a default under the indenture governing the 2026 Notes or the indenture governing the 2029 Notes, as applicable. A default under the indenture governing the 2026 Notes or the indenture governing the 2029 Notes, as applicable, or the fundamental change itself could also lead to a default under agreements governing our future indebtedness. If the repayment of the related indebtedness were to be accelerated after any applicable notice or grace periods, we may not have sufficient funds to repay the indebtedness and repurchase the 2026 Notes or the 2029 Notes, as applicable, or make cash payments upon conversions thereof. ITEM 1B. UNRESOLVED STAFF COMMENTS None. ITEM 1C. CYBERSECURITY Cybersecurity Risk Management and Strategy We have established a cybersecurity program, informed by the National Institute of Standards and Technology Cybersecurity Framework (“NIST CSF”), that is designed to safeguard our information systems against cybersecurity threats. This program incorporates a variety of processes and cybersecurity tools designed to assess, identify and manage material risks from cybersecurity threats. Those processes include automated and manual testing of our systems for vulnerabilities as well as monitoring and responding to suspicious activity. We use established cybersecurity risk frameworks to identify, measure and prioritize cybersecurity risks and develop corresponding cybersecurity controls and safeguards, and we have implemented a cybersecurity incident response plan that includes procedures for responding to cybersecurity incidents. Leveraging both internal and external resources, we conduct regular reviews and tests throughout the year, including penetration testing as well as tabletop and red team exercises, to evaluate the effectiveness of our cybersecurity program, enhance our cybersecurity measures, and inform our planning. We periodically engage external auditors and consultants to assess our cybersecurity programs. We also maintain a risk-based approach to identifying and overseeing risks from cybersecurity threats associated with our use of third-party service providers which include security assessments and periodic reviews of certain providers including contractual information security and data protection requirements where appropriate. In addition, we require Affirm employees to participate in cybersecurity awareness training. These training sessions are designed to enhance our employees’ awareness of cybersecurity threats and provide information about best practices to protect Affirm’s information systems. We require additional tailored cybersecurity training for certain employees based on their specific job responsibilities. Our cybersecurity program is integrated with our overall risk management program through our Chief Information Security Officer’s (“CISO”) participation in governance structures such as the Risk Management Committee and Technology and Operational Risk Committee, and the incorporation of cybersecurity into the Company’s overall compliance and enterprise risk management programs. 55
Page 57
Table of Contents As of the date of this Report, our business strategy, results of operations and financial condition have not been materially affected by risks from cybersecurity threats, including as a result of previously identified cybersecurity incidents, but we cannot provide assurance that they will not be materially affected in the future by such risks or any future material incidents. Cybersecurity Governance Our Board of Directors oversees risks associated with cybersecurity threats and receives updates periodically from our CISO regarding cybersecurity risks. These updates include, among other topics, cybersecurity program maturity progress, reviews of existing and newly identified cybersecurity risks (including AI risk), status updates on how management is addressing and/or mitigating those risks, information about cybersecurity incidents (if any), as well as updates regarding the status of key cybersecurity initiatives. Our CISO is principally responsible for assessing and managing our cybersecurity risk management program, in partnership with leaders from our Technology, Information Security, Internal Audit, Legal and Compliance teams. Such individuals have an average of over 20 years of prior work experience in various roles involving technology, information security, auditing and compliance. These individuals, including the CISO, are informed about and monitor the prevention, mitigation, detection and remediation of cybersecurity incidents through their management of, and participation in, the cybersecurity risk management and strategy processes described above, including the operation of our incident response plan. As discussed above, our CISO then makes periodic reports to the Board of Directors regarding such matters. ITEM 2. PROPERTIES. We lease office space under operating leases with various expiration dates through 2034. We do not own any real property. Our corporate headquarters are located in San Francisco, California. We also have leased office space in other locations, including New York, New York; Chicago, Illinois; and Toronto, Ontario. We believe that our facilities are adequate to meet our current needs. ITEM 3. LEGAL PROCEEDINGS Refer to Note 7. Commitments and Contingencies of the accompanying notes to our consolidated financial statements. From time to time, we may be subject to other legal proceedings and claims in the ordinary course of business. We are not presently a party to any such other legal proceedings that, if determined adversely to us, would individually or taken together have a material adverse effect on our business, results of operations, financial condition, or cash flows. The results of any current or future litigation cannot be predicted with certainty, and regardless of the outcome, litigation can have an adverse impact on us because of defense and settlement costs, diversion of management resources, and other factors. ITEM 4. MINE SAFETY DISCLOSURES Not applicable. 56
Page 58
Table of Contents PART II ITEM 5. MARKET FOR REGISTRANT'S COMMON EQUITY, RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS AND ISSUER PURCHASES OF EQUITY SECURITIES Market Information for Common Stock Our Class A common stock is traded on the Nasdaq Global Select Market under the symbol "AFRM". Our Class B common stock is not listed on any stock exchange nor traded on any public market. Holders of Record As of August 21, 2026, there were 191 stockholders of record of our Class A common stock. Because many of our shares of Class A common stock are held by brokers and other institutions on behalf of stockholders, we are unable to estimate the total number of stockholders represented by these record holders. As of August 21, 2026, there were 105 stockholders of record of our Class B common stock. Dividend Policy We have never declared or paid cash dividends on our capital stock. We currently intend to retain any future earnings to finance the operation and expansion of our business, and we do not expect to declare or pay any dividends for the foreseeable future. Purchases of Equity Securities by the Issuer and Affiliated Purchasers We did not repurchase any of our equity securities during the fourth quarter of fiscal 2026. Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities None. Stock Performance Graph This performance graph shall not be deemed “soliciting material” or be deemed “filed” with the SEC, for purposes of Section 18 of the Exchange Act, or otherwise subject to the liabilities under that Section, and shall not be deemed to be incorporated by reference into any of our filings under the Securities Act. The graph below shows the cumulative total stockholder return on our Class A common stock relative to the cumulative total returns on the Nasdaq Composite Index and the S&P North American Technology Index. The graph assumes (i) that $100 was invested in our Class A common stock and in each index at the market close on June 30, 2021 and (ii) gross dividends are reinvested. The stock price performance shown in the graph represents past performance and should not be considered an indication of future stock price performance. 57
Page 59
Table of Contents ITEM 6. [RESERVED] 58
Page 60
Table of Contents ITEM 7. MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS The following discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and related notes included elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form 10-K (“Form 10-K”). You should review the section titled “Risk Factors” for a discussion of important factors that could cause our actual results to differ materially from the results described in or implied by the forward-looking statements contained in the following discussion and analysis. Unless the context otherwise requires, all references in this Report to “Affirm,” the “Company,” “we,” “our,” “us,” or similar terms refer to Affirm Holdings, Inc. and its subsidiaries. A discussion regarding our financial condition and results of operations for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2026 compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2025 is presented below. A discussion regarding our financial condition and results of operations for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2025 compared to the fiscal year ended June 30, 2024 that are not included in this Form 10-K can be found in “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” in Part II, Item 7 of our Annual Report on Form 10-K for the fiscal year ended June 30, 2025. Overview We are building the next generation payment network. We believe that by using modern technology, strong engineering talent, and a mission-driven approach, we can reinvent payments and commerce. Our solutions, which are built on trust and transparency, are designed to make it easier for consumers to spend and save responsibly and with confidence, easier for merchants and commerce platforms to convert sales and grow, and easier for commerce to thrive. Our payment network allows consumers to pay for purchases in fixed amounts without deferred interest, late fees, or penalties. We empower consumers to pay over time rather than paying for a purchase entirely upfront. This increases consumers’ purchasing power and gives them more control and flexibility. Our platform facilitates both true 0% APR payment options and interest-bearing loans. Our solutions empower merchants to more efficiently promote and sell their products, optimize their consumer acquisition strategies, and drive incremental sales. We also provide valuable consumer- and product-level data and insights — information that merchants cannot easily get elsewhere — to better inform their strategies. Finally, for consumers, our app unlocks the full suite of Affirm products, enabling consumers to apply for installment loans, and upon approval, use the Affirm Card online or in-store to complete a purchase. Additionally, consumers can manage the pre- and post-purchase split of Affirm Card transactions into a loan, manage payments, open a high-yield savings account, and access a personalized shopping and offers marketplace. Technology and data are at the core of everything we do. Our expertise in sourcing, aggregating, and analyzing data has been what we believe to be the key competitive advantage of our platform since our founding. We believe our proprietary technology platform and data give us a unique advantage in pricing risk. We use data to inform our risk scoring in order to generate value for our consumers, merchants, and capital partners. We also prioritize building our own technology and investing in product and engineering talent as we believe these are enduring competitive advantages that are difficult to replicate. Our solutions use the latest in machine learning, artificial intelligence, cloud-based technologies, and other modern tools to create differentiated and scalable products. 59
Page 61
Table of Contents Our Financial Model Our Revenue Model We have three main loan product offerings: Pay-in-X, 0% annual percentage rate (“APR”) monthly installment loans and interest- bearing monthly installment loans. Pay-in-X primarily consists of short-term payment plans with one to four 0% APR installments. From merchants, we typically earn a fee when we help them convert a sale and facilitate a transaction. Merchant fees depend on the individual arrangement between us and each merchant and may vary based on the loan terms and product offering; we generally earn larger merchant fees on 0% APR financing products. From consumers, we earn interest income on the simple interest loans that we originate or purchase from our originating bank partners. Interest rates charged to our consumers vary depending on the transaction risk, creditworthiness of the consumer, the repayment term selected by the consumer, the amount of the loan, and the individual arrangement with a merchant. Because our consumers are never charged deferred or compounding interest, late fees, or penalties on the loans, we are not incentivized to profit from our consumers’ hardships. In addition, interest income includes the amortization of any discounts or premiums on loan receivables created upon either the purchase of a loan from one of our originating bank partners or our direct origination of a loan. In order to accelerate our ubiquity, we facilitate the issuance of the Affirm Card, a card that can be used physically or virtually and which allows consumers to link a bank account to pay in full, or pay later by accessing credit through the Affirm App. Similarly, we also facilitate the issuance of virtual cards directly to consumers through our app, allowing them to shop with merchants that may not yet be fully integrated with Affirm. When these cards are used over established card networks, we earn a portion of the interchange fee from the transaction. Our Loan Origination and Servicing Model When a consumer applies for a loan through our platform, the loan is underwritten using our proprietary risk model. Once approved for the loan, the consumer then selects their preferred repayment option. A portion of these loans are funded and issued by our originating bank partners, which include Celtic Bank, an FDIC-insured Utah state-chartered industrial bank, and Lead Bank, an FDIC-insured Missouri state-chartered bank. These partnerships allow us to benefit from our partners’ ability to originate loans under their banking licenses while complying with various federal, state, and other laws. Under this arrangement, we must comply with our originating bank partners' credit policies and underwriting procedures, and our originating bank partners maintain ultimate authority to decide whether to originate a loan or not. When an originating bank partner originates a loan, it funds the loan through its own funding sources and may subsequently offer and sell the loan to us. Pursuant to our agreements with these partners, we are obligated to purchase the loans facilitated through our platform that such partner offers us and our obligation is secured by cash deposits. To date, we have purchased all of the loans facilitated through our platform and originated by our originating bank partners. When we purchase a loan from an originating bank partner, the purchase price is equal to the outstanding principal balance of the loan, plus a fee and any accrued interest. The originating bank partner also retains an interest in the loans purchased by us through a loan performance fee that is payable by us on the aggregate principal amount of a loan that is paid by a consumer. Refer to Note 12. Fair Value of Financial Assets and Liabilities in the notes to the consolidated financial statements for more information on the performance fee liability. During the year ended June 30, 2026, we originated loans directly under our lending, servicing, and brokering licenses in Canada, the U.K., and across most states in the U.S. through our consolidated subsidiaries. For the years ended June 30, 2026, 2025 and 2024, we directly originated approximately $9.5 billion, or 19%, $6.3 billion, or 17%, and $4.5 billion, or 17% of loans, respectively. We act as the servicer on all loans that we originate directly or purchase from our originating bank partners and earn a servicing fee on loans held by third parties, including bank partners prior to loan purchase and third-party loan buyers if subsequently sold as part of our funding strategy. In the normal course of business, we do not sell the servicing rights on any of the loans. To allow for flexible staffing to support overflow and seasonal traffic, we 60
Page 62
Table of Contents partner with several sub-servicers to manage consumer care, first priority collections, and third-party collections in accordance with our policies and procedures. Factors Affecting Our Performance Our performance has been and may continue to be affected by many factors, including those identified below, as well as the factors discussed in the section titled “Risk Factors” in this Form 10-K. Expanding our Network, Diversity, and Mix of Funding Relationships Our capital efficient funding model is integral to the success of our platform. As we scale the number of transactions on our network and grow GMV, we maintain a variety of funding relationships in order to support our network. Our diversified funding relationships include warehouse facilities, securitization transactions, variable funding notes, forward flow arrangements, and partnerships with banks. Given the short duration and strong performance of our assets, funding can be recycled quickly, resulting in a high-velocity, capital efficient funding model. Our total platform portfolio is defined as the unpaid principal balance outstanding of all loans facilitated through our platform as of the balance sheet date, including loans held for investment, loans held for sale, and loans owned by third parties. As of both June 30, 2026 and June 30, 2025, our equity capital as a percentage of our total platform portfolio was 4%. The mix of on-balance sheet and off-balance sheet funding is a function of how we choose to allocate loan volume, which is determined by the economic arrangements and supply of capital available to us, both of which may also impact our results in any given period. Mix of Business on Our Platform The shifts in merchant volumes and products offered in any period affect our operating results. These shifts impact GMV, revenue, our financial results, and our key operating metric performance for that period. Differences in loan product mix result in varying loan terms, APRs, and payment frequencies. Product and economic terms of commercial agreements vary among our merchants, which may impact our results. Merchant mix shifts are driven in part by the products offered by the merchant, the economic terms negotiated with the merchant, merchant-side activity relating to the marketing of their products, whether or not the merchant is fully integrated within our network, and general economic conditions affecting consumer demand. Our revenue as a percentage of GMV in any given period varies across products. As such, as we continue to expand our network to include more merchants and product offerings, revenue as a percentage of GMV may vary. Additionally, our operating results are impacted by the percentage of GMV related to transactions occurring through direct merchant point-of-sale integrations relative to GMV processed by our card-issuing partners, which includes transactions on the Affirm Card, our virtual debit cards, and with merchants that integrate Affirm services through one of our platform partners or utilize one of our card-issuing partners to process transactions. While commercial and economic terms vary across these offerings, we generally earn a portion of the interchange fees paid by the merchant which are shared with us through our agreement with the card-issuing partner. Our operating results are also impacted by the percentage and mix of loans we hold on our balance sheet versus those sold to third-party investors. This is driven by our funding strategy, prevailing capital market conditions, and the supply of capital available from our diverse funding channels and relationships. Because the majority of transactions on our platform result in a loan origination, changes in GMV product mix are generally correlated with the mix of loans purchased from our bank partner or originated through one of our subsidiaries. 61
Page 63
Table of Contents The following table presents the composition of loans held for investment, less accrued interest receivable, by loan product, as of the end of each period presented (in thousands): June 30, 2026 June 30, 2025 June 30, 2024 Interest-bearing monthly installment loans $ 6,973,844 $ 5,064,696 $ 4,364,673 0% APR monthly installment loans 1,891,632 1,473,549 971,014 Pay-in-X 600,907 419,337 271,609 Total $ 9,466,383 $ 6,957,582 $ 5,607,296 The following table presents the composition of the average balance of loans held for investment, less accrued interest receivable, by loan product, for each period presented (in thousands): Year ended June 30, 2026 v 2025 2026 2025 Change $ Change % (in thousands, except percentages) Average loan balance Interest-bearing monthly installment loans $ 5,911,201 $ 4,843,489 $ 1,067,712 22 % 0% APR monthly installment loans 1,692,756 1,210,934 481,823 40 % Pay-in-X $ 546,666 $ 362,522 $ 184,144 51 % Total $ 8,150,624 $ 6,416,945 $ 1,733,679 27 % The average balance of loans held for investment, less accrued interest receivable, is calculated using the ending balances at each quarter-end during the fiscal year, including the prior fiscal year-end. Loans held for investment increased by 36% and 24%, respectively, over the years ended June 30, 2026 and 2025. The balance and product mix of loans held for investment in a given period is driven by the volume and composition of loan purchases and originations as well as the volume, composition and timing of loan sales to third party investors and securitizations. With respect to the years ended June 30, 2026 and 2025, loans held for investment increased primarily due to overall GMV growth. For the year ended June 30, 2026, the average balance of interest-bearing monthly installment loans increased by 22%, while the average balance of 0% APR monthly installment loans and Pay-in-X loans increased by 40% and 51%, respectively, compared to the same period in 2025. During the year ended June 30, 2026, we purchased $40.2 billion of loans from our originating bank partners and directly originated $9.5 billion of loans. The purchased volume of loans originated by our bank partners during the periods primarily included a mix of interest bearing and 0% APR monthly installment products whereas the volume of loans originated through one of our subsidiaries during the periods was primarily Pay-in-X. The total volume and composition of loans purchased and originated during the periods is correlated with the volume and composition of GMV. During the year ended June 30, 2026, we held substantially all Pay-in-X loans on our balance sheet, while selling a percentage of our interest bearing monthly installment loans and 0% APR monthly installment loans to third party investors, either directly or through off balance sheet securitizations. During the year ended June 30, 2026, we sold loans with an unpaid principal balance of $21.9 billion, comprised of 86% interest-bearing monthly installment loans and 14% 0% APR monthly installment loans. Refer to Key Operating Metrics for additional information on GMV for the year ended June 30, 2026, compared to the same period in 2025. (1) (1) 62
Page 64
Table of Contents Seasonality We experience seasonal fluctuations in our business as a result of consumer spending patterns. Historically, our GMV has tended to be higher during our second and fourth fiscal quarters, due to increases in retail commerce during the holiday season and other promotional activity. Our loan delinquencies tend to be at their lowest during our fiscal third and fourth quarters, as consumer savings benefit from tax refunds. Adverse events that occur during these quarters could have a disproportionate effect on our financial results for the fiscal year. Macroeconomic Environment We regularly monitor the direct and indirect impacts of the current macroeconomic conditions on our business, financial condition, and results of operations. Following the Federal Reserve’s decision to begin reducing the federal funds interest rate in late 2024, interest rates have declined; however, uncertainty remains as to whether and to what extent the federal funds interest rate will remain at current levels, increase or decrease in future periods. Simultaneously, economic uncertainty and unpredictability, including the prospect of economic recession, persistent inflation, and the magnitude, duration and impact of tariffs on global trade, has impacted and may continue to impact both consumer spending and loan repayments. These challenges have affected, and may continue to affect, our business and results of operations in the following ways: • Shifts in consumer demand: We have experienced, and may continue to experience, fluctuations in consumer demand across different merchandise categories as well as an increase in delinquencies due to economic uncertainty, persistent inflationary pressures, elevated interest rates, and other macroeconomic factors. If such conditions deteriorate in future periods, consumer demand and loan repayments may be negatively impacted. • Managing delinquency rates: We are continuously optimizing our underwriting to manage delinquency rates. While these actions did not adversely affect our GMV growth rates during fiscal 2026, any future credit tightening could adversely impact GMV growth rates. • Borrowing costs: The Federal Reserve began decreasing the federal funds interest rate in late 2024, leading to a decline in our average funding costs. However, there is continued uncertainty as to whether and to what extent the Federal Reserve may decrease or increase the federal funds rate in the future. • Volatile capital markets: Since fiscal 2024, capital markets have shown improvement against prior periods. Strong loan performance has allowed us to add substantial capacity across funding channels. Despite these improvements, uncertainties remain in the macroeconomic environment that may result in fluctuations of available capital in our lending marketplace due to shifts in the risk preferences of our lending partners and institutional investors or for other reasons. To address these uncertainties, we leverage our diverse capital ecosystem consisting of multiple funding channels, a diverse set of counterparties, and varying maturity debt schedule to support resilience across various macroeconomic conditions and economic cycles. Consumer Credit Optimization and Loan Performance We continue to optimize our underwriting and take other actions to manage consumer loan repayment and minimize losses. For example, we offer loan modifications to borrowers experiencing financial difficulty to provide greater flexibility for consumers to repay their obligations, through payment deferrals or loan re-amortizations. A payment deferral extends the next payment due date, and while aconsumer may receive more than one deferral, the total deferral period may not exceed three months. A loan re-amortization lowers the monthly payments by extending the term by up to twelve additional months beyond the current remaining term, capped at a total remaining term of twenty-four months. 63
Page 65
Table of Contents These loan modification programs also impact our delinquency rates, and such impact can vary over time. The volume of loan modifications during the fiscal year ended June 30, 2026 increased to 0.25% up from 0.17% in the same period in 2025. Our reported delinquency and charge off rates include loans which have become past due or have charged off subsequent to modification. We continue to evaluate the effectiveness of these programs and may modify, expand, or contract their usage, which may affect the timing of reported delinquencies and charge offs in future periods. Regulatory Developments We are subject to the regulatory and enforcement authority of the Consumer Financial Protection Bureau (the “CFPB”) as a facilitator, servicer, acquirer or originator of consumer credit. As such, the CFPB has in the past requested reports concerning our organization, business conduct, markets, and activities, and we expect that the CFPB will continue to do so from time to time in the future. Additionally, state regulatory agencies and state attorneys general have publicly indicated that they plan to increase oversight of financial services companies. Such state authorities may initiate legal proceedings against us under state consumer protection statutes or various federal consumer financial services statutes, subject to the jurisdiction of the CFPB and FTC. These actions may result in financial penalties, which, individually or in aggregate, may adversely impact our operations. Affirm Bank Applications On January 23, 2026, we submitted applications to the Nevada Financial Institutions Division and the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation (“FDIC”) to establish Affirm Bank, a proposed Nevada-chartered industrial loan company. If approved, the proposed entity would operate as a wholly owned, Nevada-chartered, FDIC-insured bank subsidiary, and maintain its own independent governance and internal controls. The proposed bank subsidiary would complement our current business and bank partnership models, including by providing greater flexibility and diversification, to help advance responsible innovation in financial services. U.S. Income Tax On July 4, 2025, the One Big Beautiful Bill Act (the "Act") was enacted into law, which included certain modifications to U.S. tax law. The Company continues to evaluate the impact of these provisions of the Act on our Consolidated Financial Statements. During the fourth quarter of the year ended June 30, 2026, after considering all available positive and negative evidence, we concluded that sufficient positive evidence was available to support the determination that it is more likely than not that a significant portion of our domestic deferred tax assets will be realized. We gave significant weight to objectively verifiable evidence, including our achievement of a cumulative U.S. income position over the three-year period, measured using pretax book income adjusted for permanent book-to-tax differences, and sustained improvements in operating performance, including continued U.S. profitability in recent periods. We also considered anticipated future taxable income. Accordingly, we released a significant portion of our domestic valuation allowance, resulting in a non-cash income tax benefit of approximately $1.5 billion during the year ended June 30, 2026. As a result of this valuation allowance release, our future effective tax rate may differ from historical periods as changes in domestic deferred tax assets and liabilities will generally be recognized in income tax expense or benefit as they arise. Our cash taxes are expected to continue to differ from our income tax expense due to available tax attributes, timing differences, and other items. Key Operating Metrics We focus on several key operating metrics to measure the performance of our business and help determine our strategic direction. In addition to revenue, net income (loss), and other results under U.S. GAAP, the following tables set forth key operating metrics we use to evaluate our business. 64
Page 66
Table of Contents June 30, 2026 June 30, 2025 June 30, 2024 (in billions) Gross merchandise volume (GMV) $ 50.2 $ 36.7 $ 26.6 GMV We measure GMV to assess the volume of transactions that take place on our platform. We define GMV as the total dollar amount of all transactions on the Affirm platform during the applicable period, net of refunds. GMV does not represent revenue earned by us; however, it is an indicator of the success of our merchants and the strength of our platform. For the year ended June 30, 2026, GMV was $50.2 billion, which represented an increase of approximately 37% and 88% compared to the years ended June 30, 2025 and 2024, respectively. Overall, the increase in GMV was driven by growth in our direct to consumer products, including Affirm Card, and overall increases in active merchants, active consumers and average transactions per consumer. In addition, for the year ended June 30, 2026, GMV from our top five merchants and platform partners collectively grew 26% and 75% as compared to the same period in 2025 and 2024, respectively. The composition of our top five merchants and platform partners is determined based on GMV for each reporting period and, accordingly, the specific merchants and/or platform partners included in the top five may change period-over-period. During the year ended June 30, 2026, the concentration of GMV derived from our top five partners declined slightly to 44% compared to 47% for the years ended 2025 and 2024 as a result of the continued diversification of GMV across merchants, platform partners and through our direct to consumer products. GMV attributable to Amazon represented 22% of total GMV for the year ended June 30, 2026, compared to 22% and 21% for the same period in 2025 and 2024, respectively. During the year ended June 30, 2026, GMV increased for interest-bearing installment loans, 0% APR monthly installment loans and Pay-in-X, compared to the same period in 2025 and 2024; however, the rate of GMV growth varied by product type over the same periods. Growth rates varied by product due to differences in merchant and platform mix and timing of certain promotions and campaigns. GMV from interest-bearing installment loans grew 33% and 79% as compared to the same period in 2025 and 2024, respectively. Interest-bearing installment loans represented 70%, 72%, and 74% of total GMV for the years ended June 30, 2026, 2025, and 2024, respectively. GMV from Pay-in-X grew 50% and 99% as compared to the same period in 2025 and 2024, respectively. Pay-in-X represented 16%, 14%, and 15% of total GMV for the years ended June 30, 2026, 2025, and 2024, respectively. GMV from 0% APR monthly installment loans grew 46% and 138% as compared to the same period in 2025 and 2024, respectively. 0% APR installment loans represented 14%, 13%, and 11% of total GMV for the years ended June 30, 2026, 2025, and 2024, respectively. June 30, 2026 June 30, 2025 June 30, 2024 (in thousands, except per consumer data) Active consumers 27,782 23,003 18,713 Transactions per active consumer 7.0 5.8 4.9 Active Consumers We assess consumer adoption and engagement by the number of active consumers across our platform. Active consumers are the primary measure of the size of our network. We define an active consumer as a consumer who completes at least one transaction on our platform during the 12 months prior to the measurement date. As of June 30, 2026, we had approximately 27.8 million active consumers, which represented an increase of 21% and 48% compared to June 30, 2025, and June 30, 2024, respectively. The increase was primarily due to a high retention rate of existing consumers, including continued adoption and engagement among Affirm Card users, 65
Page 67
Table of Contents which represent an increasing percentage of our active consumer population, and the acquisition of new consumers through an expansion in active merchants and platform partnerships. Transactions per Active Consumer We believe the value of our network is amplified with greater consumer engagement and repeat usage, highlighted by increased transactions per active consumer. Transactions per active consumer is defined as the average number of transactions that an active consumer has conducted on our platform during the 12 months prior to the measurement date. As of June 30, 2026, we had approximately 7.0 transactions per active consumer, an increase of 20% and 44%, compared to the same period in 2025 and 2024, respectively. The increase was primarily due to platform growth and a higher frequency of repeat users driven by consumer engagement, including growth of Affirm Card active consumers. As of June 30, 2026, Affirm Card represented approximately 15% of the total number of transactions compared to approximately 10% and 8% as of June 30, 2025 and 2024, respectively. 66
Page 68
Table of Contents Results of Operations The following tables set forth selected consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss) data for each of the periods presented: Year ended June 30, 2026 vs 2025 2025 vs 2024 2026 2025 2024 $ Change % Change $ Change % Change (in thousands, except percentages) Revenue Merchant network revenue$ 1,149,932 $ 882,658 $ 674,607 $ 267,274 30 % $ 208,051 31 % Card network revenue 293,990 231,308 151,401 62,682 27 % 79,907 53 % Total network revenue 1,443,922 1,113,966 826,008 329,956 30 % 287,958 35 % Interest income 2,047,485 1,608,221 1,204,355 439,264 27 % 403,866 34 % Gain on sales of loans 596,553 381,622 197,153 214,931 56 % 184,469 94 % Servicing income 173,123 120,602 95,483 52,521 44 % 25,119 26 % Total revenue, net 4,261,082 3,224,412 2,322,999 1,036,670 32 % 901,413 39 % Operating expenses Loss on loan purchasecommitment 311,864 242,264 180,395 69,600 29 % 61,869 34 % Provision for credit losses 796,650 616,683 460,628 179,967 29 % 156,055 34 % Funding costs 454,016 425,451 344,253 28,565 7 % 81,198 24 % Processing and servicing 613,587 457,849 343,249 155,738 34 % 114,600 33 % Technology and data analytics747,145 589,723 501,857 157,422 27 % 87,866 18 % Sales and marketing 342,531 434,847 576,405 (92,316) (21)% (141,558) (25)% General and administrative 578,312 545,053 525,291 33,259 6 % 19,762 4 % Restructuring and other — (184) 6,768 184 (100)% (6,952) (103)% Total operating expenses 3,844,105 3,311,685 2,938,846 532,420 16 % 372,839 13 % Operating income (loss) $ 416,977 $ (87,273)$ (615,847)$ 504,250 NM $ 528,574 86 % Other income, net 75,750 148,737 100,320 (72,987) (49)% 48,417 48 % Income (loss) before incometaxes $ 492,727 $ 61,464 $ (515,527)$ 431,263 NM $ 576,991 112 % Income tax expense (benefit) (1,437,067) 9,279 2,230 (1,446,346) NM 7,049 316 % Net income (loss) $ 1,929,793 $ 52,186 $ (517,757)$ 1,877,607 NM $ 569,943 110 % Not meaningful (“NM”) Upon purchase of a loan from our originating bank partners at a price above the fair market value of the loan or upon the origination of a loan with a par value in excess of the fair market value of the loan, a discount is included in the amortized cost basis of the loan. For loans held for investment, this discount is amortized over the life of the loan into interest income. For loans held for sale, when a loan is sold to a third-party loan buyer or off-balance sheet securitization trust, the unamortized discount is released in full at the time of sale and recognized as part of the gain or loss on sales of loans. However, the cumulative value of the loss on loan purchase commitment or loss on origination, the interest income recognized over time from the amortization of discount while retained, and the release of discount into gain on sales of loans, together net to zero over the life of the loan. See Note 4. Loans Held for Investment and Allowance for Credit Losses for a table detailing the discount activity for loans held for investment for the periods presented. Amounts include stock-based compensation expense. See Note 14. Equity Incentive Plans for the amounts presented within each operating expense line item for the periods presented. (2) (2) (3) (1) (1) (1) (1) (1) (2) (3) 67
Page 69
Table of Contents Comparison of the Years Ended June 30, 2026 and 2025 Merchant Network Revenue Merchant network revenue is impacted by both GMV and the mix of loans originated on our platform, including the distribution of loans by product. While we generally earn higher merchant fees on 0% versus interest-bearing loan products, merchant fee rates on each transaction are also impacted by the existence of a commercial agreement and negotiated pricing with each merchant, which may vary depending on loan term, loan size, borrower credit risk, and pricing incentives. We generally earn lower merchant revenue on our direct to consumer products, including Affirm Card, which are predominantly interest-bearing. Merchant network revenue increased by $267.3 million, or 30%, for the year ended June 30, 2026, compared to the same period in 2025. The increase is primarily attributed to an increase in GMV of $13.5 billion, or 37%, for the year ended June 30, 2026, compared to the same period in 2025. The volume-driven increase in merchant network revenue was offset by an increase in the loss on loan originations by $56.1 million, or 61%, for the year ended June 30, 2026. Additionally, merchant incentives, recorded as a reduction of revenue, increased by $9.5 million for the year ended June 30, 2026, compared to the same period in 2025. Merchant network revenue as a percentage of GMV decreased to 2.3% for the year ended June 30, 2026 from 2.4% for the year ended June 30, 2025. The portion of GMV attributed to 0% APR loans, including Pay-in-X, increased by 48% for the year ended June 30, 2026, compared to the same period in 2025; however, the impact of a higher percentage of GMV attributed to 0% APR loans was offset by an increase in direct to consumer transactions as a percentage of GMV, led by the growth of Affirm Card. Card Network Revenue Card network revenue increased by $62.7 million, or 27%, for the year ended June 30, 2026, compared to the same period in 2025. Card network revenue growth is correlated with the growth of GMV processed by our card-issuing partners. As such, the increase is primarily driven by $17.5 billion of GMV processed through our card-issuing partners, an increase of approximately 47% for the year ended June 30, 2026, as compared to the same period in 2025. This was driven by increased card activity primarily through Affirm Card and our virtual debit cards, as well as GMV generated by merchants utilizing our agreement with card-issuing partners as a means of integrating Affirm services. Card network revenue is also impacted by the mix of merchants as different merchants can have different interchange rates depending on their industry or size, among other factors. The volume-driven increase in card network revenue was partially offset by an increase in merchant incentives, which are recorded as a reduction to card network revenue. For the year ended June 30, 2026, merchant incentives increased by $18.4 million, or 144%, compared to the same period in 2025. Interest Income Interest income increased by $439.3 million, or 27%, for the year ended June 30, 2026, compared to the same period in 2025. Generally, interest income is correlated with the changes in the average balance of loans held for investment, which increased by 27% to $8.2 billion for the year ended June 30, 2026, compared to the same period in 2025. The increase was primarily driven by contractual interest income for interest-bearing loans, which grew approximately $373.9 million for the year ended June 30, 2026, compared to the same period in 2025, comprising 85% of the total increase. Interest income from the amortization of the discount on 0% and below market APR loans grew approximately $77.9 million over the same period, comprising 18% of the total increase. Although the average balance of interest bearing loans held for investment increased during the year ended June 30, 2026, compared to the same period in 2025, growth in average loan balances varied by product type. In particular, the average balance of 0% APR loans grew more on a percentage basis than the average balance of interest bearing loans. As a result, interest income from the amortization of the loan discount grew at a higher rate than contractual interest income. 68
Page 70
Table of Contents Gain on Sale of Loans Gain on sales of loans increased by $214.9 million, or 56%, for the year ended June 30, 2026, compared to the same period in 2025. The increase is driven by higher loan sale volume to third-party loan buyers and favorable transaction economics, which are primarily driven by market conditions. We sold loans with an unpaid principal balance of $21.9 billion for the year ended June 30, 2026, compared to $15.8 billion for the same period in 2025, an increase of 39%. The volume-driven increase in gain on sales of loans, for the year ended June 30, 2026, was further accelerated by a decrease in our estimated recourse liability for loans sold to third-party investors of $12.2 million, or 38%, compared to the same period in 2025. Servicing Income Servicing income includes net servicing fee revenue and fair value adjustments for servicing assets and liabilities, and is recognized for loan portfolios sold to third-party loan buyers and for loans held within our off-balance sheet securitizations. Servicing fee revenue varies by contractual servicing fee arrangement and is earned as a percentage of the average unpaid principal balance of loans held by each counterparty where we have a servicing agreement. We reduce servicing income for certain fees we are required to pay per our contractual servicing arrangement. With respect to fair value adjustments, we remeasure the fair value of servicing assets and liabilities each period and recognize the change in fair value in servicing income. We utilize a discounted cash flow approach to remeasure the fair value of servicing rights. Because we earn servicing income based on the outstanding principal balance of the portfolio, fair value adjustments are impacted by thetiming and amount of loan repayments. As such, over the term of each loan portfolio sold, fair value adjustments for servicing assets will decrease servicing income and fair value adjustments for servicing liabilities will increase servicing income. We discuss our valuation methodology and significant Level 3 inputs for servicing assets and liabilities within Note 12. Fair Value of Financial Assets and Liabilities of the notes to our consolidated financial statements. Servicing income increased by $52.5 million, or 44%, for the year ended June 30, 2026, compared to the same period in 2025. The increase was primarily due to an increase in servicing fee revenue which is calculated as a percentage of the unpaid principal balance of off-balance sheet loans. The average unpaid principal balance of loans held by third-party investors and off-balance sheet securitizations increased to $9.1 billion for the year ended June 30, 2026, compared to the same period in 2025, an increase of 42%. Loss on Loan Purchase Commitment We purchase certain loans from our originating bank partners that are processed through our platform and put back to us by our originating bank partners. Under the terms of the agreements with our originating bank partners, we are generally required to pay the principal amount plus accrued interest for such loans and fees. In certain instances, our originating bank partners may originate loans with zero or below market interest rates that we are required to purchase. In these instances, we may be required to purchase the loan for a price in excess of the fair market value of such loans, which results in a loss. These losses are recognized as loss on loan purchase commitment in our consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss). These costs are incurred on a per loan basis. Loss on loan purchase commitment increased by $69.6 million, or 29%, for the year ended June 30, 2026, compared to the same period in 2025, primarily due to an increase in total volume of loans purchased. During the year ended June 30, 2026, we purchased $40.2 billion of loans from our originating bank partners, compared to $30.0 billion in the same period in 2025, representing an increase of 34%. Of the total loans purchased, 0% APR installment loans represented $6.3 billion during the year ended June 30, 2026, and $4.4 billion for the same period in 2025, an increase of 41%. The impact of higher loan purchase volume period over period was partially offset by a decrease in the average loan discount percentage period over period, primarily due to lower benchmark interest rates. 69
Page 71
Table of Contents Provision for Credit Losses Provision for credit losses generally represents the amount of expense required to maintain the allowance for credit losses within our consolidated balance sheet, which represents management’s estimate of future losses on loans and other receivables. In the event that our loans and receivables outperform our expectation and/or we reduce our expectation of credit losses in future periods, we may release reserves and thereby reduce the allowance for credit losses, yielding income in the provision for credit losses. The provision is determined based on our estimate of expected future losses on loans originated during the period and held for investment on our balance sheet, changes in our estimate of future losses on loans outstanding as of the end of the period and the net charge-offs incurred in the period. Provision for credit losses increased by $180.0 million, or 29%, for the year ended June 30, 2026 compared to the same period in 2025. Provision expense is primarily related to loans held for investment, where the amount of provision expense recognized during the period will depend on the balance and composition of loans held for investment, future loss expectations and net charge-offs realized during the period. For the year ended June 30, 2026, the provision expense for loans held for investment increased by $189.4 million, or 32%. Additionally, the average balance of loans held for investment increased by $1.7 billion, or 27%, for the year ended June 30, 2026, compared to the same period in 2025. Funding Costs Funding costs consist of interest expense and the amortization of fees for certain borrowings collateralized by our loans including warehouse credit facilities and consolidated securitizations, sale and repurchase agreements collateralized by our retained securitization interests, and other costs incurred in connection with funding the purchases and originations of loans. Funding costs for a given period are driven by the average outstanding balance of funding debt and notes issued by securitization trusts as well as our contractual interest rate and distribution of loans across funding facilities, net of the impact of any designated cash flow hedges. Funding costs increased by $28.6 million or 7%, for the year ended June 30, 2026, compared to the same period in 2025. The increase is primarily due to an increase of funding debt and notes issued by securitization trusts during the year ended June 30, 2026, partially offset by favorable pricing terms. The average total of funding debt from warehouses and securitizations for the year ended June 30, 2026 was $7.5 billion, compared to $5.9 billion during the same period in 2025, an increase of $1.6 billion, or 27%. Processing and Servicing Processing and servicing expense consists primarily of payment processing fees, third-party customer support and collection expense, salaries and personnel-related costs of our customer care team, platform fees, and allocated overhead. Processing and servicing expense increased by $155.7 million, or 34%, for the year ended June 30, 2026, compared to the same period in 2025. This increase is driven partially by an increase in payment processing fees of $100.5 million, or 38%, related to an increase of $12.3 billion, or 38%, in payment volume for the year ended June 30, 2026, compared to the same period in 2025. Platform fees increased by $46.3 million, or 43%, primarily due to an increase in volume with a large enterprise partner. Additionally, our customer service and collection costs increased by $25.7 million, or 36%, compared to the same period in 2025. Our average total platform portfolio increased by $4.6 billion, or 35%, for the year ended June 30, 2026, compared to the same period in 2025. Technology and Data Analytics Technology and data analytics expense consists primarily of the salaries, stock-based compensation, and personnel-related costs of our engineering, product, and credit and analytics employees, as well as the amortization of internally-developed software and technology intangible assets, and our infrastructure and hosting costs. Technology and data analytics expense increased by $157.4 million or 27%, for the year ended June 30, 2026, compared to the same period in 2025. The increase is partially driven by amortization of internally-developed software which increased by $76.0 million, or 35%, for the year ended June 30, 2026, compared to the same period 70
Page 72
Table of Contents in 2025, as a result of an increase in the number of capitalized projects. Capitalized projects in service grew by 19% from approximately 1,470 projects as of June 30, 2025 to 1,750 projects as of June 30, 2026. Data infrastructure and hosting costs, including data provider costs, increased by $52.2 million, or 33%, for the year ended June 30, 2026, compared to the same period in 2025. The increase in data infrastructure and hosting costs was primarily driven by an increase in the number of consumer transactions. For the year ended June 30, 2026, the number of consumer transactions increased by 45% from continued growth at our merchants and platform partners when compared to the same period in 2025. Payroll and personnel-related expenses increased by $22.3 million, or 11%, for the year ended June 30, 2026, compared to the same period in 2025, primarily due to an increase in headcount. Sales and Marketing Sales and marketing costs consist of the expense related to warrants and other share-based payments granted to our enterprise partners, salaries and personnel-related costs, and costs of marketing and promotional activities. Sales and marketing expense decreased by $92.3 million or 21%, for the year ended June 30, 2026, compared to the same period in 2025. During the year ended June 30, 2026, the decrease was primarily driven by a $92.4 million, or 32%, decrease in Amazon warrant expense compared to the same period in 2025, primarily due to a portion of the warrants becoming fully vested as of December 2024. Additionally, the decrease was also driven by a $15.4 million, or 58%, decrease in Shopify warrant expense during the year ended June 30, 2026, compared to the same period in 2025, primarily due to an amendment made in our partnership agreement, which extended the period of benefit over which we amortize the commercial agreement asset from six to nine years. The decrease in sales and marketing expense was partially offset by an increase in marketing and promotional expenses, including the cost of co-marketing arrangements. For the year ended June 30, 2026, marketing and promotional expenses, including the cost of co-marketing arrangements, increased by $13.8 million, or 36%, compared to the same period in 2025. General and Administrative General and administrative expenses consist primarily of expenses related to our finance, legal, risk operations, human resources, and administrative personnel. General and administrative expenses also include costs related to fees paid for professional services, including legal, tax and accounting services, allocated overhead, and certain discretionary expenses incurred from operating our technology platform. General and administrative expense increased by $33.3 million or 6%, for the year ended June 30, 2026, compared to the same period in 2025. The increase is primarily due to growth in payroll and other employee-related costs, and software and subscription expense, partially offset by a decrease in stock-based compensation expense. Other Income, net Other income, net includes interest earned on cash and cash equivalents and restricted cash, interest earned on securities available for sale, impairment or other adjustments to the cost basis of non-marketable equity securities held at cost, gains and losses on derivative agreements not designated within a hedging relationship, interest expense related to convertible debt as well as any gains (losses) on extinguishment, revolving credit facility issuance costs, fair value adjustments related to liabilities, and other income or expense arising from activities that are unrelated to our primary business. Other income, net decreased by $73.0 million, or 49%, for the year ended June 30, 2026, compared to the same period in 2025. The decrease was primarily driven by a $80.9 million, or 98%, reduction in the gain recognized on the early extinguishment of convertible debt, reflecting fewer repurchases compared to the same period in 2025. Income Tax Expense (Benefit) The income tax benefit for the year ended June 30, 2026 was $1.4 billion, compared to an income tax expense of $9.3 million for the same period in 2025. The income tax benefit was primarily attributable to the release 71
Page 73
Table of Contents of a significant portion of the valuation allowance against our domestic deferred tax assets during the year ended June 30, 2026. Liquidity and Capital Resources Sources and Uses of Funds We maintain a capital-efficient model through a diverse set of funding sources. When we originate a loan directly or purchase a loan originated by our originating bank partners, we often utilize warehouse credit facilities with certain lenders to finance our lending activities or loan purchases. We sell the loans we originate or purchase from our originating bank partners to whole loan buyers and securitization investors through forward flow arrangements and securitization transactions, and earn servicing fees from continuing to act as the servicer on the loans. We proactively manage the allocation of loans on our platform across various funding channels based on several factors including, but not limited to, internal risk limits and policies, capital market conditions and channel economics. Despite ongoing macroeconomic uncertainty, including recent reports of stress to certain private credit funds and other institutional investors, we believe our excess funding capacity and committed and long-term relationships with a diverse group of existing funding partners help provide flexibility as we optimize our funding to support the growth in loan volume. Our principal sources of liquidity are cash and cash equivalents, available for sale securities, available capacity from warehouse and revolving credit facilities, securitization trusts, forward flow loan sale arrangements, and certain cash flows from our operations. As of June 30, 2026, we had $2.6 billion in cash and cash equivalents and available for sale securities, $5.3 billion in available funding debt capacity, excluding our purchase commitments from third-party loan buyers, and $675.0 million in borrowing capacity available under our revolving credit facility. We believe our principal sources of liquidity are sufficient to meet both our existing operating, working capital, and capital expenditure requirements and our currently planned growth for at least the next 12 months. The following table summarizes our cash, cash equivalents and investments in debt securities (in thousands): June 30, 2026 June 30, 2025 Cash and cash equivalents $ 1,630,038 $ 1,354,455 Investments in short-term debt securities 647,811 652,491 Investments in long-term debt securities 324,831 218,934 Cash, cash equivalent and investments in debt securities $ 2,602,680 $ 2,225,880 Cash and cash equivalents consist of checking, money market and savings accounts held at financial institutions and short-term highly liquid marketable securities, including money market funds, agency bonds, commercial paper, and government bonds purchased with an original maturity of three months or less. (2) Securities available for sale at fair value primarily consist of certificates of deposits, corporate bonds, municipal bonds, commercial paper, agency bonds, government bonds, and securitization notes receivable and certificates. Short-term securities have maturities less than or equal to one year, and long-term securities range from greater than one year to less than five years. (1) (2) (2) (1) 72
Page 74
Table of Contents Debt Debt as of June 30, 2026 primarily includes funding debt, notes issued by securitization trusts, convertible senior notes and our revolving credit facilities. A detailed description of each of our borrowing arrangements is included in Note 8. Debt in the notes to the consolidated financial statements. The following table summarizes the future maturities of our warehouse credit facilities, variable funding notes, sale and repurchase agreements, and notes issued by securitization trusts as of June 30, 2026. Maturity Fiscal Year Borrowing Capacity Principal Outstanding (in thousands) 2028 1,450,000 823,665 2029 1,982,361 1,003,629 2030 1,622,720 1,132,952 2031 231,814 179,487 Thereafter 8,725,000 5,569,282 Total $ 14,011,895 $ 8,709,015 Refer to “Convertible Senior Notes” below for the maturities of our convertible senior notes. Warehouse Credit Facilities Our U.S. warehouse credit facilities allow us to borrow up to an aggregate of $6.1 billion, and mature between 2028 and 2032. We may continue to pledge new receivables to allow us to borrow up to the commitment amount throughout the revolving period for each facility. The length of the revolving period, the maximum amount we may borrow against pledged collateral balance during the revolving period, and the length of the amortization period prior to the maturity date varies across borrowing facilities depending on negotiated loan terms. As of June 30, 2026, we have drawn an aggregate of $2.4 billion on our warehouse credit facilities. We use various credit facilities to finance the origination of loan receivables in Canada and the U.K. Similar to our U.S. warehouse credit facilities, borrowings under these agreements are referred to as funding debt, and proceeds from the borrowings may only be used for the purposes of facilitating loan funding and origination. These facilities are secured by Canadian and British loan receivables pledged to the respective facility as collateral, maturing between fiscal years 2029 and 2031. As of June 30, 2026, the aggregate commitment amount of these facilities was $1.2 billion on a revolving basis, of which $586.7 million was drawn. As we continue to expand in new geographies, we intend to add the necessary funding capacity to support our growth objectives. As of June 30, 2026, we were in compliance with all applicable covenants in the agreements. Variable Funding Note We entered into a syndicated revolving loan agreement through a securitization master trust which funds loans. In connection with the loan agreement, the master trust issued a variable funding note (“VFN”), where borrowings are secured by loan collateral sold to the master trust. Throughout the reinvestment period of the VFN, the master trust periodically issues asset-backed securities, where securitization note proceeds affect the level of utilization of the VFN. Our VFN allows us to borrow up to an aggregate of $1.4 billion and matures in fiscal year 2032. As of June 30, 2026, we have drawn an aggregate of $356.9 million on our VFN. As of June 30, 2026, we were in compliance with all applicable covenants in the agreements. Sale and Repurchase Agreements We entered into certain sale and repurchase agreements pursuant to our retained interests in our off-balance sheet securitizations where we have sold these securities to a counterparty with an obligation to repurchase at a 73
Page 75
Table of Contents future date and price. These repurchase agreements have a term equaling the contractual life of the securitization notes pledged. We had $4.7 million in debt outstanding under our sale and repurchase agreements disclosed within funding debt in the consolidated balance sheets as of June 30, 2026. Securitizations We finance the origination and purchase of loans through our asset-backed securitization program using a combination of term, amortizing, revolving and variable funding structures. In connection with our program, we sponsor and establish trusts (deemed to be variable interest entities (“VIEs”)) which issue securities collateralized by the loans we sell to the trust. Securities issued from our asset- backed securitizations are senior or subordinated, based on the waterfall criteria of loan payments to each security class. The subordinated residual interests issued from these transactions are first to absorb credit losses in accordance with the waterfall criteria. For these VIEs, the creditors have no recourse to the general credit of Affirm and the liabilities of the VIEs can only be settled by the respective VIEs’ assets. Additionally, the assets of the VIEs can be used only to settle obligations of the VIEs. For each securitization, the residual trust certificates represent the right to receive excess cash from the loan repayments each collection period after all fees and required distributions have been made to the note holders. In addition to the retained residual trust certificates, our continued involvement includes loan servicing responsibilities over the life of the underlying loans. Refer to Note 9. Securitization and Variable Interest Entities in the notes to the consolidated financial statements for further details. Revolving Credit Facility We have a Revolving Credit Agreement with a syndicate of banks for a $675.0 million unsecured revolving credit facility, with a final maturity date of June 18, 2029. Proceeds from the borrowings under this facility will be used for general corporate purposes in the ordinary course of business. As of June 30, 2026, there are no borrowings outstanding under the facility. The facility contains certain covenants and restrictions, including certain financial maintenance covenants. As of June 30, 2026, we were in compliance with all applicable covenants in the agreements. Refer to Note 8. Debt in the notes to the consolidated financial statements for further details on our revolving credit facility. Convertible Senior Notes As of June 30, 2026, we had outstanding: (i) $221.3 million aggregate principal amount of our 0.00% convertible senior notes due November 15, 2026 (the “2026 Notes”) and (ii) $920.0 million principal amount of our 0.75% convertible senior notes due December 15, 2029 (the “2029 Notes”), in each case unless earlier converted, redeemed, or repurchased in accordance with their terms. Refer to Note 8. Debt in the notes to the consolidated financial statements for further details. Other Funding Sources Forward Flow Loan Sale Arrangements We have forward flow loan sale arrangements that facilitate the sale of whole loans across a diverse third-party investor base. Forward flow arrangements are generally fixed term in nature, with term lengths ranging between one to three years, during which we periodically sell loans to each counterparty based on the terms of our negotiated agreement. As part of our capital strategy, we seek to partner with counterparties that can provide long-term, stable funding to support the ongoing growth and diversification of our loanportfolio. 74
Page 76
Table of Contents Cash Flow Analysis The following table provides a summary of cash flow data during the periods indicated: June 30, 2026 June 30, 2025 (in thousands) Net cash provided by operating activities $ 1,230,974 $ 793,909 Net cash used in investing activities $ (2,553,427) $ (1,083,064) Net cash provided by financing activities $ 2,009,688 $ 751,425 Cash Flows from Operating Activities Our largest sources of operating cash are fees charged to merchant partners on transactions processed through our platform and interest income from consumers’ loans. Our primary uses of cash from operating activities are for general and administrative, technology and data analytics, funding costs, processing and servicing, and sales and marketing expenses. Net cash provided by operating activities was $1.2 billion for the year ended June 30, 2026, which reflected adjustments for significant non-cash items, including provision for losses, amortization of premiums and discounts on loans, gain on sale of loans, commercial agreement warrant expense, stock-based compensation, depreciation and amortization, deferred income tax benefit, andchanges in operating assets and liabilities. Total adjustments and changes in operating assets and liabilities collectively resulted in a net decrease in operating cash flows of $698.8 million. Net cash provided by operating activities was $793.9 million for the year ended June 30, 2025, which reflected adjustments for significant non-cash items, including provision for credit losses, amortization of premiums and discounts on loans, gain on sale of loans, commercial agreement warrant expense, stock-based compensation, depreciation and amortization, and changes in operating assets and liabilities. Total adjustments and changes in operating assets and liabilities collectively resulted in a net increase in operating cash flows of $741.7 million. Cash Flows from Investing Activities Net cash used in investing activities was $2.6 billion for the year ended June 30, 2026. Cash outflows were primarily driven by purchases and origination of loans held for investment of $46.7 billion, purchases of securities available for sale of $1.0 billion, and property, equipment and software additions of $238.3 million. Cash inflows included $24.7 billion from principal repayments and other loan servicing activity, $19.7 billion in proceeds from the sale of loans held for investment, and $1.0 billion of proceeds from maturities and repayments of securities available for sale. Net cash used in investing activities was $1.1 billion for the year ended June 30, 2025. Cash outflows were primarily driven by purchases and origination of loans held for investment of $32.5 billion, purchases of securities available for sale of $823.9 million, and property, equipment and software additions of $192.2 million. Cash inflows included $18.7 billion of principal repayments and other loan servicing activity, $12.6 billion in proceeds from the sale of loans held for investment, and $1.2 billion of proceeds from maturities and repayments of securities available for sale. Cash Flows from Financing Activities Net cash provided by financing activities was $2.0 billion for the year ended June 30, 2026. Cash inflows were driven by $40.9 billion in proceeds from the issuance of secured debt, including funding debt and securitization notes and certificates, and $158.9 million from the exercise of common stock options and warrants and employee contributions to our Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”). Cash outflows included $38.7 billion related to principal repayments of secured debt and $325.2 million for taxes paid on vested equity awards. 75
Page 77
Table of Contents Net cash provided by financing activities was $751.4 million for the year ended June 30, 2025. Cash inflows were primarily driven by $23.7 billion in proceeds from the issuance of secured debt, including funding debt and securitization notes and certificates, as well as $920.0 million from proceeds related to the issuance of the 2029 Notes. Cash outflows included $22.3 billion related to principal repayments on secured debt, $1.0 billion related to the extinguishment of a portion of our 2026 Notes, $250.0 million related to the repurchase of shares of our Class A common stock in connection with the issuance of the 2029 Notes, and $303.8 million related to taxes paid on vested equity awards. Contractual Obligations Payments Due By Period Total Less than1 Year 1 - 3 Years 3 - 5 Years More than 5 Years (in thousands) Funding debt $ 3,359,015 $ — $ 1,827,293 $ 562,439 $ 969,282 Notes issued by securitization trusts 5,349,505 — — 749,993 4,599,511 Operating lease commitments 37,076 5,505 9,568 9,829 12,174 Purchase obligations 543,063 141,287 298,727 99,782 3,267 Convertible senior notes 1,141,321 221,321 — 920,000 — Total $ 10,429,979 $ 368,113 $ 2,135,588 $ 2,342,044 $ 5,584,235 Operating lease amounts include minimum rental payments under our leases for office facilities. The amounts presented are consistent with contractual terms and are not expected to differ significantly from actual results under our existing leases. Purchase obligations amounts primarily include minimum purchase commitments for cloud computing web services entered into in the ordinary course of business. The 2026 and 2029 Notes have net carrying amounts of $221.3 million and $920.0 million, respectively. The 2026 Notes do not bear interest and the 2029 Notes will bear interest at a fixed rate of 0.75% per year, payable semiannually in arrears on June 15 and December 15 of each year. The 2026 and 2029 Notes mature on November 15, 2026 and December 15, 2029, respectively. Amounts presented represent contractual principal obligations and exclude unamortized debt issuance costs. The commitment amounts in the table above are associated with contracts that are enforceable and legally binding and that specify all significant terms, including fixed or minimum services to be used, and the approximate timing of the actions under the contracts. Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements In the ordinary course of business, we engage in activities that are not reflected within our consolidated balance sheets, generally referred to as off-balance sheet arrangements. These activities involve transactions with unconsolidated VIEs, including securitization and forward flow transactions. Across these transactions, ongoing involvement typically includes contractual loan servicing arrangements and loan repurchase obligations in connection with breaches in ordinary course of business representations and warranties. We have entered into unconsolidated securitization transactions where Affirm is the sponsor and risk retention holder; accordingly, Affirm could experience a loss of up to 5% of both the senior notes and residual trust certificates. In the unlikely event principal payments on the loans backing any off-balance sheet securitization are insufficient to pay holders of senior notes and residual trust certificates, including any retained interests held by Affirm, then any amounts contributed to the securitization reserve accounts may be depleted. (4) (1) (2) (3) (1) (2) (3) (4) 76
Page 78
Table of Contents Under certain forward flow loan sale arrangements with third-party loan buyers, we have entered into risk sharing agreements where we may be required to make a payment to the loan buyer or are entitled to receive a payment from the loan buyer, depending on the actual versus expected loan performance as contractually agreed to with the counterparty, and subject to a cap based on a percentage of the principal balance of loans sold. In addition to risk sharing arrangements, under certain other forward flow arrangements with third-party loan buyers, we hold a beneficial interest representing our right to receive a portion of the residual cash flows from the underlying loans sold in connection with the structured transaction. The loans are held in an unconsolidated VIE that has been established by the third-party loan buyers. Risk sharing arrangements and beneficial interests are considered variable interests in the unconsolidated VIEs holding the loan assets transferred, as their value is exposed to the performance of those loans. While we may continue to hold variable interest in the unconsolidated VIEs, we determined that we are not the primary beneficiary. Factors we considered for this determination are that we hold an insignificant variable interest or that rights held by other variable interest holders convey power to direct the activities most significantly affecting the unconsolidated VIEs’ economic performance. As of June 30, 2026, the aggregate outstanding balance of loans held by third-party investors and off-balance sheet securitizations was $10.0 billion. Refer to Note 9. Securitization and Variable Interest Entities and Note 12. Fair Value of Financial Assets and Liabilities of the accompanying notes to our consolidated financial statements for more information. Critical Accounting Policies and Estimates Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations are based upon our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with U.S. GAAP, which requires us to make certain estimates and judgments that affect the amounts reported in our consolidated financial statements. We base our estimates on historical experience and on various other assumptions that we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. Because certain of these accounting policies require significant judgment, our actual results may differ materially from our estimates. To the extent that there are differences between our estimates and actual results, our future consolidated financial statement presentation, financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows may be affected. We evaluate our significant estimates on an ongoing basis. We believe the estimates, discussed below, have the greatest potential effect on our consolidated financial statements and are therefore deemed critical in understanding and evaluating our financial results. For further information, our significant accounting policies are described in Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies within the notes to the consolidated financial statements. Loss on Loan Purchase Commitment and Loss on Loan Origination We purchase certain loans from our originating bank partners that are processed through our platform that our originating bank partner puts back to us. Under the terms of the agreements with our originating bank partners, we are generally required to pay the principal amount plus accrued interest for such loans and fees. In certain instances, our originating bank partners may originate loans with zero or below market interest rates that we are required to purchase. In these instances, we may be required to purchase the loan for a price in excess of the fair market value of such loans, which results in a loss. These losses are recognized as loss on loan purchase commitment within our consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss). These costs are incurred on a per loan basis. Similarly, we may originate certain loans via our wholly-owned subsidiaries, with zero or below market interest rates. In these instances, the par value of the loans originated is in excess of the fair market value of such loans, resulting in a loss, which we record as a reduction to network revenue. 77
Page 79
Table of Contents For both loans originated by our bank partners and loans originated through our subsidiaries, the loss is measured as the difference between the estimated fair value of the loan and the par amount of the loan at origination. The fair value of a loan is estimated based on the present value of expected future cash flows, using both observable and unobservable inputs, including the expected timing and amount of losses, the discount rate, and the recovery rate. These inputs are based on historical performance of loans facilitated through our platform, as well as the consideration of market participant requirements. While our estimate reflects assumptions we believe a market participant would use to calculate fair value, significant judgment is required. Allowance for Credit Losses The allowance for credit losses on loans held for investment is determined based on management’s current estimate of expected credit losses over the remaining contractual term, historical credit losses, consumer payment trends, estimates of recoveries, and future expectations on individual loans as of each balance sheet date. We immediately recognize an allowance for expected credit losses upon the origination of a loan. Adjustments to the allowance each period for changes in our estimate of lifetime expected credit losses are recognized in earnings through the provision for credit losses presented within our consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss). We have made an accounting policy election to not measure an allowance for credit losses for accrued interest receivables. Previously recognized interest receivable from charged-off loans that is accrued but not collected from the consumer is reversed. In estimating the allowance for credit losses, management utilizes a migration analysis of delinquent and current loan receivables. Migration analysis is a technique used to estimate the likelihood that a loan receivable will progress through various stages of delinquency and to charge-off. The analysis focuses on the pertinent factors underlying the quality of the loan portfolio. These factors include historical performance, the age of the receivable balance, seasonality, customer credit-worthiness, changes in the size and composition of the loan portfolio, delinquency levels, bankruptcy filings and actual credit loss experience. We also take into consideration certain qualitative factors where we adjust our quantitative baseline using our best judgment to consider the inherent uncertainty regarding future economic conditions and consumer loan performance. For example, the Company considers the impact of current economic factors at the reporting date that did not exist over the period from which historical experience was used. As of June 30, 2026 , we have considered the impact of Federal Reserve monetary policy, labor market trends, tariffs and inflation. When available information confirms that specific loans or portions thereof are uncollectible, identified amounts are charged against the allowance for credit losses. Loans are charged-off in accordance with our charge-off policy, as the contractual principal becomes 120 days past due or meets other charge-off policy requirements. Subsequent recoveries of the unpaid principal balance, if any, are credited to the allowance for credit losses. Refer to Note 4. Loans Held for Investment and Allowance for Credit Losses for more information. The underlying assumptions, estimates, and assessments we use to provide for losses are updated periodically to reflect our view of current conditions, which can result in changes to our assumptions. Changes in such estimates can significantly affect the allowance and provision for credit losses. It is possible that we will experience loan losses that are different from our current estimates. Recent Accounting Pronouncements Refer to Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies within the notes to the consolidated financial statements. 78
Page 80
Table of Contents ITEM 7A. QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK We have operations within the United States, Canada and the U.K., and we are exposed to market risks in the ordinary course of our business. Market risk represents the risk of loss that may impact our financial position due to adverse changes in financial market prices and interest rates. Our market risk exposure is primarily the result of fluctuations in interest rates. Foreign currency exchange rates do not pose a material market risk exposure, as our current operations are primarily in the U.S. Interest Rate Risk Our securities available for sale at fair value as of June 30, 2026, included $1.0 billion of marketable debt securities with maturities greater than three months. An increase in interest rates would have an adverse impact on the fair market value of our fixed rate securities while floating rate securities would produce less income than expected if interest rates were to decrease. Because our investment policy is to invest in conservative, liquid investments and because our business strategy does not rely on generating material returns from our investment portfolio, we do not expect our market risk exposure on marketable debt securities to be significant. Continued volatility in interest rates and inflation, which may persist longer than previously expected, may adversely impact our consumers’ spending levels, and ability and willingness to pay outstanding amounts owed to us. Elevated interest rates may lead to higher payment obligations on our future credit products but also for consumers’ other financial commitments, including their mortgages, credit cards, and other types of loans. Therefore, elevated interest rates may lead to increased delinquencies, charge-offs, and allowances for loans and interest receivable, which could have an adverse effect on our operating results. We rely on a variety of funding sources with varying degrees of interest rate sensitivities. Certain of our funding arrangements bear a variable interest rate. Given the fixed interest rates charged on the loans that we purchase from our originating bank partners or originate ourselves, a rising variable interest rate would reduce our interest margin earned in these funding arrangements. Additionally, certain of our loan sale agreements are repriced on a recurring basis using a mechanism tied to interest rates as well as loan performance. Increases in interest rates could reduce our loan sale economics. We also rely on securitization transactions, with notes typically bearing a fixed coupon. For future securitization issuances, higher interest rates could have several outcomes. For consolidated securitizations, higher interest rates may result in higher coupons paid and therefore higher funding costs. For transactions that are not consolidated, higher interest rates may impact overall deal economics which are a function of numerous transaction terms. We maintain an interest rate risk management program which measures and manages the potential volatility of earnings that may arise from changes in interest rates. We use interest rate derivatives to mitigate the effects of changes in interest rates on our variable rate debt which eliminates some, but not all, of the interest rate risk. Some of these contracts are designated as cash flow hedges for accounting purposes. For those contracts designated as cash flow hedges, the effective portion of the gain or loss on the derivatives is recorded in other comprehensive income (loss) and is reclassified into funding costs in the same period the hedged transaction affects earnings. Factoring in the interest rate risk management program and the repricing of investment securities, as of June 30, 2026, we estimate that a hypothetical instantaneous 100 basis point upward parallel shock to interest rates would have a less than $90.0 million adverse impact on our cash flows associated with our market risk sensitive instruments over the next 12 months. This measure projects the changes in cash flows associated with all assets and liabilities, including derivatives, based on contractual market rate-based repricing conditions over a twelve-month time horizon. It considers forecasted business growth and anticipated future funding mix. 79
Page 81
Table of Contents Credit Risk We have credit risk primarily related to our consumer loans held for investment. We are exposed to default risk on both loan receivables purchased from our originating bank partners and loan receivables that are directly originated. The ultimate collectability of a substantial portion of the loan portfolio is susceptible to changes in economic and market conditions. To manage this risk, we utilize our proprietary underwriting models to make lending decisions, score, and price loans in a manner that we believe is reflective of the credit risk. Our proprietary model score (“ITACS”) analyzes the characteristics of a consumer's attributes that are shown to be predictive of both willingness and ability to repay including, but not limited to: basic features of a consumer's credit profile, a consumer's prior repayment performance with other creditors, current credit utilization, and legal and policy changes. Other credit levers, such as user limits and/or down payment requirements, are used to determine the likelihood of a consumer being able to pay. To monitor portfolio performance, we utilize a wide range of internal and external metrics to review user and loan populations. Each week, management reviews performance for each consumer segment, typically split by ITACS score at the time of origination, financial product originated, age of loan, and delinquency status. Internal performance trendlines are measured against external factors such as unemployment, CPI, and consumer sentiment to determine what changes, if any, in risk strategy are warranted. As of June 30, 2026 and June 30, 2025, we were exposed to credit risk on $9.6 billion and $7.0 billion, respectively, of loans held within our consolidated balance sheet. Loan receivables are diversified geographically. As of both June 30, 2026 and June 30, 2025, approximately 11% of loan receivables related to consumers residing in the state of California. As of June 30, 2026 and June 30, 2025, approximately 11% and 10% of loan receivables related to consumers residing in the state of Texas, respectively. No other states or provinces exceeded 10%. In addition, we have credit risk exposure in relation to certain off-balance sheet loans sold to third parties where we have entered into risk sharing arrangements, retained interests in unconsolidated securitization trusts and our residual interests in structured transactions. As of June 30, 2026 and June 30, 2025, the unpaid principal balance of loans sold subject to risk sharing arrangements was $4.2 billion and $8.6 billion, respectively, of which our maximum exposure to losses was $52.7 million and $91.1 million, respectively. The fair value of notes receivable and residual trust certificate retained interests in unconsolidated securitization trusts was $68.4 million and $75.5 million as of June 30, 2026 and June 30, 2025, respectively. The fair value of residual interests in structured transactions was $5.6 million as of June 30, 2026, of which our maximum exposure to losses was $16.7 million. We are also exposed to credit risk in the event of nonperformance by the financial institutions holding our cash and the issuers of our cash equivalents and available for sale securities. We maintain our cash deposits and cash equivalents in highly-rated, federally-insured financial institutions in excess of federally insured limits. We manage this risk by conducting business with well-established financial institutions, diversifying our counterparties and having guidelines regarding credit rating and investment maturities to safeguard liquidity. Although we are not substantially dependent on a single financing source and have not historically experienced any credit losses related to these financial institutions, if multiple financing sources were to be unable to fulfill their funding obligations to us, it could have a material adverse effect on our financial condition, results of operations and cash flows. 80
Page 82
Table of Contents ITEM 8. FINANCIAL STATEMENTS AND SUPPLEMENTARY DATA AFFIRM HOLDINGS, INC. INDEX TO CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS Page Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm (PCAOB ID No. 34) 82 Consolidated Balance Sheets 84 Consolidated Statements of Operations and Comprehensive Income (Loss) 86 Consolidated Statement of Stockholders' Equity 87 Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows 89 Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements 91 81
Page 83
Table of Contents REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM To the stockholders and the Board of Directors of Affirm Holdings, Inc. Opinion on the Financial Statements We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Affirm Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries (the "Company") as of June 30, 2026 and 2025, the related consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss), stockholders’ equity, and cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2026, and the related notes (collectively referred to as the “financial statements”). In our opinion, the financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of June 30, 2026 and 2025, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for each of the three years in the period ended June 30, 2026, in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the Company's internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2026, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission and our report dated August 27, 2026, expressed an unqualified opinion on the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Basis for Opinion These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company's financial statements based on our audits. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. We conducted our audits in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement, whether due to error or fraud. Our audits included performing procedures to assess the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to error or fraud, and performing procedures that respond to those risks. Such procedures included examining, on a test basis, evidence regarding the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. Our audits also included evaluating the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion. Critical Audit Matter The critical audit matter communicated below is a matter arising from the current-period audit of the financial statements that was communicated or required to be communicated to the audit committee and that (1) relates to accounts or disclosures that are material to the financial statements and (2) involved our especially challenging, subjective, or complex judgments. The communication of critical audit matters does not alter in any way our opinion on the financial statements, taken as a whole, and we are not, by communicating the critical audit matter below, providing a separate opinion on the critical audit matter or on the accounts or disclosures to which it relates. Allowance for Credit Losses — Refer to Notes 2 and 4 to the financial statements Critical Audit Matter Description The allowance for credit losses (ACL) is a material estimate of the Company. In estimating the ACL, management utilizes a migration analysis of delinquent and current loan receivables. The analysis focuses on the pertinent factors underlying the quality of the loan portfolio. These factors include historical performance, the age of the receivable balance, customer credit-worthiness, changes in the size and composition of the loan portfolio, delinquency levels, and actual credit loss experience. We identified the ACL for U.S. loans as a critical audit matter given the subjective nature and amount of judgment required in developing the estimate. Performing audit procedures to evaluate the reasonableness of the 82
Page 84
Table of Contents ACL required a high degree of auditor judgment, an increased extent of audit effort, credit specialists, and the need to involve more experienced audit professionals. How the Critical Audit Matter Was Addressed in the Audit Our audit procedures related to the allowance for credit losses included the following procedures, among others: • We tested the design and effectiveness of controls over the ACL, including management’s controls over the changes to the methodology. • We tested management’s process for estimating the ACL, which included involving our credit specialists to evaluate the appropriateness of the models and methodologies used including any changes to the models or methodologies. • We evaluated the accuracy and completeness of the data used to estimate the allowance for credit losses. /s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP San Francisco, California August 27, 2026 We have served as the Company's auditor since 2020. 83
Page 85
Table of Contents AFFIRM HOLDINGS, INC. CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS (in thousands, except shares and per share amounts) June 30, 2026 June 30, 2025 Assets Cash and cash equivalents $ 1,630,038 $ 1,354,455 Restricted cash 803,005 401,968 Securities available for sale at fair value 972,642 871,425 Loans held for sale 1 — Loans held for investment 9,560,742 7,025,534 Allowance for credit losses (563,295) (396,929) Loans held for investment, net 8,997,447 6,628,606 Accounts receivable, net 284,350 426,177 Property, equipment and software, net 685,834 572,637 Goodwill 524,452 534,156 Intangible assets 26,416 12,935 Commercial agreement assets 38,326 57,210 Deferred tax assets 1,467,036 13,929 Other assets 360,601 281,431 Total assets $ 15,790,148 $ 11,154,929 Liabilities and stockholders’ equity Liabilities: Accounts payable $ 84,647 $ 82,820 Payable to third-party loan owners 199,557 211,700 Accrued interest payable 28,568 24,465 Accrued expenses and other liabilities 199,493 157,272 Convertible senior notes, net 1,129,581 1,153,000 Notes issued by securitization trusts 5,331,229 4,833,855 Funding debt 3,333,248 1,622,808 Total liabilities 10,306,324 8,085,919 Commitments and contingencies (Note 7) Stockholders’ equity: Class A common stock, par value $0.00001 per share: 3,030,000,000 shares authorized, 296,636,147 shares issuedand outstanding as of June 30, 2026; 3,030,000,000 shares authorized, 284,378,565 shares issued and outstanding asof June 30, 2025 2 2 Class B common stock, par value $0.00001 per share: 140,000,000 shares authorized, 40,539,552 shares issued andoutstanding as of June 30, 2026; 140,000,000 authorized, 40,734,234 shares issued and outstanding as of June 30,2025 1 1 Additional paid in capital 6,647,214 6,140,893 Accumulated deficit (1,127,025) (3,056,818) Accumulated other comprehensive loss (36,368) (15,069) Total stockholders’ equity 5,483,824 3,069,009 Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity $ 15,790,148 $ 11,154,929 The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 84
Page 86
Table of Contents AFFIRM HOLDINGS, INC. CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS, CONT. (in thousands, except shares and per share amounts) The following table presents the assets and liabilities of consolidated variable interest entities (“VIEs”), which are included in the consolidated balance sheets above. The assets in the table below may only be used to settle obligations of consolidated VIEs and are in excess of those obligations. The liabilities in the table below include liabilities for which creditors do not have recourse to the general credit of the Company. Additionally, the assets and liabilities in the table below include third-party assets and liabilities of consolidated VIEs only and exclude intercompany balances that eliminate upon consolidation. June 30, 2026 June 30, 2025 Assets of consolidated VIEs, included in total assets above Restricted cash $ 343,284 $ 192,638 Loans held for investment 9,361,243 6,828,758 Allowance for credit losses (529,895) (365,656) Loans held for investment, net 8,831,348 6,463,101 Accounts receivable, net 2,969 3,032 Other assets 3,009 2,558 Total assets of consolidated VIEs $ 9,180,610 $ 6,661,329 Liabilities of consolidated VIEs, included in total liabilities above Accounts payable $ — $ 2,833 Accrued interest payable 28,234 23,998 Accrued expenses and other liabilities 4,589 2,797 Notes issued by securitization trusts 5,331,229 4,833,855 Funding debt 3,328,963 1,592,139 Total liabilities of consolidated VIEs 8,693,016 6,455,621 Total net assets of consolidated VIEs $ 487,594 $ 205,707 The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 85
Page 87
Table of Contents AFFIRM HOLDINGS, INC. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS AND COMPREHENSIVE INCOME (LOSS) (in thousands, except share and per share amounts) June 30, 2026 June 30, 2025 June 30, 2024 Revenue Merchant network revenue $ 1,149,932 $ 882,658 $ 674,607 Card network revenue 293,990 231,308 151,401 Total network revenue 1,443,922 1,113,966 826,008 Interest income 2,047,485 1,608,221 1,204,355 Gain on sales of loans 596,553 381,622 197,153 Servicing income 173,123 120,602 95,483 Total revenue, net $ 4,261,082 $ 3,224,412 $ 2,322,999 Operating expenses Loss on loan purchase commitment $ 311,864 $ 242,264 $ 180,395 Provision for credit losses 796,650 616,683 460,628 Funding costs 454,016 425,451 344,253 Processing and servicing 613,587 457,849 343,249 Technology and data analytics 747,145 589,723 501,857 Sales and marketing 342,531 434,847 576,405 General and administrative 578,312 545,053 525,291 Restructuring and other — (184) 6,768 Total operating expenses 3,844,105 3,311,685 2,938,846 Operating income (loss) $ 416,977 $ (87,273) $ (615,847) Other income, net 75,750 148,737 100,320 Income (loss) before income taxes $ 492,727 $ 61,464 $ (515,527) Income tax expense (benefit) (1,437,067) 9,279 2,230 Net income (loss) $ 1,929,793 $ 52,186 $ (517,757) Other comprehensive income (loss) Foreign currency translation adjustments $ (24,862) $ 6,025 $ (13,655) Unrealized gain (loss) on securities available for sale, net (1,884) 3,297 6,857 Gain (loss) on cash flow hedges 5,447 (2,826) 656 Net other comprehensive income (loss) (21,299) 6,496 (6,142) Comprehensive income (loss) $ 1,908,494 $ 58,682 $ (523,899) Per share data: Net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders for Class A and Class B Basic $ 5.76 $ 0.16 $ (1.67) Diluted $ 5.53 $ 0.15 $ (1.67) Weighted average common shares outstanding Basic 335,155,421 322,851,873 309,857,129 Diluted 348,846,647 341,023,566 309,857,129 The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 86
Page 88
Table of Contents AFFIRM HOLDINGS, INC. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY (in thousands, except share amounts) Common Stock Additional Paid-In Capital AccumulatedDeficit AccumulatedOtherComprehensiveLoss TotalStockholders'EquityShares Amount Balance as of June 30, 2023 296,846,217 $ 3 $ 5,140,850 $ (2,591,247) $ (15,423) $ 2,534,183 Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stockoptions 2,826,973 — 22,922 — — 22,922 Issuance of common stock, employee sharepurchase plan 578,222 — 10,217 — — 10,217 Vesting of restricted stock units 10,801,619 — — — — — Vesting of warrants for common stock — — 406,714 — — 406,714 Stock-based compensation — — 471,021 — — 471,021 Tax withholding on stock-based compensation — — (189,169) — — (189,169) Foreign currency translation adjustments — — — — (13,655) (13,655) Unrealized gain on securities available for sale — — — — 6,857 6,857 Gain on cash flow hedges — — — — 656 656 Net loss — — — (517,757) — (517,757) Balance as of June 30, 2024 311,053,031 $ 3 $ 5,862,555 $ (3,109,004) $ (21,565) $ 2,731,989 Issuance of common stock upon exercise of stockoptions 4,479,891 — 47,104 — — 47,104 Issuance of common stock, employee sharepurchase plan 397,246 — 13,589 — — 13,589 Issuance of common stock upon exercise ofwarrants 3,499,453 — — — — — Repurchases of common stock (3,526,590) — (250,000) — — (250,000) Vesting of restricted stock units 9,209,768 — — — — — Vesting of warrants for common stock — — 271,562 — — 271,562 Stock-based compensation — — 499,894 — — 499,894 Tax withholding on stock-based compensation — — (303,811) — — (303,811) Foreign currency translation adjustments — — — — 6,025 6,025 Unrealized gain on securities available for sale — — — — 3,297 3,297 Loss on cash flow hedges — — — — (2,826) (2,826) Net income — — — 52,186 — 52,186 Balance as of June 30, 2025 325,112,799 $ 3 $ 6,140,893 $ (3,056,818) $ (15,069) $ 3,069,009 The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. (1) 87
Page 89
Table of Contents AFFIRM HOLDINGS, INC. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENT OF STOCKHOLDERS’ EQUITY, CONT. (in thousands, except share amounts) Common Stock Additional Paid-In Capital AccumulatedDeficit AccumulatedOtherComprehensiveLoss TotalStockholders'EquityShares Amount Balance as of June 30, 2025 325,112,799 $ 3 $ 6,140,893 $ (3,056,818) $ (15,069) $ 3,069,009 Issuance of common stock upon exercise ofstock options 5,046,794 — 141,061 — — 141,061 Issuance of common stock, employee sharepurchase plan 340,438 — 17,870 — — 17,870 Issuance of common stock upon exercise ofwarrants — — — — — — Vesting of restricted stock units 6,675,668 — — — — — Vesting of warrants for common stock — — 192,276 — — 192,276 Stock-based compensation — — 484,513 — — 484,513 Tax withholding on stock-based compensation — — (329,399) — — (329,399) Foreign currency translation adjustments — — — — (24,862) (24,862) Unrealized loss on securities available for sale — — — — (1,884) (1,884) Gain on cash flow hedges — — — — 5,447 5,447 Net income — — — 1,929,793 — 1,929,793 Balance as of June 30, 2026 337,175,699 $ 3 $ 6,647,214 $ (1,127,025) $ (36,368) $ 5,483,824 The share amounts listed above combine Class A and Class B stock. The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. (1) (1) 88
Page 90
Table of Contents AFFIRM HOLDINGS, INC. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS (in thousands) June 30, 2026 June 30, 2025 June 30, 2024 Cash flows from operating activities Net income (loss) $ 1,929,793 $ 52,186 $ (517,757) Adjustments to reconcile net income (loss) to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities: Provision for losses 796,650 616,683 460,628 Amortization of premiums and discounts on loans (305,433) (233,799) (187,709) Gain on sales of loans (596,553) (381,622) (197,153) Gain on extinguishment of debt (1,537) (82,418) (12,638) Changes in fair value of assets and liabilities 444 7,146 (2,776) Amortization of commercial agreement assets 18,884 47,392 73,070 Amortization of debt issuance costs 28,232 30,389 24,546 Accrued interest on securities available for sale (35,421) (44,031) (22,799) Commercial agreement warrant expense 192,278 271,562 406,714 Stock-based compensation 304,671 321,433 344,511 Depreciation and amortization 303,333 225,076 169,044 Impairment of right of use assets — — 752 Deferred income tax expense (benefit) (1,455,217) 7,113 — Other (36,100) 13,703 (25,331) Change in operating assets and liabilities: Purchases and origination of loans held for sale (2,599,368) (3,389,953) (4,212,299) Proceeds from the sale of loans held for sale 2,598,182 3,389,990 4,211,687 Accounts receivable, net 132,603 (84,952) (167,757) Other assets (50,111) (19,288) 31,228 Accounts payable 1,827 41,801 12,417 Payable to third-party loan owners (12,142) 52,056 105,791 Accrued interest payable 5,166 2,386 11,138 Accrued expenses and other liabilities 10,792 (48,943) (55,169) Net cash provided by operating activities 1,230,974 793,909 450,138 Cash flows from investing activities Purchases and origination of loans held for investment (46,660,265) (32,545,595) (21,488,547) Proceeds from the sale of loans held for investment 19,683,618 12,572,254 6,058,799 Principal repayments and other loan servicing activity 24,652,096 18,655,657 14,147,034 Additions to property, equipment and software (238,346) (192,189) (159,296) Purchases of securities available for sale (992,920) (823,886) (986,071) Proceeds from maturities and repayments of securities available for sale 1,002,775 1,215,777 1,136,937 Other investing inflows 369 99,917 995 Other investing outflows (754) (65,000) (35,000) Net cash used in investing activities (2,553,427) (1,083,064) (1,325,149) Cash flows from financing activities Proceeds from the issuance of convertible notes — 920,000 — Proceeds from the issuance of funding debt 38,055,930 21,174,242 12,639,444 Proceeds from issuance of notes and certificates by securitization trust 2,850,000 2,500,000 2,350,000 Principal repayments of funding debt (36,318,734) (21,387,609) (12,552,937) Principal repayments of notes issued by securitization trust (2,350,000) (900,000) (1,276,451) Payment of debt issuance costs (35,464) (49,233) (27,302) Extinguishment of convertible debt (25,758) (1,012,856) (63,561) Proceeds from exercise of common stock options and warrants and contributions to ESPP 158,930 60,692 33,125 Repurchase of common stock — (250,000) — Taxes paid related to net share settlement of equity awards (325,217) (303,811) (189,169) Net cash provided by financing activities 2,009,688 751,425 913,149 Effect of exchange rate changes on cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash (10,615) (1,245) (2,683) Net increase in cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash 676,620 461,024 35,455 Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, beginning of period 1,756,423 1,295,399 1,259,944 Cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash, end of period $ 2,433,043 $ 1,756,423 $ 1,295,399 The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 89
Page 91
Table of Contents AFFIRM HOLDINGS, INC. CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS, CONT. (in thousands) June 30, 2026 June 30, 2025 June 30, 2024 Reconciliation to amounts on consolidated balance sheets (as of period end) Cash and cash equivalents 1,630,038 1,354,455 1,013,106 Restricted cash 803,005 401,968 282,293 Total cash, cash equivalents and restricted cash $ 2,433,043 $ 1,756,423 $ 1,295,399 June 30, 2026 June 30, 2025 June 30, 2024 Supplemental disclosures of cash flow information Cash payments for interest expense $ 426,175 $ 404,377 $ 318,235 Cash paid for income taxes 6,618 2,736 1,187 Cash paid for operating leases 22,120 16,575 16,037 Supplemental disclosures of non-cash investing and financing activities Stock-based compensation included in capitalized internal-use software $ 179,842 $ 178,461 $ 126,510 Securities retained under unconsolidated securitization transactions 76,094 84,718 58,507 Right of use assets obtained in exchange for operating lease liabilities 12,973 6,238 — The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements. 90
Page 92
Table of Contents AFFIRM HOLDINGS, INC. NOTES TO THE CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS 1. Business Description Affirm Holdings, Inc. (“Affirm,” the “Company,” “we,” “us,” or “our”), headquartered in San Francisco, California, provides consumers with a simpler, more transparent, and flexible alternative to traditional payment options. Our mission is to deliver honest financial products that improve lives. Through our next-generation commerce platform, agreements with originating banks, and capital markets partners, we enable consumers to confidently pay for a purchase over time. When a consumer applies for a loan through our platform, the loan is underwritten using our proprietary risk model, and once approved, the consumer selects their preferred repayment option. Loans are directly originated or funded and issued by our originating bank partners. Merchants partner with us to transform the consumer shopping experience and to acquire and convert consumers more effectively through our frictionless payment network. Consumers get the flexibility to buy now and make simple regular payments for their purchases and merchants see increased average order value, repeat purchase rates, and an overall more satisfied consumer base. Unlike legacy payment options and our competitors’ product offerings, which charge deferred or compounding interest and unexpected costs, we disclose up-front to consumers exactly what they will owe — no hidden fees, no deferred interest, no penalties. 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies Basis of Presentation and Principles of Consolidation The accompanying consolidated financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States (“U.S. GAAP”), as contained in the Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”). Our financial statements have been prepared on a consolidated basis. Under this basis of presentation, our financial statements consolidate all wholly owned subsidiaries and VIEs, in which we have a controlling financial interest. These include various business trust entities and limited partnerships established to enter into warehouse credit agreements with certain lenders for funding debt facilities and certain asset-backed securitization transactions. All intercompany accounts and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. Within the consolidated financial statements and tables presented in the accompanying notes, certain columns and rows may not sum due to the use of rounded numbers for disclosure purposes. Prior period deferred tax amounts have been reclassified out of other assets to conform to the current period presentation as a separate line item on the consolidated balance sheets and consolidated statements of cash flows. There was no effect on total assets. Our VIE variable interests arise from contractual, ownership, or other monetary interests in the entity, which change with fluctuations in the fair value of the entity’s net assets. We consolidate a VIE when we are deemed to be the primary beneficiary. We assess whether or not we are the primary beneficiary of a VIE on an ongoing basis. Use of Estimates The preparation of consolidated financial statements in conformity with U.S. GAAP requires the use of estimates, judgments and assumptions that affect the reported amounts in the consolidated financial statements and the accompanying notes. Material estimates that are particularly susceptible to significant change relate to determination of the allowance for credit losses, capitalized internal-use software development costs, valuation allowance for deferred tax assets, loss on loan purchase commitment, discount on directly originated loans, the evaluation for impairment of intangible assets and goodwill, the fair value of available for sale debt securities including retained interests in our securitization trusts and residual interest in structured transactions, the fair value 91
Page 93
Table of Contents of risk sharing arrangements, and stock-based compensation. We base our estimates on historical experience, current events, and other factors we believe to be reasonable under the circumstances. To the extent that there are material differences between these estimates and actual results, our financial condition or operating results will be materially affected. These estimates are based on information available as of the date of the consolidated financial statements; therefore, actual results could differ materially from those estimates. Cash and Cash Equivalents Cash and cash equivalents consist of checking, money market and savings accounts held at financial institutions and short term highly liquid marketable securities, including money market funds, government and agency securities, and other corporate securities purchased with an original maturity of three months or less. Restricted Cash Restricted cash consists primarily of: (i) servicing funds held in accounts contractually restricted by agreements with warehouse credit facilities, securitization trusts, and third-party loan owners; and (ii) funds held in accounts as collateral for our originating bank partners; and (iii) other collateral accounts. Our ability to withdraw funds is restricted by contractual provisions under the applicable agreements. Securities Available for Sale We hold investments in marketable debt securities, securitization notes receivable and certificates in unconsolidated securitization trusts, and residual interests in structured transactions that are classified as available for sale. These investments are held at fair value with changes in fair value recorded in unrealized gain (loss) on securities available for sale, net within other comprehensive income (loss), excluding the portion relating to any credit loss. As of the end of each reporting period, we review each security where the fair value is less than the amortized cost to determine whether any portion of the decline in fair value is due to a credit loss and/or whether or not we intend to sell or will be required to sell such security before recovery of its amortized cost basis. The portion of any decline in fair value identified as a credit loss will be recognized as an allowance for credit losses through other income (expense), net. To the extent we intend to sell or may be required to sell a security in an unrealized loss position, we 1) reverse any previously recorded allowance for credit losses with an offsetting entry to reduce the amortized cost basis of the security and 2) write-off any remaining portion of the amortized cost basis to equal its fair value, with this change recorded through other income (expense), net. Interest income for available for sale securities is recorded within other income (expense), net. For our investments in securitization notes receivable and residual trust certificates and for our residual interests in structured transactions, we recognize interest income each period based on the effective interest rate calculated using expected cash flows. Changes in the timing of expected cash flows are accounted for prospectively through an adjustment to interest income. From time to time, depending on our expectation regarding timing of expected cash flows from the investments, we may elect to place certain investments on non-accrual status, where any interest payment received is recorded as a direct reduction of the investment under the cost recovery method. Available for sale securities initially purchased with less than 90 days until maturity with quoted transaction prices in an active market are classified as cash and cash equivalents. Loans Held for Investment We either originate loans directly or purchase our loans from our originating bank partners pursuant to the terms outlined in the respective executed loan sale program agreements between us and our bank partners. Loan receivables that we have the intent and ability to hold for the foreseeable future or until maturity or payoff are classified as held for investment and are reported at amortized cost, which includes unpaid principal balances, any related premiums including fees paid to our originating bank partners, discounts due to loss on loan purchase 92
Page 94
Table of Contents commitment for bank partner loans with a fair value below the purchase price on the loan purchase date, and discounts due to loss on directly originated loans with a fair value below loan par at origination, where applicable, adjusted for any charge-offs. The amortized cost is adjusted for the allowance for credit losses within loans held for investment, net. Loans Held for Sale We sell certain loans to third-party loan buyers and unconsolidated securitization trusts. A loan is classified as held for sale when the loan is identified as for sale to a third-party loan buyer or to be sold to a securitization trust that is anticipated to be off-balance sheet. Loans classified as held for sale are recorded at the lower of amortized cost or fair value. A loan that is initially designated as held for sale or held for investment may be reclassified when our intent for that loan changes. When a loan held for investment is reclassified to held for sale and reported at fair value, any allowance for the credit loss related to that loan is released and any fair value adjustment to record the loan at the lower of amortized cost or fair value is recorded. Our loans designated as held for sale are generally sold within one to three days of the balance sheet date. Fair value adjustments were not material for loans designated as held for sale as of June 30, 2026 and June 30, 2025. Transfers of Financial Assets We account for loan sales in accordance with ASC 860, “Transfers and Servicing” which states that a transfer of financial assets, a group of financial assets, or a participating interest in a financial asset is accounted for as a sale if all of the following conditions are met: a. The financial assets are isolated from the transferor and its consolidated affiliates as well as its creditors; b. The transferee or beneficial interest holders have the right to pledge or exchange the transferred financial assets; and c. The transferor does not maintain effective control of the transferred assets. When the requirements for sale accounting are met, we record the gain or loss on the sale of a loan at the sale date in an amount equal to the proceeds received less the carrying value of the loan, adjusted for initial recognition of assets obtained and liabilities incurred at the date of sale. Upon the sale of a loan to a third-party loan buyer or unconsolidated securitization trust in which we retain servicing rights, we may recognize a servicing asset or liability. A servicing asset or liability arises when our contractual servicing fee with a counterparty differs from the adequate compensation rate that would be required by a third party to service the same portfolio of assets. Servicing assets and liabilities are measured and recorded at fair value and are presented as a component of other assets or accrued expenses and other liabilities, respectively. The recognition of a servicing asset results in a corresponding increase to gain on sales of loans. The recognition of a servicing liability results in a corresponding decrease to gain on sales of loans. The servicing rights are remeasured at fair value each period, with the subsequent adjustment recognized in servicing income. In connection with the sale of a loan to a third-party loan buyer or unconsolidated securitization trust we may also recognize a recourse liability, as in certain circumstances we may become required to re-purchase loans from third-party investors due to breaches in representations and warranties. The recognition of a recourse liability results in a corresponding decrease to gain on sales of loans. The recourse liability is remeasured each period based on the outstanding loan balance and changes in our expectation of future repurchase obligations. Subsequent remeasurement of the recourse liability is recognized in gain on sale of loans within the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive income (loss). In addition, we may recognize a risk share asset or liability in certain arrangements with a third-party loan buyer to make a payment to the loan buyer or are entitled to receive a payment from the loan buyer, depending on the actual versus expected loan performance as contractually agreed to with the counterparty, and subject to a cap based on a percentage of the principal balance of loans sold. The recognition of a risk share asset results in a 93
Page 95
Table of Contents corresponding increase to gain on sale of loans. The recognition of a risk share liability results in a corresponding decrease to gain on sales of loans. The risk share asset and liability are measured at fair value and remeasured each period based on the changes in inputs and assumptions for our expectation of future obligations. Subsequent remeasurement of the risk share asset and liability is recognized in gain on sale of loans within the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive income (loss). Allowance for Credit Losses on Loans Held for Investment The allowance for credit losses on loans held for investment is determined based on management’s current estimate of expected credit losses over the remaining contractual term, historical credit losses, consumer payment trends, estimates of recoveries, and future expectations on individual loans as of each balance sheet date. We immediately recognize an allowance for expected credit losses upon the origination of a loan. Adjustments to the allowance each period for changes in our estimate of lifetime expected credit losses are recognized in earnings through the provision for credit losses presented within our consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss). We have made an accounting policy election to not measure an allowance for credit losses for accrued interest receivables. Previously recognized interest receivable from charged-off loans that is accrued but not collected from the consumer is reversed. In estimating the allowance for credit losses, management utilizes a migration analysis of delinquent and current loan receivables. Migration analysis is a technique used to estimate the likelihood that a loan receivable will progress through various stages of delinquency and to charge-off. The analysis focuses on the pertinent factors underlying the quality of the loan portfolio. These factors include historical performance, the age of the receivable balance, seasonality, customer credit-worthiness, changes in the size and composition of the loan portfolio, delinquency levels, bankruptcy filings and actual credit loss experience. We also take into consideration certain qualitative factors where we adjust our quantitative baseline using our best judgment to consider the inherent uncertainty regarding future economic conditions and consumer loan performance. For example, the Company considers the impact of current economic factors at the reporting date that did not exist over the period from which historical experience was used. As of June 30, 2026, we have considered the impact of Federal Reserve monetary policy, labor market trends, tariffs and inflation. When available information confirms that specific loans or portions thereof are uncollectible, identified amounts are charged against the allowance for credit losses. Loans are charged-off in accordance with our charge-off policy, as the contractual principal becomes 120 days past due or meets other charge-off policy requirements. Subsequent recoveries of the unpaid principal balance, if any, are credited to the allowance for credit losses. Refer to Note 4. Loans Held for Investment and Allowance for Credit Losses for more information. Accounts Receivable, net Our accounts receivable consist primarily of amounts due from payment processors, merchant partners, card-issuing partners, affiliate network partners and servicing fees due from third-party loan owners. For each of these groups, we evaluate accounts receivable to determine management’s current estimate of expected credit losses based on historical experience and future expectations and record an allowance for credit losses. Property, Equipment and Software, net Property, equipment and software consist of computer and office equipment, capitalized internal-use developed software and website development costs and leasehold improvements. Property, equipment and software is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization expenses are recognized using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, which range from three to seven years. Leasehold improvements are depreciated over the shorter of the improvement’s estimated useful life or the remaining lease term. We capitalize costs to develop internally developed software when preliminary development efforts are successfully completed, management has authorized and committed project funding, and it is probable that the 94
Page 96
Table of Contents project will be completed and the software or website will function and be used as intended. Capitalized internal-use software costs primarily include salaries and payroll-related costs for employees directly involved in the development efforts and fees paid to external consultants. Such costs are amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of the related asset, which range from three to five years. Costs incurred prior to meeting these criteria, together with costs incurred for training and maintenance, are expensed as incurred. Costs incurred for enhancements that are expected to result in additional functionality are capitalized and amortized over the estimated useful life of the upgrades. Capitalized internally developed software costs are included in property, equipment and software, and amortization expense is included in technology and data analytics expense within the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss). Property, equipment and software is tested for impairment when there is an indication that the carrying value of the asset group it belongs to may not be recoverable. This would occur if the undiscounted cash flows estimated to be generated by an asset group are less than its carrying value. When an asset group is determined not to be recoverable, the impairment is measured based on the excess, if any, of the carrying value of the asset group over its respective fair value and recorded in the period the determination is made. Goodwill and Intangible Assets We recognize the excess of the purchase price over the fair value of identifiable net assets acquired at the acquisition date as goodwill. Goodwill is not amortized but is reviewed for impairment annually and more frequently if an event occurs or circumstances change that would more likely than not reduce the fair value of a reporting unit below its carrying value. We first perform a qualitative assessment to determine whether it is more likely than not that the fair value of the reporting unit is less than its carrying value. If the reporting unit does not pass the qualitative assessment, then the reporting unit’s carrying value is compared to its fair value. If the fair value of the reporting unit is greater than the reporting unit’s carrying value, then the carrying value of the reporting unit is deemed to be recoverable. If the carrying value of the reporting unit is greater than the reporting unit’s fair value, goodwill is impaired and written down to the reporting unit’s fair value. Identifiable intangible assets include developed technology, merchant relationships, assembled workforce, and trade names resulting from acquisitions, including asset acquisitions. Acquired intangible assets are recorded at fair value on the date of acquisition and amortized over their estimated economic lives on a straight-line basis. Acquired intangible assets are presented net of accumulated amortization within the consolidated balance sheets. We review the carrying amounts of intangible assets for impairment at the asset group level whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of the asset group may not be recoverable. We measure the recoverability of the asset group by comparing its carrying amount to the future undiscounted cash flows we expect the asset group to generate. If we consider the asset group to be impaired, the impairment to be recognized equals the amount by which the carrying value of the asset group exceeds its fair value. In addition, we periodically evaluate the estimated remaining useful lives of long-lived intangible assets to determine whether events or changes in circumstances warrant a revision to the remaining period of depreciation or amortization. Leases We determine whether an arrangement is a lease for accounting purposes at contract inception. For operating leases, we record a right-of-use asset (“ROU”) within other assets in our consolidated balance sheets, which represents our right to use an underlying asset for the lease term. A corresponding lease liability, which represents our obligation to make lease payments arising from the lease, is recorded in accrued expenses and other liabilities in our consolidated balance sheets. ROU assets and lease liabilities are recognized at the lease commencement date based on the present value of lease payments over the lease term. To discount the lease payments, we use an incremental borrowing rate derived from a corporate yield curve corresponding with the lease term using information available on the commencement date. We have the option to renew or extend our leases. We include these periods in the lease term when a decision has been made to exercise the option. Lease expense for operating leases is recognized on a straight-line basis over the lease term. 95
Page 97
Table of Contents We have elected the short-term lease exception and will not recognize right-of-use assets or lease liabilities for qualifying leases with a term of less than 12 months from lease commencement. Equity Securities Held at Cost Equity securities held at cost which do not have a readily determinable fair value are measured at cost less impairment, if any, and adjusted for changes resulting from observable price changes in orderly transactions for an identical or similar investment in the same issuer (the “measurement alternative”). Gains and losses on the investment due to observable price changes in orderly transactions for identical or similar investments of the same issuer or impairment, if any, are recognized in other income, net within our consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss) and a new carrying value is established for the investment upon such recognition. To support our impairment analysis, we may estimate the fair value of the equity securities held at cost using valuation methodologies based on significant unobservable inputs, including management estimates and assumptions, which represent Level 3 measurements. Funding Debt To finance loans that we purchase from our originating bank partners or originate directly, we borrow from various lenders through collateralized funding arrangements, which include our warehouse and variable funding note credit facilities secured by pledged loans, and sale and repurchase agreements secured by pledging certain retained interests in our off-balance sheet securitizations. These borrowings are carried at amortized cost. Costs incurred in connection with borrowings, such as banker fees, commitment fees and legal fees, are classified as deferred debt issuance costs. We defer these costs and amortize them on a straight-line basis over the expected term of the debt. Interest payments and amortization of debt issuance costs incurred on funding debt is presented as funding costs within the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss). Unamortized debt issuance costs are presented as a reduction of the associated debt. Notes Issued by Securitization Trusts In connection with our asset-backed securitization program, we sponsor and establish trusts (deemed to be VIEs) to ultimately purchase loans facilitated by our platform. Where we consolidate the securitization trusts, the loans held in the securitization trusts are included in loans held for investment, and the notes sold to third-party investors are recorded in notes issued by securitization trusts within the consolidated balance sheets. We defer and amortize note issuance costs, including banker fees, legal fees and other professional service fees, for consolidated securitization trusts on a straight-line basis over the expected life of the notes. Interest payments and amortization of note issuance costs incurred is presented as funding costs within the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss). Unamortized note issuance costs are presented as a reduction of the associated notes. Income Taxes Income taxes are accounted for using the asset and liability method, which requires recognition of deferred tax assets and liabilities for the estimated future tax consequences attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amounts of existing assets and liabilities and their respective tax bases and operating loss and tax credit carryforwards. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using the enacted tax rates and laws that are expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which those temporary differences are expected to be recovered or settled. The effect of a change in tax rates on deferred tax assets and liabilities is recognized as an income tax expense (benefit) in the period that includes the enactment date. Valuation allowances are provided when necessary to reduce deferred tax assets to the amounts that are more likely than not expected to be realized based on the weighting of positive and negative evidence. Future 96
Page 98
Table of Contents realization of deferred tax assets ultimately depends on the existence of sufficient taxable income of the appropriate character within the carryback or carryforward periods available under the applicable tax law. We regularly review the deferred tax assets for recoverability based on historical taxable income, projected future taxable income, the expected timing of the reversals of existing temporary differences, and tax planning strategies. Should there be a change in the ability to recover deferred tax assets, our income tax provision would increase or decrease in the period in which the assessment is changed. The calculation of our tax liabilities involves dealing with uncertainties in the application of complex federal, state, and foreign tax laws and regulations, and positions taken in our tax returns may be subject to challenge by the taxing authorities upon examination. In accordance with applicable accounting guidance, uncertain tax positions are recognized in the financial statements only when it is more likely than not that the positions will be sustained upon examination by the tax authorities, assuming full knowledge of the position and all relevant facts. Interest and penalties, if any, on income tax uncertainties are classified within income tax expense in the income statement. Fair Value of Assets and Liabilities We apply fair value accounting to assets and liabilities that are recognized or disclosed at fair value in the financial statements on a recurring basis. In general, fair values of financial instruments are based upon quoted market prices, where available. If such quoted market prices are not available, fair value is based upon internally developed models that use observable market-based inputs to the greatest extent possible. Fair value measurements are classified within the following hierarchy based on the observability of the inputs used in the valuation methodology: • Level 1: Inputs to the valuation methodology are quoted prices, unadjusted, for identical assets or liabilities in active markets. A quoted price in an active market provides the most reliable evidence of fair value and is used to measure fair value whenever available. • Level 2: Inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for similar assets or liabilities in active markets; inputs to the valuation methodology include quoted prices for identical or similar assets or liabilities in markets that are not active; or inputs to the valuation methodology that are derived principally from or can be corroborated by observable market data by correlation or other means. • Level 3: Inputs to the valuation methodology are unobservable and significant to the fair value measurement. Level 3 assets and liabilities include financial instruments whose value is determined using discounted cash flow methodologies, as well as instruments for which the determination of fair value requires significant management judgment or estimation. Revenue Recognition Our revenue consists of five components: merchant network revenue, card network revenue, interest income, gain on sale of loans and servicing income. Refer to Note 3. Revenue for additional information. Loss on Loan Purchase Commitment We purchase certain loans from our originating bank partners that are processed through our platform that our originating bank partner puts back to us. Under the terms of the agreements with our originating bank partners, we are generally required to pay the principal amount plus accrued interest for such loans and fees. In certain instances, our originating bank partners may originate loans with zero or below market interest rates that we are required to purchase. In these instances, we may be required to purchase the loan for a price in excess of the fair market value of such loans, which results in a loss. These losses are recognized as loss on loan purchase commitment within our consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss). These costs are incurred on a per loan basis. 97
Page 99
Table of Contents Due to the nature of this arrangement with our originating bank partners, we recognize a net liability for this commitment when the merchant confirms the transaction. This liability is recorded at fair value, which is determined by the difference between the estimated fair value of the loan and the anticipated purchase price. Upon purchase, the liability is included in the amortized cost basis of the purchased loan as a discount, which is amortized into interest income over the life of the loan. Platform Partners We have agreements with third-party platform partners through which we obtain access to certain merchant relationships and utilize them as a means of integrating Affirm services. As we maintain separate agreements with platform partners and merchants, the existence of a platform partner does not typically impact our Principal vs. Agent assessment in relation to the Merchant, where we have concluded that we are the Principal to the merchant customer in providing the facilitation of credit services. We make payments to platform partners for each eligible transaction processed through the platform integration. Payments made to platform partners are recorded in processing and servicing expense as incurred within our consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss). Sales and Marketing Costs Sales and marketing costs include the expense related to warrants and other share-based payments granted to our enterprise partners. Refer to Note 5. Balance Sheet Components for more information on these arrangements. Sales and marketing costs also include salaries and personnel-related costs, costs of marketing and promotional activities, and certain losses on loan origination for loans originated by our wholly-owned subsidiaries. A portion of these costs related to general marketing and promotional activities are considered advertising costs within the meaning of ASC Topic 720, “Other Expenses,” and are expensed as incurred. Advertising costs totaled $40.8 million, $30.8 million and $19.2 million for the years ended June 30, 2026, 2025, and 2024, respectively. Derivative Instruments We use derivative financial instruments (“derivatives”) to manage exposure to variable interest rates. Our primary objective in holding derivatives is to reduce the volatility in cash flows associated with our funding activities arising from changes in interest rates. We do not employ derivatives for trading or speculative purposes. We use a combination of interest rate cap agreements and interest rate swaps to manage interest costs and exposure to variable interest rates. Derivative instruments are recognized as assets or liabilities at fair value. We designate certain derivative instruments as cash flow hedges, while others are not designated as hedges. Certain of our derivative agreements provide for netting arrangements with the same counterparty; however, we do not offset assets and liabilities under these arrangements for financial statement presentation purposes. As such, the fair values are presented gross within other assets and accrued expenses and other liabilities. Offsetting collateral received from or paid to the counterparty is presented gross within accrued expenses and other liabilities or other assets, as applicable, within the consolidated balance sheet. Cash flows associated with our derivative instruments are reported within cash flows from operating activities in the consolidated statements of cash flows. Cash Flow Hedges We designate certain interest rate swaps as cash flow hedges to mitigate our exposure to changes in interest rates related to our funding activities. In accordance with our risk management policies, we structure our hedges with terms similar to those of the item being hedged. At inception, we assess whether the hedges are highly effective in offsetting changes to the forecasted cash flows of the hedged items and formally document the hedge relationship. We reassess hedge effectiveness on a quarterly basis. If the cash flow hedges are deemed to be highly effective, the gain or loss on the cash flow hedges are recorded within other comprehensive income (loss) (“OCI”) and reclassified into earnings when the hedged cash 98
Page 100
Table of Contents flows are recognized in funding costs within the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss). The amount that is reclassified into earnings is presented within the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss) within funding costs, the same line item in which the hedged transaction is recognized. Derivatives Not Designated as Hedges We have interest rate caps and interest rate swaps that are not designated as hedging instruments. We enter into these contracts to manage interest rate risk. Any changes in the fair value of these financial instruments are reflected in other income, net, within the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss). Refer to Note 11. Derivative Financial Instruments for additional information on our derivative assets and liabilities. Stock-Based Compensation We recognize compensation cost for stock-based awards over the requisite service period based on the grant-date fair value of the award. We have elected to estimate the expected forfeiture rate for service-based awards and only recognize expense for those stock-based awards expected to vest. We estimate the forfeiture rate based on our historical experience with stock-based awards that are forfeited prior to vesting. The fair value of stock-based awards, granted or modified, is determined on the grant date (or the modification date, if applicable) at fair value, using appropriate valuation techniques. Service-Based Awards We record stock-based compensation expense for service-based stock options and restricted stock units (“RSUs”) on a straight- line basis over the requisite service period, which is generally one to four years. The fair value of each RSU is equal to the closing stock price on the date of grant. The fair value of each option on the date of grant is determined using the Black Scholes-Merton option pricing model using the single-option award approach. We estimate volatility using a weighted average of our historical volatility and the historical volatility of selected comparable publicly-traded companies due to the limited time period of historical market data for our common stock. The risk-free interest rate is determined using a U.S. Treasury rate for the period that coincides with the expected term of the award. We use the simplified method to determine an estimate of the expected term of an employee stock option. The grant-date fair value of equity-classified stock-based awards to non-employees is recognized as expense in the period and manner as though we had paid cash in exchange for goods or services instead of granting a stock-based award. Upon exercise or vesting of a stock-based award, the tax effect of the difference, if any, between the cumulative compensation cost recognized for financial statement purposes and the deduction for income tax purposes, will be recognized as an income tax expense or benefit in the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive income (loss). Performance-Based Awards We record stock-based compensation expense for performance stock units (“PSUs”) based on the number of PSUs that are probable of vesting on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, which is generally three years. The fair value of each PSU is equal to the closing stock price on the date of grant. Refer to Note 14. Equity Incentive Plans for additional information on the PSUs. 99
Page 101
Table of Contents Market-Based Awards We have granted stock option awards with service-based, performance-based, and market-based vesting conditions. The grant- date fair value of market-based equity awards is recorded as stock-based compensation expense on an accelerated attribution method over the requisite service period if the performance-based conditions are considered probable of being satisfied. Foreign Currency We have wholly-owned foreign subsidiaries that use the local currency of their respective country as their functional currency. Assets and liabilities of these subsidiaries are translated into U.S. dollars at exchange rates prevailing at the balance sheet dates. Revenue, expenses, and gains or losses of these subsidiaries are translated into U.S. dollars using average exchange rates for each period. Gains and losses resulting from these translations are recorded as a component of accumulated other comprehensive income (loss) (“AOCI”). Gains and losses from the remeasurement of foreign currency transactions into the functional currency are recognized as other income (expense), net, in our consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss). Basic and Diluted Net Income (Loss) per Common Share We calculate net income or loss per share using the two-class method. The two-class method requires income available to common stockholders for the period to be allocated between each class of common stock and participating securities based upon their respective rights to receive dividends as if all income for the period had been distributed. Our convertible senior notes represent participating securities, and net income will be allocated to these securities in any periods during which a portion of the earnings is required to be attributed to the notes. We calculate basic net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders for Class A and Class B common stock by dividing net income (loss) attributable to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding in each class for the period. We calculate diluted net income per share attributable to common stockholders by dividing net income attributable to common stockholders by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding in each class, after giving consideration to the dilutive effect of our stock options, restricted and performance stock units, employee stock purchase plan shares, convertible debt and common stock warrants that are outstanding during the period. In periods where we have generated a net loss, the basic and diluted net loss per share attributable to common stockholders are the same as the inclusion of the potentially dilutive securities would be anti-dilutive. Recently Adopted Accounting Standards Income Taxes In December 2023, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (“ASU”) 2023-09, “Income Taxes (Topic 740): Improvements to Income Tax Disclosures”. The new guidance modifies the existing annual income tax reporting disclosures. The purpose of the update is to increase transparency and usefulness of income tax disclosures primarily through improvements to the rate reconciliation and income taxes paid information. The ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2024 and should be applied on a prospective basis, although retrospective application is permitted. Early adoption is permitted for annual financial statements that have not yet been issued or made available for issuance. The Company adopted the new standard effective June 30, 2026 on a prospective basis. The adoption of this standard did not have any impact on the Company’s financial condition, results of operations or cash flows. Refer to Note 16. Income Taxes for the enhanced disclosures. 100
Page 102
Table of Contents Recent Accounting Pronouncements Not Yet Adopted Reporting Comprehensive Income In November 2024, the FASB issued ASU 2024-03, “Income Statement—Reporting Comprehensive Income—Expense Disaggregation Disclosures (Subtopic 220-40): Disaggregation of Income Statement Expenses”. Subsequent to the issuance of ASU 2024- 03, the FASB issued ASU 2025-01 to clarify the effective date of ASU 2024-03. The new guidance requires disclosure, in the notes to the financial statements, specified information about certain income statement costs and expenses for each interim and annual reporting period. The ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2026 and interim periods within fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2027, and should be applied on a prospective basis, although retrospective application is permitted. Early adoption is permitted. We are in the process of evaluating the impact of adopting this accounting standard update on our consolidated financial statements and disclosures. Debt with Conversion and Other Options In November 2024, the FASB issued ASU 2024-04, “Debt—Debt with Conversion and Other Options (Subtopic 470-20): Induced Conversions of Convertible Debt Instruments”. The new guidance clarifies the requirements for determining whether certain settlements of convertible debt should be accounted for as an induced conversion. The ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2025 and interim periods within those annual reporting periods, and should be applied on a prospective basis, although retrospective application is permitted. Early adoption is permitted. We are in the process of evaluating the impact of adopting this accounting standard update on our consolidated financial statements and disclosures. Credit Losses for Accounts Receivable and Contract Assets In July 2025, the FASB issued ASU 2025-05, “Financial Instruments—Credit Losses (Topic 326): Measurement of Credit Losses for Accounts Receivable and Contract Assets”. The new guidance introduces a practical expedient for estimating expected credit losses on current accounts receivable and current contract assets arising from transactions accounted for under Topic 606. The ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2025 and interim periods within those annual reporting periods, and should be applied on a prospective basis. Early adoption is permitted. We are in the process of evaluating the impact of adopting this accounting standard update on our consolidated financial statements and disclosures. Internal-Use Software In September 2025, the FASB issued ASU 2025-06, “Intangibles—Goodwill and Other— Internal-Use Software (Subtopic 350- 40): Targeted Improvements to the Accounting for Internal-Use Software”. The new guidance primarily changes the software cost capitalization criteria and modifies the website development cost guidance. The ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2027 and interim periods within those annual reporting periods, and may be applied on a prospective, modified transition, or retrospective basis approach. Early adoption is permitted. We are in the process of evaluating the impact of adopting this accounting standard update on our consolidated financial statements and disclosures. Derivatives and Hedging In November 2025, the FASB issued ASU 2025-09, “Derivatives and Hedging (Topic 815): Hedge Accounting Improvements”. The new guidance is primarily intended to enable entities to achieve and maintain hedge accounting for a broader group of highly effective economic hedges. The ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2026 and interim periods within those annual reporting periods, and should be applied on a 101
Page 103
Table of Contents prospective basis. The amendments may also be applied to hedging relationships existing as of the date of adoption. Early adoption is permitted. We are in the process of evaluating the impact of adopting this accounting standard update on our consolidated financial statements and disclosures. Interim Reporting In December 2025, the FASB issued ASU 2025-11, “Interim Reporting (Topic 270): Narrow-Scope Improvements”. The new guidance primarily clarifies the required interim disclosure requirements. The ASU is effective for fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2027 and interim periods within those annual reporting periods, and may be applied on either a prospective or retrospective basis. Early adoption is permitted. We are in the process of evaluating the impact of adopting this accounting standard update on our consolidated financial statements and disclosures. 3. Revenue The following table presents our revenue disaggregated by revenue source (in thousands): June 30, 2026 June 30, 2025 June 30, 2024 Merchant network revenue $ 1,149,932 882,658 674,607 Card network revenue 293,990 231,308 151,401 Interest income 2,047,485 1,608,221 1,204,355 Gain on sales of loans 596,553 381,622 197,153 Servicing income 173,123 120,602 95,483 Total revenue, net $ 4,261,082 $ 3,224,412 $ 2,322,999 Merchant Network Revenue — Revenue from Contracts with Customers Merchant network revenue primarily consists of merchant fees. Merchant partners (or integrated merchants) are generally charged a fee based on gross merchandise volume (“GMV”) processed through the Affirm platform. Merchant fees depend on the individual arrangement between us and each merchant and may vary based on the loan terms and product offering. The fee is recognized at the point in time the merchant successfully confirms the transaction, which is when the terms of the executed merchant agreement are fulfilled. Our contracts with merchants are defined at the transaction level and do not extend beyond the service already provided (i.e., each transaction represents a separate contract). The fees collected from merchants for each transaction are determined as a percentage of the value of the goods purchased by the consumer from merchants and consider a number of factors including the end consumer’s credit risk and financing term. We do not have any capitalized contract costs, and do not carry any material contract balances. Our service comprises a single performance obligation to merchants to facilitate transactions with consumers. From time to time, we offer merchants incentives to promote our platform to their customers, such as fee reductions, rebates, or other prepaid incentives. These amounts are recorded as a reduction to merchant network revenue. We may originate certain loans via our wholly-owned subsidiaries, with zero or below market interest rates. In these instances, the par value of the loans originated is in excess of the fair market value of such loans, resulting in a loss on loan origination, which we record as a reduction to merchant network revenue. In certain cases, the losses incurred on loans originated for a merchant may exceed the total merchant network revenue earned on those loans. We record the excess loss amounts as a sales and marketing expense. A portion of merchant network revenue relates to affiliate network revenue, which is generated when a user makes a purchase on a merchant’s website after being directed from an advertisement on Affirm’s website or mobile 102
Page 104
Table of Contents application. We earn a fixed placement fee and/or commission determined as a percentage of the value of the goods purchased by the consumer from merchants. Revenue is recognized at the point in time when the performance obligation has been fulfilled, which is when the merchant successfully confirms the transaction. Affiliate network revenue was $138.0 million, $123.4 million, and $95.8 million for the years ended June 30, 2026, 2025, and 2024, respectively. We reviewed merchant network revenue by merchant as a percentage of total revenue for the years ended June 30, 2026, 2025, and 2024. There were no merchants that exceeded 10% of total revenue. Card Network Revenue — Revenue from Contracts with Customers We have agreements with card-issuing partners to facilitate the issuance of physical and virtual cards to be used by consumers at checkout. Prior to purchase, consumers can apply at Affirm.com or via the Affirm App and, upon approval, use a physical or virtual card to complete their purchase online or in-store. Eligible consumers can also use the Affirm Card, a card issued by a card-issuing partner to pay in full or pay later, by using a unique post-purchase feature that allows them to instantly apply for an installment loan for any eligible debit transaction. Where applicable, after the merchant confirms the transaction, we or our originating bank partner originates a loan to the consumer. The merchant is charged interchange fees for each successful card transaction, and a portion of this revenue is shared with us by our card-issuing partners. Merchants may also elect to utilize our agreement with card-issuing partners as a means of integrating Affirm services. Similarly, for these arrangements with integrated merchants, the merchant is charged interchange fees for each successful card transaction and a portion of this revenue is shared with us. From time to time, we offer certain integrated merchants incentives to promote our platform to their customers, such as rebates of interchange fees incurred by the merchant. These amounts are recorded as a reduction of card network revenue. Our contracts with our card-issuing partners are defined at the transaction level and do not extend beyond the service already provided. The revenue collected from card-issuing partners for each transaction is determined as a percentage of the interchange fees charged on transactions facilitated on the payment processor network, and revenue is recognized at the point in time the transaction is completed successfully. The amounts collected are presented in revenue, net of associated transaction-related processing fees paid to our card-issuing partners. We have concluded that the revenue collected does not give rise to a future material right because the pricing of each transaction does not depend on the volume of prior successful transactions. We do not have any capitalized contract costs, and do not carry any material contract balances. Our service comprises a single performance obligation to the card-issuing partner to facilitate transactions with consumers. A portion of card network revenue relates to incentive payments from card network partners, which we are eligible to receive for reaching certain cumulative volume targets on program cards issued by our card-issuing partners. We earn incentive revenue as a percentage of each associated transaction and estimate the applicable percentage based on observed cumulative volume on program cards. Revenue is recognized at the point in time when the performance obligation has been fulfilled, which is when the transaction is completed successfully. 103
Page 105
Table of Contents Interest Income Interest income consisted of the following components (in thousands): June 30, 2026 June 30, 2025 June 30, 2024 Contractual interest income on unpaid principal balance $ 1,796,789 1,423,439 1,043,019 Amortization of discount on loans 332,829 254,964 204,654 Amortization of premiums on loans (27,396) (21,165) (16,945) Interest receivable charged-off, net of recoveries (54,737) (49,016) (26,373) Total interest income $ 2,047,485 $ 1,608,221 $ 1,204,355 We accrue interest income using the effective interest method, which includes the amortization of any discounts or premiums on loan receivables created upon the purchase of a loan from our originating bank partners or upon the origination of a loan. Interest income on a loan is accrued daily, based on the finance charge disclosed to the consumer, over the term of the loan based upon the principal outstanding. The accrual of interest on a loan is suspended if a formal dispute with the consumer involving either Affirm or the merchant of record is opened, or a loan is 120 days past due. Upon the resolution of a dispute with the consumer, the accrual of interest is resumed, and any interest that would have been earned during the disputed period is retroactively accrued. As of June 30, 2026, 2025, and 2024, the unpaid principal balance of loans held for investment on non-accrual status was $7.3 million, $6.2 million, and $2.6 million, respectively. A loan is charged-off in the period if the loan becomes 120 days past due or meets other charge-off policy requirements. Past due status is based on the contractual terms of the loans. Any previously accrued but uncollected interest receivable on these loans is also charged off. Subsequent recoveries of previously charged-off interest receivable, if any, are recognized in interest income. Gain on Sales of Loans We sell certain loans we originate or purchase from our originating bank partners directly to third-party investors or to securitizations. We recognize a gain or loss on sale of loans sold to third parties or to unconsolidated securitizations by calculating the difference between the proceeds received and the carrying value of the loan. This amount is adjusted for the initial recognition of any assets or liabilities incurred upon sale. These generally include a net servicing asset or liability in connection with our ongoing obligation to continue to service the loans and a liability in connection with our loan repurchase obligation for loans that do not meet certain contractual requirements and such information about the loan was unknown at the time of sale. Additionally, we recognize a risk sharing asset or liability in certain arrangements where payments are made or received based on the actual versus expected loan performance, as contractually agreed upon with the third party. Refer to Note 9. Securitization and Variable Interest Entities for further discussion on transfers of loan receivables. Refer to Note 11. Derivative Financial Instruments and Note 12. Fair Value of Financial Assets and Liabilities for further discussion of risk sharing arrangements. Servicing Income Servicing income includes contractual fees specified in our servicing agreements with third-party loan owners and unconsolidated securitizations that are earned from providing professional services to manage loan portfolios on their behalf. The servicing fee is calculated on a daily basis by multiplying a set fee percentage (as outlined in the executed agreements with third-party loan owners) by the outstanding loan principal balance. Servicing income also includes fair value adjustments for servicing assets and servicing liabilities. 104
Page 106
Table of Contents 4. Loans Held for Investment and Allowance for Credit Losses Loans held for investment consisted of the following (in thousands): June 30, 2026 June 30, 2025 Unpaid principal balance $ 9,577,027 $ 7,050,446 Accrued interest receivable 94,359 67,953 Premiums on loans held for investment 11,834 9,818 Less: Discount due to loss on loan purchase commitment (87,263) (75,124) Less: Discount due to loss on directly originated loans (35,214) (27,559) Total loans held for investment $ 9,560,742 $ 7,025,534 Loans held for investment includes loans originated through our originating bank partners and directly originated loans. Loans that are underwritten using our technology platform and originated by our originating bank partners are later purchased by us. We purchased loans from our originating bank partners in the amount of $40.2 billion, $30.0 billion, and $21.5 billion for the years ended June 30, 2026, 2025, and 2024, respectively. We directly originated $9.5 billion, $6.3 billion, and $4.5 billion of loans for the years ended June 30, 2026, 2025, and 2024, respectively. The following table details activity for the discount included in loans held for investment, for the periods indicated: June 30, 2026 June 30, 2025 June 30, 2024 (in thousands) Balance at the beginning of the period $ 102,684 $ 98,527 $ 96,576 Additions from loans purchased or originated, net of refunds 490,626 356,398 268,441 Amortization of discount (332,829) (254,964) (204,654) Unamortized discount released on loans sold (137,055) (97,044) (60,580) Impact of foreign currency translation (949) (233) (1,256) Balance at the end of the period $ 122,477 $ 102,684 $ 98,527 Our portfolio consists of interest bearing and non-interest bearing consumer loans with original term lengths of up to 60 months originated in markets including the U.S., U.K., and Canada, with the majority of loans originated within the U.S. While we view our loan portfolio as a single product segment, unsecured consumer loans, we consider factors such as country of origin, loan product, origination channel, merchant and various borrower characteristics to predict future losses. We closely monitor the performance of our loan receivables to manage and evaluate our exposure to credit risk. Credit risk management begins with initial underwriting and continues through to full repayment of a loan. To assess a consumer who requests a loan, we use, among other indicators, internally developed risk models that leverage detailed information from external sources, such as credit bureaus where available, as well as the consumer’s prior repayment history on our platform. We evaluate the credit quality of our loan receivable based on the aging status of the loan. 105
Page 107
Table of Contents The following tables present an aging analysis of the amortized cost basis excluding accrued interest receivable, by fiscal year of origination, of loans held for investment by delinquency status as of June 30, 2026 and June 30, 2025 (in thousands): June 30, 2026 Amortized Cost Basis by Fiscal Year of Origination 2026 2025 2024 2023 2022 Prior Total Current – 3 calendar days past due $ 8,524,557 $ 401,908 $ 44,161 $ 7,050 $ 252 $ 27 $ 8,977,955 4 – 29 calendar days past due 235,777 14,459 616 70 3 — 250,925 30 – 59 calendar days past due 87,890 7,826 252 26 1 — 95,995 60 – 89 calendar days past due 69,564 7,817 211 28 1 — 77,621 90 – 119 calendar days past due 54,785 8,670 330 72 20 10 63,887 Total amortized cost basis $ 8,972,573 $ 440,680 $ 45,570 $ 7,246 $ 277 $ 37 $ 9,466,383 Includes $63.8 million of loan receivables as of June 30, 2026 that are 90 days or more past due, but are not on non-accrual status. June 30, 2025 Amortized Cost Basis by Fiscal Year of Origination 2025 2024 2023 2022 2021 Prior Total Current – 3 calendar days past due $ 6,268,050 $ 294,778 $ 50,958 $ 4,170 $ 133 $ 28 $ 6,618,117 4 – 29 calendar days past due 156,941 9,713 1,347 145 10 — 168,156 30 – 59 calendar days past due 62,250 4,367 288 35 4 — 66,944 60 – 89 calendar days past due 51,095 5,251 255 30 2 — 56,633 90 – 119 calendar days past due 41,889 5,571 228 34 2 8 47,732 Total amortized cost basis $ 6,580,225 $ 319,680 $ 53,076 $ 4,414 $ 151 $ 36 $ 6,957,582 Includes $47.6 million of loan receivables as of June 30, 2025 that are 90 days or more past due, but are not on non-accrual status. The following table presents net charge-offs by fiscal year of origination as of year ended June 30, 2026 (in thousands): June 30, 2026 Net Charge-offs by Fiscal Year of Origination 2026 2025 2024 2023 2022 Prior Total Current period charge-offs (278,424) (386,356) (20,287) (1,618) (442) (37) (687,164) Current period recoveries 9,130 36,290 18,970 7,287 2,972 906 75,555 Current period net charge-offs (269,294) (350,066) (1,317) 5,669 2,530 869 (611,609) We maintain an allowance for credit losses at a level sufficient to absorb expected credit losses based on evaluating known and inherent risks in our loan portfolio. The allowance for credit losses reflects our estimate of expected lifetime credit losses as of the balance sheet date. Our estimate considers the remaining contractual term of our loan portfolio, historical credit losses, consumer payment history and estimated recoveries. We also consider current economic conditions and evolving consumer behavioral patterns. Adjustments to the allowance for changes in our estimate of lifetime expected credit losses are recognized in earnings through the provision for credit losses presented within our consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss). When available information confirms that specific loans or portions thereof are uncollectible, identified amounts are charged off against the allowance for credit losses. Loans are charged off in accordance with our charge-off policy, as the (1) (1) (1) (1) 106
Page 108
Table of Contents contractual principal becomes 120 days past due. Subsequent recoveries of the unpaid principal balance, if any, are credited to the allowance for credit losses. The following table details activity in the allowance for credit losses, including charge-offs, recoveries and provision for loan losses (in thousands): June 30, 2026 June 30, 2025 June 30, 2024 Balance at beginning of period $ 396,929 $ 309,097 $ 204,531 Provision for credit losses 777,975 588,624 439,581 Charge-offs (687,164) (552,072) (365,711) Recoveries of charged-off receivables 75,555 51,280 30,696 Balance at end of period $ 563,295 $ 396,929 $ 309,097 Loan Modifications for Borrowers Experiencing Financial Difficulty We have a loan modification program for borrowers experiencing financial difficulty if certain eligibility criteria are met. A loan is evaluated for modification program eligibility when a borrower self-reports financial hardship, either upon a borrower contacting us directly or upon us making contact with the borrower when a loan payment is past due. The objectives of the loan modification program are to offer borrowers assistance during times of financial stress and minimize losses. We have two primary loan modification strategies: payment deferrals and loan re-amortization. A payment deferral provides the borrower relief by extending the due date for the next payment. While a borrower may obtain more than one deferral, the total deferral period may not exceed three months. A loan re-amortization provides the borrower relief by lowering monthly payments by extending the term length of the loan, capped at the lesser of twelve additional months or a total remaining term of twenty-four months. In addition, the total interest due from the consumer will not exceed the initial total interest due prior to modification, and a loan may not be re-amortized more than once. The following tables present the amortized cost basis of loans excluding accrued interest receivable that were modified for borrowers experiencing financial difficulty during the years ended June 30, 2026, 2025, and 2024 by type of modification (in thousands): June 30, 2026 June 30, 2025 June 30, 2024 Payment deferral $ 23,803 $ 11,642 $ 34,641 Loan re-amortization 310 225 1,057 Total $ 24,113 $ 11,867 $ 35,698 % of total loan receivables outstanding 0.25 % 0.17 % 0.64 % Amounts previously disclosed excluded modifications made to borrowers where the loan was less than 30 days delinquent at the time of modification. With respect to borrowers who received payment deferrals during the years ended June 30, 2026, 2025, and 2024, the length of each deferral period was one month. With respect to borrowers who received a loan re-amortization during the years ended June 30, 2026, 2025, and 2024, the payment amount was reduced by half and the term of the loan was extended between one month and twelve months. (1) (1) 107
Page 109
Table of Contents During the modification process, the loans are made current, and payment schedules for these loans are updated according to the modified terms. We closely monitor the performance of loans that are modified for borrowers experiencing financial difficulty to understand the effectiveness of our modification efforts. We hold an allowance for credit losses for modified loans classified as held for investment. Our allowance estimate considers whether a loan has been modified, the delinquency status of the loan on the date of modification, and the increased likelihood that such loan may become delinquent or charge-off in the future. The following tables present the delinquency status as of June 30, 2026, 2025, and 2024, by amortized cost basis excluding accrued interest receivable, of loan receivables that have been modified within the last 12 months where the borrower was experiencing financial difficulty at the time of modification (in thousands): June 30, 2026 Payment Deferral Loan Re-amortization Total Non-delinquent loans $ 14,529 $ 148 $ 14,677 4 – 29 calendar days past due 3,588 55 3,643 30 – 59 calendar days past due 2,162 47 2,209 60 – 89 calendar days past due 1,730 34 1,764 90 – 119 calendar days past due 1,794 26 1,820 Total amortized cost basis $ 23,803 $ 310 $ 24,113 June 30, 2025 Payment Deferral Loan Re-amortization Total Non-delinquent loans $ 7,240 $ 142 $ 7,382 4 – 29 calendar days past due 1,721 43 1,764 30 – 59 calendar days past due 959 17 976 60 – 89 calendar days past due 867 12 879 90 – 119 calendar days past due 855 11 866 Total amortized cost basis $ 11,642 $ 225 $ 11,867 June 30, 2024 Payment Deferral Loan Re-amortization Total Non-delinquent loans $ 19,189 $ 439 $ 19,628 4 – 29 calendar days past due 5,028 180 5,208 30 – 59 calendar days past due 2,382 124 2,506 60 – 89 calendar days past due 4,421 153 4,574 90 – 119 calendar days past due 3,621 161 3,782 Total amortized cost basis $ 34,641 $ 1,057 $ 35,698 Amounts previously disclosed excluded modifications made to borrowers where the loan was less than 30 days delinquent at the time of modification. With respect to modifications during the 12 months preceding June 30, 2026, 2025, and 2024, where the borrower was experiencing financial difficulty at the time of modification, the amortized cost basis of loans which have been charged off was $7.1 million, $6.5 million, and $13.3 million, respectively. (1) (1) 108
Page 110
Table of Contents 5. Balance Sheet Components Accounts Receivable, net Accounts receivable, net was $284.4 million and $426.2 million as of June 30, 2026 and June 30, 2025, respectively, which includes $88.0 million and $76.9 million of receivables from contracts with customers, respectively. Accounts receivable are subject to an allowance for credit losses which was $22.7 million and $18.8 million as of June 30, 2026 and June 30, 2025, respectively. Property, Equipment and Software, net Property, equipment and software, net consisted of the following (in thousands): June 30, 2026 June 30, 2025 Internally developed software $ 1,367,965 $ 987,399 Leasehold improvements 17,525 21,990 Computer equipment 9,287 9,555 Furniture and equipment 7,717 9,007 Total property, equipment and software, at cost $ 1,402,494 $ 1,027,952 Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization (716,659) (455,315) Total property, equipment and software, net $ 685,834 $ 572,637 Depreciation and amortization expense on property, equipment and software was $302.0 million, $223.7 million and $148.2 million for the years ended June 30, 2026, 2025, and 2024, respectively. No impairment losses related to property, equipment and software were recorded during the years ended June 30, 2026, 2025, and 2024. Goodwill and Intangible Assets The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill during the years ended June 30, 2026 and 2025 were as follows (in thousands): Balance as of June 30, 2024 $ 533,439 Adjustments 717 Balance as of June 30, 2025 $ 534,156 Adjustments (9,704) Balance as of June 30, 2026 $ 524,452 Adjustments to goodwill during the years ended June 30, 2026 and 2025 primarily pertained to foreign currency translation adjustments. No impairment losses related to goodwill were recorded during the years ended June 30, 2026 and 2025. During the year ended June 30, 2024, we recognized goodwill disposal losses of $1.0 million included in general and administrative expenses within the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss). (1) (1) (1) 109
Page 111
Table of Contents Intangible assets consisted of the following (in thousands): June 30, 2026 Gross AccumulatedAmortization Net Weighted AverageRemaining Useful Life (inyears) Merchant relationships $ 23,500 $ (9,522) $ 13,978 3.6 Developed technology 23,021 (23,006) 15 0.3 Assembled workforce 12,490 (12,490) — 0.0 Trademarks, licenses and domains 12,073 — 12,073 Indefinite Other intangibles 350 — 350 Indefinite Total intangible assets $ 71,434 $ (45,018) $ 26,416 June 30, 2025 Gross AccumulatedAmortization Net Weighted AverageRemaining Useful Life(in years) Merchant relationships $ 37,845 $ (37,845) $ — 0.0 Developed technology 39,443 (39,369) 74 1.3 Assembled workforce 12,490 (12,490) — 0.0 Trademarks and domains 1,450 (1,355) 95 0.6 Trademarks, licenses and domains 12,416 — 12,416 Indefinite Other intangibles 350 — 350 Indefinite Total intangible assets $ 103,994 $ (91,059) $ 12,935 Amortization expense for intangible assets was $0.2 million, $1.3 million and $20.8 million for the years ended June 30, 2026, 2025 and 2024, respectively. No impairment losses related to intangible assets were recorded during the years ended June 30, 2026, 2025, and 2024. Commercial Agreement Assets In fiscal year 2022, we granted warrants in connection with our commercial agreements with certain subsidiaries of Amazon.com, Inc. (“Amazon”) and recognized an asset of $133.5 million based on the grant date fair value of the warrants that were fully vested upon grant. The asset is amortized over the expected benefit period, which was extended from four to nine years in November 2025 upon the execution of a commercial agreement that superseded the prior agreement. For the years ended June 30, 2026, 2025, and 2024, we recognized amortization expense of $7.6 million, $20.7 million, and $32.9 million, respectively, in our consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss) as a component of sales and marketing expense. As of June 30, 2026, the accumulated amortization is $129.0 million and the remaining net asset value is $4.6 million, which will be recognized over the remaining useful life of 4.5 years. Refer to Note 13. Stockholders’ Equity for further discussion of the warrants. In fiscal year 2021, we granted warrants in exchange for the opportunity to acquire new merchant partners through a commercial agreement with Shopify Inc. (“Shopify”). We recognized an asset of $270.6 million based on the grant-date fair value of the vested warrants. We record amortization expense related to the commercial agreement asset in our consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss) as a component of sales and marketing expense over the expected benefit period. For the years ended June 30, 2026, 2025, and 2024, we recorded amortization expense related to the commercial agreement asset of $11.2 million, $26.7 million, and $35.9 million, respectively. As of June 30, 2026, the accumulated amortization is $236.7 million and the remaining 110
Page 112
Table of Contents net asset value is $33.9 million, which will be recognized over the remaining useful life of 3.0 years. As of June 30, 2026, none of the warrants are outstanding. Shopify is deemed to be a related party because they are a principal owner of more than ten percent of the Company’s voting interest. Under the commercial agreement, certain of our platform services are made available to eligible Shopify merchants. In the ordinary course of business, we incur fees in connection with transactions processed on the Shopify platform under the agreement. Other Assets Other assets consisted of the following (in thousands): June 30, 2026 June 30, 2025 Processing reserves $ 160,435 $ 90,826 Prepaid expenses 47,864 44,912 Equity securities held at cost 40,396 40,277 Derivative instruments 34,151 45,823 Prepaid merchant incentives 31,589 2,114 Operating lease right-of-use assets 22,978 19,124 Prepaid payroll taxes for stock-based compensation 6,862 25,188 Other assets 16,328 13,166 Total other assets $ 360,601 $ 281,431 For the year ended June 30, 2025, to conform to the current period presentation, risk sharing assets are presented within derivative instruments. There was no effect on total other assets. For the year ended June 30, 2025, on the consolidated balance sheets, we reclassified deferred tax assets out of other assets to a separate line item to conform with the current period presentation. Accordingly, deferred tax assets are no longer presented in the table above. Accrued Expenses and Other Liabilities Accrued expenses and other liabilities consisted of the following (in thousands): June 30, 2026 June 30, 2025 Accrued expenses $ 118,744 $ 72,813 Operating lease liability 29,187 31,943 Other liabilities 51,562 52,516 Total accrued expenses and other liabilities $ 199,493 $ 157,272 6. Leases We lease office space under operating leases with various expiration dates through 2034. We have the option to renew or extend our leases. Certain lease agreements include the option to terminate the lease with prior written notice ranging from nine months to one year. As of June 30, 2026, we have not considered such provisions in the determination of the lease term, as it is not reasonably certain these options will be exercised. Leases have remaining terms that range from less than one year to eight years. Several leases require us to obtain standby letters of credit, naming the lessor as a beneficiary. These letters of credit act as security for the faithful performance by us of all terms, covenants and conditions of the lease agreement. We are required to post collateral for the letters of credit in the form of cash or eligible securities. As of (1) (2) (1) (2) 111
Page 113
Table of Contents June 30, 2026 and 2025, the collateral totaled $3.6 million and $4.5 million, respectively, which was in the form of securities that have been classified as securities available for sale at fair value in the consolidated balance sheets. No impairment charge was incurred related to leases during the fiscal years ended June 30, 2026 and 2025. During the year ended June 30, 2024, we subleased a portion of our leased office space in San Francisco, resulting in an impairment charge of $0.8 million included in general and administrative expense within our consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss). Operating lease expense is as follows (in thousands): June 30, 2026 June 30, 2025 June 30, 2024 Operating lease expense $ 10,431 $ 11,949 $ 11,549 Lease expenses for our short-term leases were immaterial for the years presented. (2) Includes a $2.2 million gain recognized in general and administrative expense within our consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss) in connection with a modification of one of our office leases. We have subleased a portion of our leased facilities. Sublease income totaled $1.4 million, $3.8 million, and $4.6 million during the years ended June 30, 2026, 2025, and 2024, respectively. Lease term and discount rate information are summarized as follows: June 30, 2026 Weighted average remaining lease term (in years) 6.5 Weighted average discount rate 6.4% As of June 30, 2026, future minimum lease payments are as follows (in thousands): 2027 $ 5,505 2028 4,735 2029 4,833 2030 5,006 2031 4,823 Thereafter 12,174 Total lease payments 37,076 Less imputed interest (7,889) Present value of total lease liabilities $ 29,187 7. Commitments and Contingencies Loan Repurchase Obligations Under the normal terms of our whole loan sales to third-party investors, we may become obligated to repurchase loans from investors in certain instances where a breach in representations and warranties is identified. Generally, a breach in representations and warranties could occur where a loan has been identified as subject to verified or suspected fraud, or in cases where a loan was serviced or originated in violation of Affirm’s guidelines. We would only experience a loss if the contractual repurchase price of the loan exceeds the fair value on the repurchase date. As of June 30, 2026, the aggregate outstanding balance of loans held by third-party investors or (2) (1) (1) 112
Page 114
Table of Contents unconsolidated VIEs was $10.0 billion, of which we have recorded a repurchase liability of $6.3 million within accrued expenses and other liabilities in our consolidated balance sheets. Legal Proceedings From time to time, we are subject to legal proceedings and claims in the ordinary course of business. The results of such matters often cannot be predicted with certainty. In accordance with applicable accounting guidance, we establish an accrued liability for legal proceedings and claims when those matters present loss contingencies which are both probable and reasonably estimable. Kusnier v. Affirm Holdings, Inc. On December 8, 2022, plaintiff Mark Kusnier filed a putative class action lawsuit against Affirm, Max Levchin, and Michael Linford in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California (the “Kusnier action”). On May 5, 2023, plaintiffs Kusnier and Chris Meinsen filed their first amended complaint alleging that the defendants (i) caused Affirm to make materially false and/or misleading statements and/or failed to disclose that Affirm’s BNPL service facilitated excessive consumer debt (including with respect to certain for-profit educational institutions), regulatory arbitrage, and data harvesting; (ii) made false and/or misleading statements about certain public regulatory actions; and (iii) made false and/or misleading statements about whether Affirm’s business model was vulnerable to interest rate changes. On December 20, 2023, the Court granted Affirm’s motion to dismiss the first amended complaint with leave to amend. On January 19, 2024, plaintiffs filed their second amended complaint, which contained only the allegations from the first amended complaint relating to false and/or misleading statements about whether Affirm’s business model was vulnerable to interest rate changes. In light of the above, plaintiffs assert that Affirm violated Section 10(b) of the Exchange Act and Rule 10b-5 promulgated thereunder, and that Levchin and Linford violated Section 20(a) of the Exchange Act. Plaintiffs sought class certification, unspecified compensatory and punitive damages, and costs and expenses. Affirm filed its motion to dismiss the second amended complaint on February 2, 2024. On August 26, 2024, the Court granted Affirm’s motion to dismiss with leave to amend. On September 23, 2024, plaintiffs filed a motion for leave to file a motion for reconsideration of the Court's Order granting Affirm's motion to dismiss. On August 14, 2025, the Court resolved plaintiffs' motion in Affirm's favor. On September 30, 2025, the Court dismissed the action with prejudice. On October 29, 2025, plaintiffs filed a notice of appeal to the U.S. Court of Appeals for the Ninth Circuit. Briefing on the appeal is complete and the parties are awaiting the scheduling of oral argument. Quiroga v. Levchin, et al. On March 29, 2023, plaintiff John Quiroga filed a shareholder derivative lawsuit in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California (the “Quiroga action”) against Affirm, as a nominal defendant, and certain of Affirm’s current officers and directors as defendants based on allegations substantially similar to those in the Kusnier action at the time of filing. The Quiroga complaint purports to assert claims on Affirm’s behalf for contribution under the federal securities laws, breaches of fiduciary duty, unjust enrichment, and waste of corporate assets, and seeks corporate reforms, unspecified damages and restitution, and fees and costs. On May 1, 2023, the action was stayed by agreement of the parties. The stay can be lifted at the request of either party or upon certain conditions relating to the resolution of the Kusnier action. Jeffries v. Levchin, et al. On May 24, 2023, plaintiff Sabrina Jeffries filed a shareholder derivative lawsuit in the U.S. District Court for the Northern District of California (the “Jeffries action”) against Affirm, as a nominal defendant, and certain of Affirm's current officers and directors as defendants based on allegations substantially similar to those in the Kusnier and Quiroga actions at the time of filing. The Jeffries complaint purports to assert claims on Affirm's behalf for breach of fiduciary duties, making false statements under federal securities law, unjust enrichment, waste of corporate assets, and aiding and abetting breach of fiduciary duties, and seeks unspecified damages, equitable relief, and fees and costs. On August 15, 2023, the action was stayed by agreement of the parties. The stay can be lifted at the request of either party or upon certain conditions relating to the resolution of the Kusnier action. 113
Page 115
Table of Contents Vallieres v. Levchin, et al. On September 14, 2023, plaintiff Michael Vallieres filed a shareholder derivative lawsuit in the U.S. District Court for the District of Delaware against Affirm, as a nominal defendant, and certain of Affirm’s current officers and directors as defendants based on allegations substantially similar to those in the Kusnier, Quiroga, and Jeffries actions at the time of filing. The Vallieres complaint purports to assert claims on Affirm's behalf for breach of fiduciary duties, gross management, abuse of control, unjust enrichment, and contribution, and seeks unspecified damages, equitable relief, and fees and costs. On November 30, 2023, the case was stayed by agreement of the parties. We have determined, based on current knowledge, that the aggregate amount or range of losses that are estimable with respect to our legal proceedings, including the matters described above, would not have a material adverse effect within our consolidated financial position, results of operations or cash flows. Amounts accrued as of June 30, 2026 were not material. The ultimate outcome of legal proceedings involves judgments, estimates and inherent uncertainties, and cannot be predicted with certainty. Purchase Commitments We entered into non-cancelable purchase obligations with our third-party cloud computing web services provider, which included annual purchase commitments for the period from March 2023 through February 2030 with an aggregate committed spend of $650.0 million during such period. For the years ended June 30, 2026 and 2025, we had remaining purchase commitments of $543.1 million and $535.4 million, respectively, primarily related to cloud and hosting services. If we fail to meet any of the purchase commitments, we will be required to pay the difference. We pay our cloud-computing web services provider monthly, and we may pay more than the minimum purchase commitment based on usage. 8. Debt Debt outstanding as of June 30, 2026 includes amounts classified within our consolidated balance sheets as funding debt, notes issued by securitization trusts, and convertible senior notes, net. Secured debt includes borrowings from our warehouse facilities, variable funding notes, notes issued by securitization trusts and sale and repurchase agreements. Unsecured debt includes outstanding convertible senior notes and any borrowings on our unsecured revolving credit facility. 114
Page 116
Table of Contents The following table summarizes the components and terms of our secured and unsecured debt as of June 30, 2026 (in thousands): Interest Rate UnusedCommitmentFees Maturity byFiscal Year BorrowingCapacity Debt Outstanding Debt Outstandingnet of unamortizedpremiums anddiscount Secured debt Funding debt US warehouse facilities 5.27% 0.20% - 0.50% 2028 - 2032 6,075,000 2,410,629 2,393,210 International warehouse facilities 4.49% 0.30% - 0.95% 2029 - 2031 1,236,895 586,743 580,416 Variable funding notes 5.12% 0.30% 2032 1,350,000 356,944 354,923 Sales and repurchase agreements 6.90% — 2029 - 2030 — 4,699 4,699 Notes issued by securitization trusts 4.85% — 2030 - 2035 5,350,000 5,350,000 5,331,229 $ 14,011,895 $ 8,709,015 $ 8,664,477 Unsecured debt Convertible senior notes: 2026 Notes —% — 2027 — 221,321 221,121 2029 Notes 0.75% — 2030 — 920,000 908,461 Revolving credit facility —% 0.15% 2029 675,000 — — $ 675,000 $ 1,141,321 $ 1,129,581 Total $ 14,686,895 $ 9,850,336 $ 9,794,058 The stated interest rate reflects the fixed or variable interest rate in effect for each of our contractual arrangements as of June 30, 2026, weighted by the outstanding principal balance as of that date. The interest rate resets periodically for our variable rate debt, typically based on a reference rate such as Secured Overnight Financing Rate (“SOFR”), Canadian Overnight Repo Rate Average (“CORRA”) or Sterling Overnight Index Average (“SONIA”), or an alternative rate based on the cost of funds for the lender, plus any applicable spread. Represents total revolving commitment amount, inclusive of debt outstanding as of June 30, 2026. Certain loans are pledged as collateral for borrowings in our secured debt facilities, except for our sales and repurchase agreements which are collateralized by securitization notes receivable and certificates retained by the Company and classified as securities available for sale at fair value. The carrying value of these pledged assets was $9.4 billion as of June 30, 2026. As of June 30, 2026, international facilities finance loan receivables originated in Canada and the U.K. Maturity by Fiscal Year The aggregate future maturities of our funding debt, notes issued by securitization trusts and convertible notes consists of the following (in thousands): June 30, 2026 2027 $ 221,321 2028 823,665 2029 1,003,629 2030 2,052,952 2031 179,487 Thereafter 5,569,282 Total $ 9,850,336 Deferred debt issuance costs (56,278) Total funding debt, net of deferred debt issuance costs $ 9,794,058 (1) (2) (3) (4) (1) (2) (3) (4) 115
Page 117
Table of Contents Funding Debt Warehouse Credit Facilities Through certain consolidated subsidiaries, which are typically trusts, we enter into secured borrowing arrangements with banks and other financial institutions. Through each of these subsidiaries we enter into a loan or credit and security agreement where we borrow against loans pledged as collateral. Financing terms, including the advance rate and financing spread, vary across these revolving facilities and generally depend on the types of collateral that may be pledged and respective concentration limits. We may continue to pledge new receivables to allow us to borrow up to the commitment amount throughout the revolving period for each facility. The length of the revolving period, the maximum amount we may borrow against pledged collateral balance during the revolving period, and the length of the amortization period prior to the maturity date varies across borrowing facilities depending on negotiated terms. Borrowings under these agreements are classified as funding debt within our consolidated balance sheets and proceeds from theborrowings can only be used for the purposes of funding loans. These borrowing facilities are bankruptcy-remote special-purpose vehicles in which creditors do not have recourse against the general credit of Affirm. Our funding debt agreements contain certain customary negative covenants and financial covenants including maintaining certain levels of minimum liquidity, maximum leverage, and minimum tangible net worth. As of June 30, 2026, we were in compliance with all applicable covenants in the agreements. Variable Funding Note We entered into a syndicated revolving loan agreement through a securitization master trust which funds loans. In connection with the loan agreement, the master trust issued a variable funding note (“VFN”), where borrowings are secured by loan collateral sold to the master trust. Throughout the reinvestment period of the VFN, the master trust periodically issues asset-backed securities, where securitization note proceeds affects the level of utilization of the VFN. Outstanding borrowings under the VFN are classified as funding debt within our consolidated balance sheets. Sale and Repurchase Agreements We entered into certain sale and repurchase agreements pursuant to our retained interests in our off-balance sheet securitizations where we have sold these securities to a counterparty with an obligation to repurchase at a future date and price. These repurchase agreements have a term equaling the contractual life of the securitization notes pledged. We record the debt outstanding under our sale and repurchase agreements within our funding debt in the consolidated balance sheets. Notes Issued by Securitization Trusts We issue asset-backed securities through securitization trusts using a combination of term, amortizing, revolving and variable funding structures. Each trust may issue one or more classes of notes, which will be repaid through collections on the loans in accordance with the trust priority of payments. For consolidated securitization trusts, asset-backed notes held by third-party investors are classified as notes issued by securitization trusts within our consolidated balance sheets. We defer and amortize debt issuance costs for consolidatedsecuritization trusts on a straight-line basis over the expected life of the notes. Refer to Note 9. Securitization and Variable Interest Entities for additional information. Revolving Credit Facility We have a Revolving Credit Agreement with a syndicate of banks for a $675.0 million unsecured revolving credit facility. Proceeds of the borrowings under this facility will be used for general corporate purposes in the ordinary course of business. This facility bears interest at a rate equal to, either (a) for SOFR borrowing, a SOFR rate determined by reference to the forward-looking term SOFR rate for the interest period, plus an applicable 116
Page 118
Table of Contents margin of 1.50% per annum or (b) for alternative base rate borrowings, a base rate determined by reference to the highest of (i) the federal funds rate plus 0.50% per annum, (ii) the rate last quoted by the Wall Street Journal as the U.S. prime rate and (iii) the one-month forward- looking term SOFR rate plus 1.00% per annum, in each case, plus an applicable margin of 0.50% per annum. The facility contains certain financial covenants which may result in an acceleration of the maturity if not maintained, and requires payment of a monthly unused commitment fee of 0.15% per annum on the undrawn balance available. As of June 30, 2026, we were in compliance with all applicable covenants in the agreements. There were no borrowings outstanding under the facility as of June 30, 2026. Convertible Senior Notes As of June 30, 2026, we had outstanding: (i) $221.3 million aggregate principal amount of 0.00% convertible senior notes due November 15, 2026 (the “2026 Notes”) and (ii) $920.0 million aggregate principal amount of 0.75% convertible senior notes due December 15, 2029 (the “2029 Notes”), in each case unless earlier converted, redeemed or repurchased in accordance with their terms. No sinking fund is provided for either series. The notes are convertible into shares of our Class A common stock under specified conditions. In each case, the conversion rate is subject to adjustment upon the occurrence of certain events, and, upon conversion, we may settle the conversion obligation in cash, shares of our Class A common stock, or a combination of cash and shares, as discussed below. Upon conversion, we will pay cash up to the aggregate principal amount of the notes and may settle the remainder, if any, in cash, shares of our common stock, or a combination of both, at our election. The amount due upon conversion is based on a daily conversion value over a 40 trading day observation period. 2029 Notes The 2029 Notes bear interest at a fixed rate of 0.75% per year, payable semiannually in arrears on June 15 and December 15 of each year. Each $1,000 of principal of the 2029 Notes is initially convertible into 9.8992 shares of our common stock, which is equivalent to an initial conversion price of approximately $101.02 per share. The conversion rate is subject to adjustment upon the occurrence of certain specified events set forth in the indenture governing the 2029 Notes (the “2029 Indenture”). Holders may convert their 2029 Notes, at their option: • At any time on or after September 15, 2029 until the close of business on the second scheduled trading day immediately preceding the maturity date. • Before that date, only if specified conditions are met, as follows: 1) if the last reported sale price of the Class A common stock is at least 130% of the conversion price for at least 20 trading days (whether or not consecutive) during any 30 consecutive trading day period ending on, and including, the last trading day of the immediately preceding calendar quarter; 2) during the five business day period following any five consecutive trading day period (the “2029 Notes measurement period”) in which the trading price (as defined in the 2029 Indenture) per $1,000 principal amount of the 2029 Notes is less than 98% of the product of the last reported sale price of our Class A common stock and the conversion rate for each trading day in the 2029 Notes measurement period; 3) if we call any or all of the notes for redemption, at any time before the close of business on the trading day immediately preceding the redemption date; or 4) upon the occurrence of certain specified corporate events. 117
Page 119
Table of Contents We may redeem all or part of the 2029 Notes for cash on or after December 20, 2027 if the last reported sale price of our Class A common stock has been at least 130% of the conversion price then in effect for at least 20 trading days (whether or not consecutive) during any 30 consecutive trading day period ending on, and including, the trading day immediately preceding the date we provide notice of redemption. The redemption price equals 100% of the principal amount of the 2029 Notes to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid interest, if any. If a fundamental change (as defined in the 2029 Indenture) occurs prior to the maturity date, holders of the 2029 Notes may require us to repurchase all or a portion of their notes for cash equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 2029 Notes, plus any accrued and unpaid interest. In addition, certain corporate events may require us to increase the conversion rate for holders who elect to convert their 2029 Notes in connection with such events. 2026 Notes The 2026 Notes do not bear interest. Each $1,000 of principal of the 2026 Notes is initially convertible into 4.6371 shares of our common stock, which is equivalent to an initial conversion price of approximately $215.65 per share. The conversion rate is subject to adjustment upon the occurrence of certain specified events set forth in the indenture governing the 2026 Notes (the “2026 Indenture”). Holders may convert their 2026 Notes, at their option: • At any time on or after August 15, 2026 until the close of business on the second scheduled trading day immediately preceding the maturity date. • Before that date, only if specified conditions are met, as follows: 1) if the last reported sale price of the Class A common stock is at least 130% of the conversion price for at least 20 trading days (whether or not consecutive) during any 30 consecutive trading day period ending on, and including, the last trading day of the immediately preceding calendar quarter; 2) during the five business day period following any five consecutive trading day period (the “2026 Notes measurement period”) in which the trading price (as defined in the 2026 Indenture) per $1,000 principal amount of the 2026 Notes is less than 98% of the product of the last reported sale price of our Class A common stock and the conversion rate for each trading day in the 2026 Notes measurement period; 3) if we call any or all of the notes for redemption, at any time before the close of business on the trading day immediately preceding the redemption date; or 4) upon the occurrence of certain specified corporate events. We may redeem all or part of the 2026 Notes for cash if the last reported sale price of our Class A common stock has been at least 130% of the conversion price then in effect for at least 20 trading days (whether or not consecutive) during any 30 consecutive trading day period ending on, and including, the trading day immediately preceding the date we provide notice of redemption. The redemption price equals 100% of the principal amount of the 2026 Notes to be redeemed, plus accrued and unpaid special interest, if any. If a fundamental change (as defined in the 2026 Indenture) occurs prior to the maturity date, holders of the 2026 Notes may require us to repurchase all or a portion of their notes for cash equal to 100% of the principal amount of the 2026 Notes, plus any accrued and unpaid interest. In addition, certain corporate events may require us to increase the conversion rate for holders who elect to convert their 2026 Notes in connection with such events. Repurchase of a Portion of the 2026 Notes During the year ended June 30, 2026, we paid $25.8 million in cash for the repurchase of $27.4 million aggregate principal amount of the 2026 Notes. The carrying amount of the extinguished 2026 Notes was 118
Page 120
Table of Contents approximately $27.3 million during the year ended June 30, 2026, resulting in a $1.5 million gain on early extinguishment of debt. The repurchased 2026 Notes were received and canceled. The following table summarizes the interest expense recognized related to the convertible senior notes (in thousands): June 30, 2026 June 30, 2025 June 30, 2024 Amortization of debt issuance costs 2026 Notes 536 1,724 3,400 2029 Notes 3,336 1,764 — Total amortization of debt issuance costs 3,871 3,488 3,400 Coupon interest expense $ 6,900 $ 3,656 $ — Total interest expenses related to the convertible notes $ 10,771 $ 7,144 $ 3,400 Included in our consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive income (loss) within other income, net. The coupon interest expense is related to the 2029 Notes. 9. Securitization and Variable Interest Entities Consolidated VIEs We consolidate VIEs when we are deemed to be the primary beneficiary. For the primary beneficiary evaluation, we consider whether we have both the power to direct the activities that most significantly affect the VIEs’ economic performance and the obligation to absorb losses or the right to receive benefits that could potentially be significant to the VIEs. We consider both qualitative and quantitative factors regarding the nature, size and form of our involvement with the VIEs. We reevaluate whether we are the primary beneficiary of the VIEs on an ongoing basis. Warehouse Credit Facilities We established certain entities, deemed to be VIEs, to enter into warehouse credit facilities for the purpose of purchasing loans from our originating bank partners and funding directly originated loans. Refer to Note 8. Debt for additional information. We retain the residual interest in each warehouse credit facility which absorbs the variability of the VIEs. The creditors of the VIEs have no recourse to the general credit of Affirm and the liabilities of the VIEs can only be settled by the respective VIEs’ assets. In addition to the retained residual interest, our continued involvement in the VIEs includes loan servicing responsibilities over the life of the underlying loans. Securitizations We finance the origination and purchase of loans through our asset-backed securitization program using a combination of term, amortizing, revolving and variable funding structures. In connection with our program, we sponsor and establish trusts (deemed to be VIEs) which issue securities collateralized by the loans we sell to the trust. Securities issued from our asset-backed securitizations are senior or subordinated, based on the waterfall criteria of loan payments to each security class. The subordinated residual interests issued from these transactions are first to absorb credit losses in accordance with the waterfall criteria. For these VIEs, the creditors have no recourse to the general credit of Affirm and the liabilities of the VIEs can only be settled by the respective VIEs’ assets. Additionally, the assets of the VIEs can be used only to settle obligations of the VIEs. For each securitization, the residual trust certificates represent the right to receive excess cash from the loan repayments each collection period after all fees and required distributions have been made to the note holders. In addition to the retained (1) (2) (1) (2) 119
Page 121
Table of Contents residual trust certificates, our continued involvement includes loan servicing responsibilities over the life of the underlying loans. In assessing the primary beneficiary for both Warehouse Credit Facilities and Securitizations VIEs, through our role as the servicer, we have the power to direct the activities that most significantly affect the VIEs’ economic performance. In addition, through the retained residual interests, we have economic exposure to the pledged loans that could potentially be significant to the VIEs. We also earn a servicing fee which has a senior distribution priority in the payment waterfall. Servicing fees are considered variable interests when we also hold significant retained interests in the VIEs that would absorb losses or receive benefits that are more than insignificant. Therefore, we are the primary beneficiary. Where we consolidate the VIEs, the loans held in the VIEs are included in loans held for investment within our consolidated balance sheets. Outstanding borrowings from the Warehouse Credit Facilities VIEs and Variable Funding Note under the Securitizations VIE are recorded in funding debt within our consolidated balance sheets. The notes sold to third-party investors by the Securitizations VIEs are recorded in notes issued by securitization trusts within the consolidated balance sheets. The following tables present the aggregate carrying value of financial assets and liabilities from our involvement with consolidated VIEs (in thousands): June 30, 2026 Assets Liabilities Net Assets Warehouse credit facilities $ 3,314,826 $ 2,993,480 $ 321,346 Securitizations 5,865,784 5,699,536 166,248 Total consolidated VIEs $ 9,180,610 $ 8,693,016 $ 487,594 June 30, 2025 Assets Liabilities Net Assets Warehouse credit facilities $ 1,668,181 $ 1,504,136 $ 164,044 Securitizations 4,993,148 4,951,485 41,663 Total consolidated VIEs $ 6,661,329 $ 6,455,621 $ 205,707 Liabilities include an outstanding balance of $354.9 million and $103.9 million on a VFN classified as funding debt as of June 30, 2026 and 2025, respectively, and asset-backed securities of $5.3 billion and $4.8 billion, respectively, classified as notes issued from securitization trusts. Unconsolidated VIEs We are involved with various unconsolidated VIEs, established for the purposes of securitization and forward flow arrangements. We retain economic exposure as variable interests in these unconsolidated VIEs, which consist of securitization notes receivable and certificates in unconsolidated trusts, residual interests in structured transactions, and risk sharing assets and liabilities. While we continue to be involved with the unconsolidated VIEs through our role as the servicer, we determined that we are not the primary beneficiary as of June 30, 2026. Factors we considered for this determination are that we hold an insignificant variable interest or that rights held by other variable interest holders convey power to direct the activities most significantly affecting the unconsolidated VIEs’ economic performance. (1) (1) (1) 120
Page 122
Table of Contents Securitization notes receivable and certificates in unconsolidated securitization trusts We have investments in certain unconsolidated securitization trusts in the form of notes and certificates. These notes and certificates are considered variable interests that absorb a portion of the variability of the trusts. The principal and interest payments on these investments are dependent on the performance of the underlying loans held within each trust. Residual interests in structured transactions Under certain forward flow arrangements with third-party loan buyers, we hold a beneficial interest representing our right to receive a portion of the residual cash flows from the underlying loans sold in connection with the transaction. The loans are held in an unconsolidated VIE that has been established by the third-party loan buyers. Risk sharing assets and liabilities Under certain other forward flow arrangements with third-party loan buyers, we have entered into risk sharing agreements where we may be required to make a payment to the loan buyer or are entitled to receive a payment from the loan buyer, depending on the actual versus expected loan performance as contractually agreed to with the counterparty, and subject to a cap based on a percentage of the principal balance of loans sold. The following information pertains to unconsolidated VIEs where we hold a variable interest but are not the primary beneficiary (in thousands): June 30, 2026 June 30, 2025 Carrying Amount MaximumExposure toLosses Carrying Amount MaximumExposure toLosses Securitization notes receivable andcertificates in unconsolidated securitizationtrusts $ 68,358 $ 69,607 $ 75,469 $ 76,943 Residual interests in structured transactions 5,582 16,732 2,284 15,644 Risk sharing assets 30,301 52,699 43,179 66,590 Risk sharing liabilities — — (90) 24,467 Total unconsolidated VIEs $ 104,242 $ 139,039 $ 120,842 $ 183,644 Presented within Securities available for sale at fair value Presented within Other assets Presented within Accrued expenses and other liabilities Maximum exposure to losses represents our exposure through our continuing involvement as servicer, through our retained interests, and legal or contractual obligation. (4) (4) (1) (1) (2) (3) (1) (2) (3) (4) 121
Page 123
Table of Contents 10. Investments Cash and Cash Equivalents and Securities Available for Sale Cash and cash equivalents and securities available for sale, at fair value, consist of the following as of each date presented within the consolidated balance sheets (in thousands): June 30, 2026 June 30, 2025 Cash and cash equivalents: Money market funds $ 237,815 $ 70,920 Agency bonds — 3,493 Commercial paper 25,979 12,564 Government bonds - US 5,987 4,995 Securities, available for sale: Certificates of deposit 71,857 39,008 Corporate bonds 316,840 264,199 Commercial paper 197,114 126,761 Agency bonds — 7,854 Municipal bonds 8,655 6,076 Government bonds Non-US 2,169 5,340 US 296,344 344,434 Securitization notes receivable and certificates 68,358 75,469 Residual interests in structured transactions 5,582 2,284 Other 5,723 — Total cash and cash equivalents and securities available for sale: $ 1,242,423 $ 963,397 As of June 30, 2026 and 2025, these securities include $101.3 million and $75.4 million, respectively, pledged as collateral in connection with our standby letters of credit for office leases and certain commercial agreements. These securities include $5.6 million and $34.5 million as of June 30, 2026 and 2025, respectively, pledged as collateral in connection with sale and repurchase agreements as discussed within Note 8. Debt. (1) (2) (1) (2) 122
Page 124
Table of Contents Securities Available for Sale, at Fair Value The amortized cost, gross unrealized gains and losses, allowance for credit losses, and fair value of securities available for sale as of June 30, 2026 and 2025 were as follows (in thousands): June 30, 2026 Amortized CostGross UnrealizedGains Gross UnrealizedLosses Allowance forCredit Losses Fair Value Certificates of deposit $ 71,905 $ 5 $ (53) $ — $ 71,857 Corporate bonds 317,417 127 (704) — 316,840 Commercial paper 223,276 7 (190) — 223,093 Municipal bonds 8,664 2 (11) — 8,655 Government bonds Non-US 2,169 — — — 2,169 US 303,038 18 (725) — 302,331 Securitization notes receivable andcertificates 68,322 333 (79) (218) 68,358 Residual interests in structured transactions 4,946 636 — — 5,582 Other 5,000 723 — — 5,723 Total securities available for sale $ 1,004,737 $ 1,851 $ (1,762) $ (218) $ 1,004,608 June 30, 2025 Amortized CostGross UnrealizedGains Gross UnrealizedLosses Allowance forCredit Losses Fair Value Certificates of deposit $ 38,990 $ 18 $ — $ — $ 39,008 Corporate bonds 263,495 759 (55) — 264,199 Commercial paper 139,336 7 (18) — 139,325 Agency bonds 11,358 — (11) — 11,347 Municipal bonds 6,057 19 6,076 Government bonds Non-US 5,331 9 — — 5,340 US 349,149 371 (91) — 349,429 Securitization notes receivable andcertificates 76,279 173 (42) (941) 75,469 Residual interests in structured transactions 2,173 111 — — 2,284 Total securities available for sale $ 892,168 $ 1,467 $ (217) $ (941) $ 892,477 As of June 30, 2026 and 2025, Agency bonds, Commercial paper, and US government bonds included $32.0 million and $21.1 million, respectively, classified as cash and cash equivalents within the consolidated balance sheets. As of June 30, 2026 and 2025, these securities include $101.3 million and $75.4 million, respectively, pledged as collateral in connection with our standby letters of credit for office leases and certain commercial agreements. Approximately $5.6 million and $34.5 million as of June 30, 2026 and 2025, respectively, of these securities have been pledged as collateral in connection with sale and repurchase agreements discussed within Note 8. Debt. (1) (1)(2) (3) (1) (1) (1)(2) (3) (1) (2) (3) 123
Page 125
Table of Contents As of June 30, 2026 and 2025, there were no material reversals of prior period allowance for credit losses recognized for available for sale securities. A summary of securities available for sale with unrealized losses for which an allowance for credit losses has not been recorded, aggregated by investment category and the length of time that individual securities have been in a continuous loss position as of June 30, 2026 and 2025, are as follows (in thousands): June 30, 2026 Less than or equal to 1 year Greater than 1 year Total Fair Value UnrealizedLosses Fair Value UnrealizedLosses Fair Value UnrealizedLosses Certificates of deposit $ 45,011 $ (53) $ — $ — $ 45,011 $ (53) Corporate bonds 200,787 (704) — — 200,787 (704) Commercial paper 160,424 (190) — — 160,424 (190) Municipal bonds 6,540 (11) — — 6,540 (11) Government bonds Non-US 2,169 — — — 2,169 — US 273,527 (725) — — 273,527 (725) Total securities available for sale $ 688,458 $ (1,683) $ — $ — $ 688,458 $ (1,683) June 30, 2025 Less than or equal to 1 year Greater than 1 year Total Fair Value UnrealizedLosses Fair Value UnrealizedLosses Fair Value UnrealizedLosses Certificates of deposit $ 7,711 $ — $ — $ — $ 7,711 $ — Corporate bonds 42,842 (41) 16,978 (14) 59,820 (55) Commercial paper 83,701 (18) — — 83,701 (18) Agency bonds 11,347 (11) — — 11,347 (11) Government bonds Non-US 3,163 — — — 3,163 — US 189,295 (91) — — 189,295 (91) Total securities available for sale $ 338,059 $ (161) $ 16,978 $ (14) $ 355,037 $ (175) The number of securities with unrealized losses for which an allowance for credit losses has not been recorded totaled 181 and 67 as of June 30, 2026 and 2025, respectively. (1) (1) (1) 124
Page 126
Table of Contents The length of time to contractual maturities of securities available for sale as of June 30, 2026 and 2025, were as follows (in thousands): June 30, 2026 Within 1 year Greater than 1 year, less than orequal to 5 years Total AmortizedCost Fair Value AmortizedCost Fair Value AmortizedCost Fair Value Certificates of deposit $ 71,905 $ 71,857 $ — $ — $ 71,905 $ 71,857 Corporate bonds 174,814 174,782 142,603 142,058 317,417 316,840 Commercial paper 223,276 223,093 — — 223,276 223,093 Municipal bonds 5,635 5,637 3,029 3,018 8,664 8,655 Government bonds Non-US 2,169 2,169 — — 2,169 2,169 US 202,318 202,239 100,720 100,092 303,038 302,331 Securitization notes receivable andcertificates — — 68,322 68,358 68,322 68,358 Residual interests in structuredtransactions — — 4,946 5,582 4,946 5,582 Other — — 5,000 5,723 5,000 5,723 Total securities available for sale $ 680,117 $ 679,777 $ 324,620 $ 324,831 $ 1,004,737 $ 1,004,608 June 30, 2025 Within 1 year Greater than 1 year, less than orequal to 5 years Total AmortizedCost Fair Value AmortizedCost Fair Value AmortizedCost Fair Value Certificates of deposit $ 38,990 $ 39,008 $ — $ — $ 38,990 $ 39,008 Corporate bonds 149,435 149,675 114,060 114,524 263,495 264,199 Commercial paper 139,336 139,325 — — 139,336 139,325 Agency bonds 11,358 11,347 — — 11,358 11,347 Municipal bonds 3,944 3,950 2,113 2,126 6,057 6,076 Government bonds Non-US 3,162 3,162 2,169 2,178 5,331 5,340 US 326,884 327,076 22,265 22,353 349,149 349,429 Securitization notes receivable andcertificates — — 76,279 75,469 76,279 75,469 Residual interests in structuredtransactions — — 2,173 2,284 2,173 2,284 Total securities available for sale $ 673,109 $ 673,543 $ 219,059 $ 218,934 $ 892,168 $ 892,477 As of June 30, 2026 and 2025, Agency bonds, Commercial paper, and US government bonds included $32.0 million and $21.1 million, respectively, classified as cash and cash equivalents within the consolidated balance sheets. Based on weighted average life of expected cash flows as of June 30, 2026 and 2025. Gross proceeds from matured or redeemed securities were $1.0 billion, $1.3 billion, and $1.5 billion for the years ended June 30, 2026, 2025, and 2024, respectively. (1) (1) (2) (1) (1) (1) (2) (1) (2) 125
Page 127
Table of Contents For available for sale securities, realized gains and losses were immaterial for the years ended June 30, 2026, 2025, and 2024. Equity Securities Held at Cost Equity security investments without a readily determinable fair value held at cost were $40.4 million and $40.3 million as of June 30, 2026 and June 30, 2025, respectively, and are included in other assets within the consolidated balance sheets. We did not record any impairment during the year ended June 30, 2026. We recognized an impairment of $4.6 million and $14.1 million for the years ended June 30, 2025 and 2024, respectively, within other income, net in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss) in connection with our equity security investments. For the year ended June 30, 2026, there were no upward or downward adjustments due to observable changes in orderly transactions. For the year ended June 30, 2025, we recognized an upward adjustment of $2.6 million within other income, net in the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive income (loss). For the year ended June 30, 2024, there were no upward or downward adjustments due to observable changes in orderly transactions. 11. Derivative Financial Instruments The following table summarizes the total fair value, including interest accruals, and outstanding notional amounts of derivative instruments as of June 30, 2026 and June 30, 2025 (in thousands): June 30, 2026 June 30, 2025 NotionalAmount DerivativeAssets DerivativeLiabilities NotionalAmount DerivativeAssets DerivativeLiabilities Derivatives designated as cash flow hedges Interest rate contracts $ 1,000,000 $ 840 $ 4 $ 100,000 $ 86 $ — Derivatives not designated as hedges Interest rate contracts 626,978 3,009 61 405,074 2,558 15 Risk sharing arrangements 4,209,585 30,301 — 8,561,709 43,179 90 Total gross derivativeassets/liabilities $ 5,836,564 $ 34,150 $ 65 $ 9,066,783 $ 45,823 $ 105 126
Page 128
Table of Contents The following table summarizes the impact of the cash flow hedges on Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (Loss) (“AOCI”) (in thousands): Year ended June 30, 2026 2025 2024 Balance at beginning of period $ (1,419) $ 1,407 $ 751 Changes in fair value 5,050 (2,312) 2,000 Amounts reclassified into earnings 397 (514) (1,344) Balance at end of period $ 4,028 $ (1,419) $ 1,407 The amounts reclassified into earnings are presented in the consolidated statements of income (loss) within funding costs. As of June 30, 2026, we estimated that $1.5 million of net derivative gains included in AOCI are expected to be reclassified into earnings within the next 12 months. The following table summarizes the recognized gains and losses related to the derivative instruments and indicates where within the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss) such gain or loss is reported (in thousands): Year ended June 30, Location of gains (losses) wherethe effects of derivatives arerecorded 2026 2025 2024 The effects of cash flow hedging Interest rate contracts Funding costs (397) 514 1,344 The effects of derivatives not designated as hedging instruments Interest rate contracts Other income, net 129 (4,319) 4,479 Risk sharing arrangements Gain on sales of loans 26,952 29,658 32,966 Refer to Note 2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies and Note 12. Fair Value of Financial Assets and Liabilities for additional information on our derivative instruments. (1) (2) (1) (2) 127
Page 129
12. Fair Value of Financial Assets and Liabilities Financial Assets and Liabilities Recorded at Fair Value The following tables present information about our assets and liabilities that are measured at fair value on a recurring basis as of June 30, 2026 and June 30, 2025 (in thousands): June 30, 2026 Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total Assets: Cash and cash equivalents: Money market funds $ 237,815 $ — $ — $ 237,815 Commercial paper — 25,979 — 25,979 Government bonds - US — 5,987 — 5,987 Securities, available for sale: Certificates of deposit — 71,857 — 71,857 Corporate bonds — 316,840 — 316,840 Commercial paper — 197,114 — 197,114 Agency bonds — — — — Municipal bonds — 8,655 — 8,655 Government bonds: Non-US — 2,169 — 2,169 US — 296,344 — 296,344 Securitization notes receivable and residual trust certificates — — 68,358 68,358 Residual interests in structured transactions — — 5,582 5,582 Other 773 — 5,723 6,496 Servicing assets — — 821 821 Interest rate derivatives — 3,849 — 3,849 Risk sharing asset — — 30,301 30,301 Total assets $ 238,588 $ 928,794 $ 110,785 $ 1,278,167 Liabilities: Performance fee liability — — 2,459 2,459 Profit share liability — — 1,056 1,056 Interest rate derivatives — 65 — 65 Total liabilities $ — $ 65 $ 3,515 $ 3,580 128
Page 130
June 30, 2025 Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Total Assets: Cash and cash equivalents: Money market funds $ 70,920 $ — $ — $ 70,920 Agency Bonds — 3,493 — 3,493 Commercial paper — 12,564 — 12,564 Government bonds- US — 4,995 — 4,995 Securities, available for sale: Certificates of deposit — 39,008 — 39,008 Corporate bonds — 264,199 — 264,199 Commercial paper — 126,761 — 126,761 Agency bonds — 7,854 — 7,854 Municipal bonds — 6,076 — 6,076 Government bonds: Non-US — 5,340 — 5,340 US — 344,434 — 344,434 Securitization notes receivable and residual trust certificates — — 75,469 75,469 Residual interests in structured transactions — — 2,284 2,284 Servicing assets — — 906 906 Interest rate derivatives — 2,644 — 2,644 Risk sharing asset — — 43,179 43,179 Total assets $ 70,920 $ 817,368 $ 121,838 $ 1,010,126 Liabilities: Servicing liabilities $ — $ — $ 41 $ 41 Performance fee liability — — 1,870 1,870 Profit share liability — — 9,323 9,323 Risk sharing liability — — 90 90 Interest rate derivatives — 15 — 15 Total liabilities $ — $ 15 $ 11,324 $ 11,339 As of June 30, 2026 and June 30, 2025, there were no transfers between levels. Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis (Level 2) Cash and Cash Equivalents and Securities Available for Sale As of June 30, 2026 and June 30, 2025, we held level 2 debt securities classified as cash and cash equivalents and securities available for sale. Management obtains pricing from one or more third-party pricing services for the purpose of determining fair value. Whenever available, the fair value is based on quoted bid prices as of the end of the trading day. When quoted prices are not available, other methods may be utilized including evaluated prices provided by third-party pricing services. 129
Page 131
Interest Rate Derivatives As of June 30, 2026 and June 30, 2025, we used a combination of interest rate cap agreements and interest rate swaps to manage interest costs and the risks associated with variable interest rates. These derivative instruments are classified as Level 2 within the fair value hierarchy, and the fair value is estimated by using third-party pricing models, which contain certain assumptions based on readily observable market-based inputs. We validate the valuation output on a monthly basis. Refer to Note 11. Derivative Financial Instruments for further details on our derivative instruments. Assets and Liabilities Measured at Fair Value on a Recurring Basis using Significant Unobservable Inputs (Level 3) We evaluate our assets and liabilities subject to fair value measurements on a recurring basis to determine the appropriate level at which to classify them each reporting period. Since our servicing assets and liabilities, performance fee liability, securitization notes and residual trust certificates, residual interests in structured transactions, profit share liability, and risk sharing arrangements do not trade in an active market with readily observable prices, we use significant unobservable inputs to measure fair value and have classified as level 3 within the fair value hierarchy. This determination requires significant judgments to be made. The following significant unobservable inputs, as applicable, were used in the fair value measurement of the Company’s Level 3 assets and liabilities: • Adequate Compensation - The compensation rate is expressed as an annualized percentage of the outstanding loan balance that a willing market participant would require for servicing loans with similar characteristics. • Discount Rate - The rate used to discount estimated future cash flows to present value in determining fair value. It reflects the rate of return market participants would require to compensate for time value of money plus a premium based on relative risk, liquidity and other market based factors. • Default Rate - The estimated annualized rate of charge-offs affecting the projected unpaid principal balance of the loan portfolio. • Loss Rate - The estimated lifetime rate of loan charge-offs, net of recoveries, as a percentage of the initial settled principal balance. • Prepayment Rate - The estimated annualized excess loan payment received in a given month as a percentage of the outstanding principal balance at the beginning of the month minus the scheduled principal payment. • Refund Rate - The rate of refunded transactions as a percentage of the outstanding loan balance over the remaining life of the loan portfolio. • Program Profitability - The estimated future profit to be shared with enterprise partners as a percentage of total loans outstanding, based on the terms of the respective commercial agreements. Significant increases or decreases in any of the inputs in isolation could result in a significantly lower or higher fair value measurement. Servicing Assets and Liabilities We sold loans with an unpaid principal balance of $21.9 billion, $15.8 billion, and $10.2 billion for the years ended June 30, 2026, 2025, and 2024, respectively, for which we retained servicing rights. 130
Page 132
As of June 30, 2026 and June 30, 2025, we serviced loans which we sold with a remaining unpaid principal balance of $10.0 billion and $7.8 billion, respectively. We earned $173.1 million, $120.6 million, and $95.5 million of servicing income for the years ended June 30, 2026, 2025, and 2024, respectively. We use discounted cash flow models to arrive at an estimate of fair value. As of June 30, 2026 and June 30, 2025, the aggregate fair value of the servicing assets was measured at $0.8 million and $0.9 million, respectively, and presented within other assets in the consolidated balance sheets. The aggregate fair value of the servicing liabilities was immaterial as of June 30, 2026 and June 30, 2025. The following table summarizes the activity related to the aggregate fair value of our servicing assets (in thousands): June 30, 2026 June 30, 2025 Fair value at beginning of period $ 906 $ 574 Initial transfers of financial assets 505 484 Subsequent changes in fair value (590) (152) Fair value at end of period $ 821 $ 906 The following table summarizes the activity related to the aggregate fair value of our servicing liabilities (in thousands): June 30, 2026 June 30, 2025 Fair value at beginning of period $ 41 $ 743 Initial transfers of financial liabilities — — Subsequent changes in fair value (41) (702) Fair value at end of period $ — $ 41 131
Page 133
The following tables present quantitative information about the significant unobservable inputs used for our Level 3 fair value measurement of servicing assets and liabilities as of June 30, 2026 and June 30, 2025: June 30, 2026 Unobservable Input Minimum Maximum Weighted Average Servicing assets Discount Rate 30.00 % 30.00 % 30.00 % Adequate Compensation 2.00 % 2.00 % 2.00 % Default Rate 10.48 % 18.44 % 13.89 % Servicing liabilities Discount Rate 30.00 % 30.00 % 30.00 % Adequate Compensation 2.00 % 2.00 % 2.00 % Default Rate — % — % — % June 30, 2025 Unobservable Input Minimum Maximum Weighted Average Servicing assets Discount Rate 30.00 % 30.00 % 30.00 % Adequate Compensation 2.00 % 2.00 % 2.00 % Default Rate 10.24 % 15.68 % 12.04 % Servicing liabilities Discount Rate 30.00 % 30.00 % 30.00 % Adequate Compensation 2.00 % 2.00 % 2.00 % Default Rate 3.71 % 7.89 % 5.26 % Unobservable inputs were weighted by relative fair value. For certain servicing agreements, the contractual servicing fee equals the adequate compensation assumption, resulting in a fair value of zero. These agreements are included in the sensitivity analysis to demonstrate the impact of changes in the adequate compensation rate. For such agreements, if the adequate compensation rate is held constant, fluctuations in the default rate or the discount rate would not impact the valuation. (1) (2) (1) (2) (1) (2) 132
Page 134
The following table summarizes the effect that adverse changes in estimates would have on the fair value of the servicing assets and liabilities given hypothetical changes in significant unobservable inputs (in thousands): June 30, 2026 June 30, 2025 Servicing assets Default Rate assumption: Default Rate increase of 25% $ 1 $ 1 Default Rate increase of 50% $ 2 $ 2 Adequate Compensation assumption: Adequate Compensation increase of 10% $ (1,255) $ (1,439) Adequate Compensation increase of 20% $ (2,509) $ (2,879) Discount Rate assumption: Discount Rate increase of 25% $ (30) $ (35) Discount Rate increase of 50% $ (58) $ (66) Servicing liabilities Default Rate assumption: Default Rate increase of 25% $ — $ — Default Rate increase of 50% $ — $ — Adequate Compensation assumption: Adequate Compensation increase of 10% $ 6,405 $ 4,593 Adequate Compensation increase of 20% $ 12,810 $ 9,186 Discount Rate assumption: Discount Rate increase of 25% $ — $ (1) Discount Rate increase of 50% $ — $ (1) For certain servicing agreements, the contractual servicing fee equals the adequate compensation assumption, resulting in a fair value of zero. These agreements are included in the sensitivity analysis to demonstrate the impact of changes in the adequate compensation rate. For such agreements, if the adequate compensation rate is held constant, fluctuations in the default rate or the discount rate would not impact the valuation. Performance Fee Liability In accordance with our agreements with our originating bank partners, we pay a fee for each loan that is fully repaid by the consumer, due at the end of the period in which the loan is fully repaid. We recognize a liability upon the purchase of a loan for the expected future payment of the performance fee. This liability is measured using a discounted cash flow model and recorded at fair value and presented within accrued expenses and other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets. Any changes in the fair value of the liability are reflected in other income, net, in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss). The following table summarizes the activity related to the fair value of the performance fee liability (in thousands): June 30, 2026 June 30, 2025 Fair value at beginning of period $ 1,870 $ 1,503 Purchases of loans 3,396 2,367 Settlements paid (2,864) (2,111) Subsequent changes in fair value 57 111 Fair value at end of period $ 2,459 $ 1,870 (1) (1) 133
Page 135
The following tables present quantitative information about the significant unobservable inputs used for our Level 3 fair value measurement of the performance fee liability as of June 30, 2026 and June 30, 2025: June 30, 2026 Unobservable Input Minimum Maximum WeightedAverage Discount Rate 6.06% 10.00% 8.53% Refund Rate 1.50% 1.50% 1.50% Loss Rate 0.73% 4.65% 3.21% June 30, 2025 Unobservable Input Minimum Maximum WeightedAverage Discount Rate 7.25% 10.00% 9.23% Refund Rate 1.50% 1.50% 1.50% Loss Rate 0.87% 4.65% 3.07% Unobservable inputs were weighted by remaining principal balances. Securitization Notes Receivable and Residual Trust Certificates As of June 30, 2026 and June 30, 2025, we held notes receivable and residual trust certificates with an aggregate fair value of $68.4 million and $75.5 million, respectively, in connection with unconsolidated securitizations. The balances correspond to the 5% economic risk retention we are required to maintain as the securitization sponsor. These assets are measured at fair value using a discounted cash flow model, and presented within securities available for sale at fair value in the consolidated balance sheets. Changes in the fair value, other than declines in fair value due to credit recognized as an allowance, are reflected in other comprehensive income (loss) in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss). Declines in fair value due to credit are reflected in other income, net in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss). The following table summarizes the activity related to the fair value of the notes receivable and residual trust certificates (in thousands): June 30, 2026 June 30, 2025 Fair value at beginning of period $ 75,469 $ 51,670 Additions 76,094 84,718 Cash received (due to payments) (88,301) (65,560) Change in unrealized gain (loss) 92 (447) Accrued interest 4,279 5,368 Reversals of (additions to) allowance for expected credit losses 725 (280) Fair value at end of period $ 68,358 $ 75,469 (1) (1) (1) 134
Page 136
The following tables present quantitative information about the significant unobservable inputs used for our Level 3 fair value measurement of the notes receivable and residual trust certificates as of June 30, 2026 and June 30, 2025: June 30, 2026 Unobservable Input Minimum Maximum WeightedAverage Discount Rate 0.82% 22.60% 5.14% Default Rate 5.37% 9.98% 9.65% Prepayment Rate 20.17% 26.52% 25.48% June 30, 2025 Unobservable Input Minimum Maximum WeightedAverage Discount Rate 2.86% 30.29% 6.89% Default Rate 0.94% 8.40% 7.65% Prepayment Rate 21.46% 24.85% 23.14% The cumulative loss relative to the outstanding balance as of June 30, 2026 and June 30, 2025 Unobservable inputs were weighted by relative fair value The following table summarizes the effect that adverse changes in estimates would have on the fair value of the notes receivable and residual trust certificates given hypothetical changes in significant unobservable inputs (in thousands): June 30, 2026 June 30, 2025 Discount Rate assumption: Discount Rate increase of 25% $ (518) $ (727) Discount Rate increase of 50% $ (1,013) $ (1,427) Default Rate assumption: Default Rate increase of 25% $ (2,806) $ (2,688) Default Rate increase of 50% $ (3,526) $ (3,698) Prepayment Rate assumption: Prepayment Rate change of 25% $ (155) $ (130) Prepayment Rate change of 50% $ (313) $ (259) Residual Interests in Structured Transactions As of June 30, 2026 and June 30, 2025, we held residual interests in structured transactions with an aggregate fair value of $5.6 million and $2.3 million, respectively, in connection with certain forward flow loan sale transactions. These assets are measured at fair value using a discounted cash flow model, and presented within securities available for sale at fair value in the consolidated balance sheets. Changes in the fair value, except for credit impairments, are reflected in other comprehensive income in the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss). (2) (1) (2) (1) (1) (2) 135
Page 137
The following table summarizes the activity related to the fair value of the assets (in thousands): June 30, 2026 June 30, 2025 Fair value at beginning of period $ 2,284 $ — Capital contribution 4,094 2,173 Cash distribution received (1,659) — Accrued Interest 338 — Subsequent changes in fair value 525 111 Fair value at the end of period 5,582 2,284 Significant unobservable inputs used for our Level 3 fair value measurement of the residual interests are the discount rate, default rate, and prepayment rate. Significant increases or decreases in any of the inputs in isolation could result in a significantly lower or higher fair value measurement. The following tables present quantitative information about the significant unobservable inputs used for our Level 3 fair value measurement of the residual interests in structured transactions as of June 30, 2026 and June 30, 2025: June 30, 2026 Unobservable Input Minimum Maximum WeightedAverage Discount Rate 20.00% 20.00% 20.00% Default Rate 10.42% 10.42% 10.42% Prepayment Rate 45.61% 45.61% 45.61% June 30, 2025 Unobservable Input Minimum Maximum WeightedAverage Discount Rate 20.00% 20.00% 20.00% Default Rate 8.88% 8.88% 8.88% Prepayment Rate 48.85% 48.85% 48.85% Unobservable inputs were weighted by relative fair value. The following table summarizes the effect that adverse changes in estimates would have on the fair value of the residual interests in structured transactions given hypothetical changes in significant unobservable inputs (in thousands): June 30, 2026 June 30, 2025 Discount Rate assumption: Discount Rate increase of 20% $ (320) $ (181) Discount Rate increase of 40% $ (615) $ (343) Default Rate assumption: Default Rate increase of 20% $ (48) $ (28) Default Rate increase of 40% $ (89) $ (50) Prepayment Rate assumption: Prepayment Rate increase of 20% $ (54) $ (35) Prepayment Rate increase of 40% $ (103) $ (64) (1) (1) (1) 136
Page 138
Profit Share Liability We have commercial agreements with certain enterprise partners, in which we are obligated to share in the profitability of transactions facilitated by our platform. Upon capture of a loan under these programs, we record a liability associated with the estimated future profit to be shared over the life of the loan based on estimated profitability levels of each program. The liability is measured using a discounted cash flow model and recorded at fair value and presented within accrued expenses and other liabilities in the consolidated balance sheets. The following table summarizes the activity related to the fair value of the profit share liability (in thousands): June 30, 2026 June 30, 2025 Fair value at beginning of period $ 9,323 $ 1,974 Facilitation of loans 4,423 12,967 Actual performance (13,208) (13,649) Subsequent changes in fair value 518 8,031 Fair value at end of period $ 1,056 $ 9,323 The following tables present quantitative information about the significant unobservable inputs used for our Level 3 fair value measurement of the profit sharing liability as of June 30, 2026 and June 30, 2025: June 30, 2026 Unobservable Input Minimum Maximum Weighted Average Discount Rate 30.00% 30.00% 30.00% Program Profitability 0.89% 2.43% 2.31% June 30, 2025 Unobservable Input Minimum Maximum Weighted Average Discount Rate 30.00% 30.00% 30.00% Program Profitability 0.23% 3.28% 2.86% Unobservable inputs were weighted by relative fair value. Risk Sharing Arrangements In connection with certain capital funding arrangements with third-party loan buyers, we have entered into risk sharing agreements where we may be required to make a payment to the loan buyer or are entitled to receive a payment from the loan buyer, depending on the actual versus expected loan performance as contractually agreed to with the counterparty, and subject to a cap based on a percentage of the principal balance of loans sold. Loan performance is evaluated at a cohort level based on the month or quarter loans were sold. We account for these arrangements as derivatives measured at fair value with gains and losses recognized in gain on sales of loans in our consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss). For each counterparty, we have recognized a net asset or net liability based on the estimated fair value of future payments we expect to receive from or make to the counterparty. As of June 30, 2026, we estimated the fair value of future settlements using a discounted cash flow model. (1) (1) (1) 137
Page 139
The following table summarizes the activity related to the fair value of the risk sharing assets (in thousands): June 30, 2026 June 30, 2025 Fair value at beginning of period $ 43,179 $ 33,884 Initial transfers of financial assets 20,509 27,658 Cash settlements (39,829) (21,134) Subsequent changes in fair value 6,442 2,771 Fair value at end of period $ 30,301 $ 43,179 The following table summarizes the activity related to the fair value of the risk sharing liabilities (in thousands): June 30, 2026 June 30, 2025 Fair value at beginning of period $ 90 $ 918 Cash settlements (90) (1,599) Subsequent changes in fair value — 771 Fair value at end of period $ — $ 90 The following tables present quantitative information about the significant unobservable inputs used for our Level 3 fair value measurement of the risk sharing arrangements as of June 30, 2026 and June 30, 2025: June 30, 2026 Unobservable Input Minimum Maximum Weighted Average Risk sharing assets Discount Rate 7.00% 20.00% 17.95% Loss Rate 3.35% 4.96% 4.16% Prepayment Rate 17.72% 22.13% 19.80% Risk sharing liabilities Discount Rate —% —% —% Loss Rate —% —% —% June 30, 2025 Unobservable Input Minimum Maximum Weighted Average Risk sharing assets Discount Rate 20.00% 20.00% 20.00% Loss Rate 3.32% 4.91% 4.13% Prepayment Rate 19.84% 22.89% 21.34% Risk sharing liabilities Discount Rate 20.00% 20.00% 20.00% Loss Rate 3.47% 5.35% 4.42% Unobservable inputs were weighted by principal balance of loans sold under each cohort. (1) (1) (1) 138
Page 140
The following table summarizes the effect that adverse changes in estimates would have on the fair value of the risk sharing assets and liabilities given hypothetical changes in significant unobservable inputs (in thousands): June 30, 2026 June 30, 2025 Risk sharing assets Prepayment Rate assumption: Prepayment Rate decrease of 25% $ (1,638) $ (1,896) Prepayment Rate decrease of 50% $ (3,382) $ (3,923) Loss Rate assumption: Loss Rate increase of 25% $ (13,647) $ (15,150) Loss Rate increase of 50% $ (27,292) $ (30,277) Discount Rate assumption: Discount Rate increase of 25% $ (554) $ (903) Discount Rate increase of 50% $ (1,072) $ (1,745) Risk sharing liabilities Loss Rate assumption: Loss Rate increase of 25% $ — $ 16,946 Loss Rate increase of 50% $ — $ 24,676 Discount Rate assumption: Discount Rate increase of 25% $ — $ — Discount Rate increase of 50% $ — $ — Financial Assets and Liabilities Not Recorded at Fair Value The following table presents the fair value and our assessment of the classification of this measurement within the fair value hierarchy for financial assets and liabilities held at amortized cost as of June 30, 2026 and June 30, 2025 (in thousands): June 30, 2026 CarryingAmount Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Balance at FairValue Assets: Loans held for sale $ 1 $ — $ 1 $ — $ 1 Loans held for investment, net $ 8,997,447 $ — $ — $ 9,814,199 $ 9,814,199 Total assets $ 8,997,448 $ — $ 1 $ 9,814,199 $ 9,814,200 Liabilities: Convertible senior notes, net 1,129,581 — 1,286,525 — 1,286,525 Notes issued by securitization trusts 5,331,229 — — 5,341,418 5,341,418 Funding debt 3,333,248 — — 3,359,290 3,359,290 Total liabilities $ 9,794,058 $ — $ 1,286,525 $ 8,700,708 $ 9,987,233 (1) 139
Page 141
June 30, 2025 CarryingAmount Level 1 Level 2 Level 3 Balance at FairValue Assets: Loans held for investment, net 6,628,606 — — 7,085,840 7,085,840 Total assets $ 6,628,606 $ — $ — $ 7,085,840 $ 7,085,840 Liabilities: Convertible senior notes, net 1,153,000 — 1,205,287 — 1,205,287 Notes issued by securitization trusts 4,833,855 — — 4,868,980 4,868,980 Funding debt 1,622,808 — — 1,640,765 1,640,765 Total liabilities $ 7,609,663 $ — $ 1,205,287 $ 6,509,745 $ 7,715,032 As of June 30, 2026, includes convertible senior notes due 2026 with a carrying amount and fair value of $221.1 million and $217.8 million, respectively, and convertible senior notes due 2029 with a carrying amount and fair value of $908.5 million and $1.1 billion, respectively. As of June 30, 2025, includes convertible senior notes due 2026 with a carrying amount and fair value of $247.9 million and $232.7 million, respectively, and convertible senior notes due 2029 with a carrying amount and fair value of $905.1 million and $972.6 million, respectively. The estimated fair value of the convertible senior notes is determined based on a market approach, using the estimated or actual bids and offers of the notes in an over-the-counter market on the last business day of the period. 13. Stockholders’ Equity Common Stock We had shares of common stock reserved for issuance as follows: June 30, 2026 June 30, 2025 Available outstanding under equity compensation plans 19,595,080 39,122,013 Available for future grant under equity compensation plans 69,408,730 53,851,610 Total 89,003,810 92,973,623 The common stock is not redeemable. We have two classes of common stock: Class A common stock and Class B common stock. Each holder of Class A common stock has the right to one vote per share of common stock. Each holder of Class B common stock has the right to 15 votes and can be converted at any time into one share of Class A common stock. Holders of Class A and Class B common stock are entitled to notice of any stockholders’ meeting in accordance with the bylaws of the corporation, and are entitled to vote upon such matters and in such manner as may be provided by law. Subject to the prior rights of holders of all classes of stock at the time outstanding having prior rights as to dividends, the holders of the common stock are entitled to receive, when and as declared by the Board of Directors, out of any assets of the corporation legally available therefore, such dividends as may be declared from time to time by the Board of Directors. Common Stock Warrants Common stock warrants are included as a component of additional paid in capital within the consolidated balance sheets. (1) (1) 140
Page 142
In November 2025, in connection with the execution of an amended commercial agreement with Amazon, we modified the exercise price of the warrants vesting February 2026 and thereafter from $100 per share to $63.06 per share. The fair value of the warrants was remeasured as of the modification date using the Black Scholes-Merton option pricing model with the following assumptions: a dividend yield of zero; remaining years to maturity of 3.6; volatility of 94%; and a risk-free rate of 3.63%. The remaining fair value of the warrants, including the $37.7 million incremental cost resulting from the modification, will be recognized within our consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss) as a component of sales and marketing expense as the warrants vest, based upon Amazon’s satisfaction of the vesting conditions. During the years ended June 30, 2026, 2025, and 2024, we recognized $199.9 million, $292.3 million, and $439.6 million, respectively, within sales and marketing expense for the warrant shares that vested during the respective periods. Refer to Note 5. Balance Sheet Components for more information on the commercial agreement asset recognized in connection with the warrants and the related amortization. The following table summarizes the warrants activity for the year ended June 30, 2026: Number of Shares Weighted AverageExercise Price Weighted AverageRemaining Life (years) Warrants outstanding, June 30, 2025 18,500,000 $81.08 3.90 Warrants outstanding, June 30, 2026 18,500,000 $68.75 2.90 Warrants exercisable, June 30, 2026 13,260,299 $71.00 2.90 There were no warrants granted, exercised, or cancelled during the year ended June 30, 2026. As of June 30, 2026, unrecognized compensation expense related to the unvested warrants was approximately $429.4 million, which is expected to be recognized over a remaining weighted-average period of 2.4 years. 14. Equity Incentive Plans 2012 Stock Plan Under our Amended and Restated 2012 Stock Plan (the “Plan”), we may grant incentive and nonqualified stock options, restricted stock, restricted stock units (“RSUs”), and performance stock units (“PSUs”) to employees, officers, directors, and consultants. As of June 30, 2026, the maximum number of shares of common stock which may be issued under the Plan is 192,859,800 Class A shares and there were 69,408,730 shares of Class A common stock available for future grants under the Plan. Stock Options For stock options granted before our IPO in January 2021, the minimum expiration period is seven years after termination of employment or ten years from the date of grant. For stock options granted after our IPO, the minimum expiration period is three months after termination of employment or ten years from the date of grant. Stock option awards generally vest over a period of four years, with some awards vesting 25% on the twelve month anniversary of the vesting commencement date and the remaining 75% vesting ratably over the next three years. 141
Page 143
The following table summarizes our stock option activity for the year ended June 30, 2026: Number of Options Weighted AverageExercise Price Weighted AverageRemainingContractual Term(Years) Aggregate IntrinsicValue (in thousands) Balance as of June 30, 2025 12,955,978 $ 19.12 5.18 Exercised (3,048,939) 14.26 Forfeited, expired or canceled (168,023) 40.69 Balance as of June 30, 2026 9,739,016 20.27 4.44 Vested and exercisable, June 30, 2026 8,730,375 $ 19.15 4.09 $ 544,997 Vested and exercisable, and expected to vestthereafter June 30, 2026 9,738,281 $ 20.29 4.44 $ 596,787 Options expected to vest reflect the application of an estimated forfeiture rate. There were no options granted for the year ended June 30, 2026 and the weighted-average grant date fair value of options granted for the years ended June 30, 2025 and 2024 was $31.74 and $16.37, respectively. The aggregate intrinsic value of options exercised was approximately $193.7 million, $234.5 million, and $79.0 million for the years ended June 30, 2026, 2025, and 2024, respectively. The total fair value of stock options vested during the years ended June 30, 2026, 2025, and 2024 was $22.1 million, $26.8 million, and $24.3 million, respectively. The fair value of each option on the date of grant is determined using the Black Scholes-Merton option pricing model using the single-option award approach with the weighted-average assumptions set forth in the table below. Volatility is based on historical volatility rates obtained from certain public companies that operate in the same or related business as us since there is a limited period of historical market data for our common stock. The risk-free interest rate is determined using a U.S. Treasury rate for the period that coincides with the expected term set forth. We used the simplified method to determine an estimate of the expected term of an employee share option. June 30, 2026 June 30, 2025 June 30, 2024 Volatility N/A 80% 75% Risk-free interest rate N/A 3.46% - 4.35% 4.21% - 4.36% Expected term (in years) N/A 6.06 6.05 Expected dividend yield N/A — — No stock options were granted during the year ended June 30, 2026; accordingly, fair value assumptions were not applicable. As of June 30, 2026, unrecognized compensation expense related to unvested stock options was approximately $19.8 million, which is expected to be recognized over a remaining weighted-average period of 1.4 years. Value Creation Award In November 2020, the Company’s Board of Directors approved a long-term, multi-year performance-based stock option grant providing Mr. Levchin with the opportunity to earn the right to purchase up to 12,500,000 shares of the Company’s Class A common stock (the “Value Creation Award”).The Value Creation Award could only be earned upon achievement of specified stock price hurdles above the Company’s IPO price during a five-year performance period, subject to Mr. Levchin’s continued service. During the year ended June 30, 2026, the performance period ended and 8,500,000 unvested shares expired. We recognized stock-based compensation on these awards based on the grant date fair value using an accelerated attribution method over the requisite service (1) (1) (1) (1) 142
Page 144
period, and only if performance-based conditions were considered probable of being satisfied. We incurred stock-based compensation expense of $11.8 million, $36.5 million, and $64.6 million during the years ended June 30, 2026, 2025, and 2024, respectively, associated with the Value Creation Award as a component of general and administrative expense within the consolidated statements of operations and comprehensive income (loss). The following table summarizes our Value Creation Award activity for the year ended June 30, 2026: Number of Options Weighted AverageExercise Price Weighted AverageRemainingContractual Term(Years) Aggregate IntrinsicValue (in thousands) Balance as of June 30, 2025 12,500,000 $ 49.00 5.29 Exercised (1,999,998) 49.00 Expired (8,500,000) 49.00 Balance as of June 30, 2026 2,000,002 49.00 4.54 Vested and exercisable, June 30, 2026 2,000,002 $ 49.00 4.54 $ 65,100 As of June 30, 2026, there is no remaining unrecognized compensation expense related to the Value Creation Award. The aggregate intrinsic value of Value Creation Award shares exercised was approximately $68.6 million for the year ended June 30, 2026. No Value Creation Award shares were exercised for the years ended June 30, 2025 and 2024. Restricted Stock Units RSUs are subject to a service-based vesting condition. We record stock-based compensation expense for service-based RSUs on a straight-line basis over the requisite service period, which is generally one to four years. The following table summarizes our RSU activity during the year ended June 30, 2026: Number of Shares Weighted AverageGrant Date Fair Value Non-vested at June 30, 2025 13,666,035 $ 30.98 Granted 6,479,309 67.58 Vested (11,390,839) 38.44 Forfeited, expired or canceled (1,494,866) 41.09 Non-vested at June 30, 2026 7,259,639 $ 49.87 143
Page 145
As of June 30, 2026, unrecognized compensation expense related to unvested RSUs was approximately $336.7 million, which is expected to be recognized over a remaining weighted-average period of 1.3 years. Performance Stock Units From time to time we grant PSUs to select executives and employees. Vesting is contingent upon completion of a continuous three-year service period and the achievement of company financial performance goals, including target growth rates for revenue less transaction costs and adjusted operating income. The number of shares that vest at the end of the performance period will range between 0% and 200% of the target shares based on actual performance against the applicable targets, which will be measured at the end of each fiscal year and averaged at the end of the three-year period. We record stock-based compensation expense for the number of PSUs that are probable of vesting based on the estimated achievement of the performance conditions. If the minimum conditions are not met, any recognized compensation cost will be reversed. The expense is recognized on a straight-line basis over the three-year period. The following table summarizes our PSU activity during the year ended June 30, 2026: Number of Shares Weighted Average GrantDate Fair Value Non-vested at Balance as of June 30, 2025 — $ — Granted 596,423 82.11 Non-vested at June 30, 2026 596,423 $ 82.11 As of June 30, 2026, unrecognized compensation expense related to unvested PSUs was approximately $61.3 million, which is expected to be recognized over a remaining weighted-average period of 2.0 years. 2020 Employee Stock Purchase Plan We offer an Employee Stock Purchase Plan (“ESPP”) to our employees. A total of 18.9 million shares of Class A common stock are reserved and available for issuance under the ESPP and 2.4 million shares have been issued as of June 30, 2026. The ESPP provides for six-month offering periods beginning December 1 and June 1 of each year. At the end of each offering period, shares of our Class A common stock are purchased on behalf of each ESPP participant at a price per share equal to 85% of the lesser of (1) the fair market value of the Class A common stock on the first day of the offering period (the grant date) or (2) the fair market value of the Class A common stock on the last day of the offering period (the purchase date). We use the Black-Scholes-Merton option pricing model to measure the fair value of the purchase rights issued under the ESPP at the first day of the offering period, which represents the grant date. We record stock- based compensation expense on a straight-line basis over each six-month offering period, the requisite service period of the award. 144
Page 146
Stock-Based Compensation Expense The following table presents the components and classification of stock-based compensation (in thousands): June 30, 2026 June 30, 2025 June 30, 2024 General and administrative $ 195,746 $ 216,323 $ 228,334 Technology and data analytics 92,017 87,707 96,596 Sales and marketing 16,026 16,535 16,374 Processing and servicing 882 868 3,207 Total stock-based compensation in operating expenses 304,671 321,433 344,511 Capitalized into property, equipment and software, net 179,842 178,461 126,510 Total stock-based compensation $ 484,513 $ 499,894 $ 471,021 15. Restructuring and other In February 2023, we committed to a restructuring plan (the “February 2023 Plan”) that included reducing our workforce and vacating a portion of our San Francisco office. The February 2023 Plan was completed during fiscal 2024, and we do not expect future costs or payments related to the plan. For the years ended June 30, 2026 and 2025, we had no outstanding liability related to previously accrued exit and disposal costs. For the year ended June 30, 2024, exit and disposal costs were $6.8 million. 16. Income Taxes The U.S. and foreign components of income (loss) before income taxes for the years ended June 30, 2026, 2025, and 2024 are as follows (in thousands): June 30, 2026 June 30, 2025 June 30, 2024 U.S. $ 478,545 $ 42,949 $ (518,093) Foreign 14,182 18,515 2,566 Total income (loss) before income taxes $ 492,727 $ 61,464 $ (515,527) Income tax expense (benefit) for the years ended June 30, 2026, 2025, and 2024 is summarized as follows (in thousands): June 30, 2026 June 30, 2025 June 30, 2024 Current Federal $ 241 $ 1,565 $ — State 13,266 176 1,442 Foreign 4,643 425 392 Total current expense $ 18,150 $ 2,166 $ 1,834 Deferred Federal $ (1,018,538) $ 139 $ 139 State (441,455) (212) 333 Foreign 4,776 7,186 (76) Total deferred (benefit) expense (1,455,217) 7,113 396 Income tax (benefit) expense $ (1,437,067) $ 9,279 $ 2,230 145
Page 147
The income tax benefit for the year ended June 30, 2026 was primarily attributable to a change in our assessment of the realizability of our domestic deferred tax assets. The income tax expense for the year ended June 30, 2025 was primarily attributable to U.S. federal and foreign income taxes. The income tax expense for the year ended June 30, 2024 was primarily attributable to various U.S. state and foreign income taxes and the tax amortization of certain intangible assets. The table below presents a reconciliation of the U.S. statutory federal income tax rate to our effective tax rate subsequent to the adoption of ASU 2023-09 for the year ended June 30, 2026 (in thousands): June 30, 2026 Amount Percent U.S. statutory federal income tax rate $ 103,414 21.0 % State and local income taxes, net of federal tax effect (547,531) (111.2)% Other foreign tax effects 6,875 1.4 % Nontaxable or non-deductible items: Stock-based compensation (94,903) (19.3)% Non-deductible compensation expense 18,643 3.8 % Other 1,350 0.3 % Tax benefit related to tax credits (21,021) (4.3)% Change in unrecognized tax benefits 9,443 1.9 % Change in valuation allowance (913,659) (185.5)% Other adjustments 322 0.2 % Income tax benefit and effective income tax rate (1,437,067) (291.7)% Includes the state tax effect of the valuation allowance release. State and local taxes in California and New York made up the majority (greater than 50%) of the tax effect in this category. Primarily reflects excess tax benefits recognized upon the vesting or exercise of stock-based awards, partially offset by the tax effects of nondeductible stock-based compensation expense. Reflects the impact of applying Section 162(m), which prohibits deduction of certain excess employee compensation to certain “covered employees”. Primarily relates to research and development tax credits. As previously disclosed for the years ended June 30, 2025 and 2024, prior to the adoption of ASU 2023-09, the following is a reconciliation of the U.S. statutory federal income tax rate to our effective tax rate: June 30, 2025 June 30, 2024 U.S. statutory federal income tax rate 21.0 % 21.0 % State and local income taxes, net of federal tax benefit 6.8 % 8.9 % Foreign rate differential 1.7 % (0.1)% California state tax law change 26.3 % — % Stock-based compensation (228.9)% (5.1)% Non-deductible compensation expense 70.0 % (5.6)% Tax benefit related to tax credits, net (67.5)% 4.3 % Change in unrecognized tax benefits 27.0 % (1.7)% Change in tax status of a foreign subsidiary 14.6 % — % Other 0.8 % — % Change in valuation allowance 143.0 % (22.1)% Effective income tax rate 14.8 % (0.4)% (1) (2) (3) (4) (1) (2) (3) (4) 146
Page 148
Significant components of deferred tax assets and liabilities are as follows (in thousands): June 30, 2026 June 30, 2025 Net operating loss carryforwards $ 1,022,126 $ 1,034,551 Allowance for credit losses 161,002 116,570 Stock-based compensation 14,694 16,789 Stock warrants 194,424 142,143 Operating lease liabilities 7,658 8,386 Capitalized R&E including internally developed software — 62,325 Tax credit carryforwards 119,074 108,026 Other 11,624 11,685 Total deferred tax assets $ 1,530,602 $ 1,500,475 Right-of-use lease assets (6,030) (5,021) Capitalized R&E including internally developed software (40,895) — Other (1,522) (3,686) Total deferred tax liabilities $ (48,447) $ (8,707) Valuation allowance (15,119) (1,479,926) Deferred tax assets (liabilities), net of valuation allowance $ 1,467,036 $ 11,842 During the fourth quarter of the year ended June 30, 2026, we concluded that sufficient positive evidence was available to support the determination that it is more likely than not that a significant portion of our domestic deferred tax assets will be realized. Accordingly, we reduced the valuation allowance by $1.5 billion. In reaching this conclusion, we evaluated all available positive and negative evidence and gave significant weight to objectively verifiable evidence, including our achievement of a cumulative U.S. income position over the three-year period, measured using pretax book income adjusted for permanent book-to-tax differences, and our continued U.S. profitability in recent periods. We also considered anticipated future taxable income. We continue to maintain a valuation allowance of $15.1 million against certain foreign net deferred tax assets and certain domestic capital loss deferred tax assets for which it is not more likely than not that the related tax benefits will be realized. As of June 30, 2026, we had pretax U.S. federal net operating loss ("NOL") carryforwards of approximately $3.2 billion, state NOL carryforwards of $4.6 billion, and U.K. NOL carryforwards of $44.0 million. If not utilized, certain U.S. federal and state NOL carryforwards will begin to expire in 2027, whereas others, including foreign NOL carryforwards, have an unlimited carryforward period. Additionally, as of June 30, 2026, we also had U.S. federal and state research and development tax credit carryforwards of $150.1 million and $70.6 million, respectively. The U.S. federal research and development tax credit carryforwards will begin to expire in 2041 while the state research and development tax credits may be carried forward indefinitely. Of the above NOL carryforwards, approximately $23.0 million pretax U.S. federal NOL carryforwards and $33.9 million state NOL carryforwards are from domestic acquisitions, which may be subject to an annual utilization limitation under Internal Revenue Code Section 382. The future utilization of all domestic NOL and tax credit carryforwards may be subject to an annual limitation, pursuant to Internal Revenue Code Sections 382 and 383 and similar state provisions, due to ownership changes that may have occurred previously or that could occur in the future. Any limitation may result in the expiration of all or a portion of the NOL carryforwards before utilization. 147
Page 149
For the year ended June 30, 2026, income taxes paid on a cash basis consisted of the following (in thousands): June 30, 2026 Federal income taxes paid $ 910 State and local income taxes paid: Pennsylvania 915 Virginia 673 Florida 355 All other 1,387 Total state and local income taxes paid $ 3,330 Foreign income taxes paid: Canada 1,647 Poland 395 Spain 336 All other — Total foreign income taxes paid 2,378 Total income taxes paid, net $ 6,618 The Company accounts for uncertainties in income taxes in accordance with ASC 740, Income Taxes. The following table provides a reconciliation of the beginning and ending amounts of gross unrecognized tax benefits (in thousands): June 30, 2026 June 30, 2025 June 30, 2024 Beginning balance $ 79,248 $ 61,514 $ 51,850 Gross increase for tax positions related to the current year 12,556 18,543 8,931 Gross increase for tax positions related to prior years 1,208 — 733 Gross decrease for tax positions related to prior years — (809) — Ending balance $ 93,012 $ 79,248 $ 61,514 As of June 30, 2026, the Company had $93.0 million of unrecognized tax benefits related to uncertain tax positions that, if recognized, would reduce its income tax expense by $86.7 million. Interest and penalties on unrecognized tax benefits are recorded as a component of tax expense. During the years ended June 30, 2026, 2025, and 2024, we did not recognize accrued interest and penalties related to unrecognized tax benefits. We file U.S. federal and state income tax returns as well as various foreign income tax returns with varying statutes of limitation. With respect to the Company’s major tax filings, all tax years remain open to examination due to the carryover of unused net operating losses. 148
Page 150
17. Net Income (Loss) per Share Attributable to Common Stockholders The following table presents basic and diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders for Class A and Class B common stock (in thousands, except share and per share data): June 30, 2026 June 30, 2025 June 30, 2024 Class A Class B Class A Class B Class A Class B Numerator: Net income (loss) attributable to commonstockholders - basic $ 1,695,654 $ 234,139 $ 45,456 $ 6,730 $ (430,789) $ (86,968) Net income (loss) attributable to commonstockholders - diluted $ 1,704,843 $ 224,950 $ 45,815 $ 6,371 $ (430,789) $ (86,968) Denominator: Weighted average shares of commonstock - basic 294,491,481 40,663,940 281,215,807 41,636,066 257,810,094 52,047,035 Dilutive effect of stock equivalents: Restricted stock units 5,430,315 — 8,863,942 — — — Stock options 7,463,459 — 8,950,174 — — — Value creation award vested shares 743,411 — 346,434 — — — Performance stock units 24,381 — — — — — Employee stock purchase plan shares 21,416 — 11,143 — — — Common stock warrants 8,244 — — — — — Weighted average shares of commonstock - diluted 308,182,707 40,663,940 299,387,500 41,636,066 257,810,094 52,047,035 Net income (loss) per share: Basic $ 5.76 $ 5.76 $ 0.16 $ 0.16 $ (1.67) $ (1.67) Diluted $ 5.53 $ 5.53 $ 0.15 $ 0.15 $ (1.67) $ (1.67) The following common stock equivalents were excluded from the calculation of diluted net income (loss) per share attributable to common stockholders because their inclusion would have been anti-dilutive: June 30, 2026 June 30, 2025 June 30, 2024 Common stock warrants 8,823,185 7,302,216 5,700,587 Restricted stock units 660,711 664,243 18,327,420 Stock options 167,711 905,835 16,794,697 Employee stock purchase plan shares 142,124 157,615 216,846 Total 9,793,731 9,029,909 41,039,550 18. Segments and Geographical Information The Company is managed on a consolidated basis as a single operating and reportable segment. This reflects the way in which our Chief Operating Decision Maker (“CODM”), the Chief Executive Officer of Affirm Holdings, Inc., regularly reviews internally reported financial information. Net income is the primary measure of segment profit and loss reviewed by the CODM. Net income is used in the budget and forecast process, to assess business performance, and to make decisions on strategy and resource allocation. 149
Page 151
The CODM is regularly provided with the consolidated expenses presented within the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive income (loss). Refer to the consolidated statement of operations and comprehensive income (loss) for further information related to our revenues, expenses, and net income. Refer to the consolidated statement of cash flows for further information related to significant noncash items including depreciation and amortization expense. The CODM does not review segment assets at a different level than the amounts presented within the consolidated balance sheets. Revenue Merchant and card network revenue by geography is based on the location of the entity fulfilling the service to the merchant partner or card-issuing partner, respectively. Interest income by geography is based on the billing address of the borrower. Gain (loss) on sales of loans and servicing income is based on the location of the entity selling or servicing the loan, respectively. Refer to 3. Revenue for further information on the types of products and services the Company derives its revenues from. The following table sets forth revenue by geographic area (in thousands): June 30, 2026 June 30, 2025 June 30, 2024 United States $ 4,111,957 $ 3,105,121 $ 2,225,605 Canada 142,821 119,009 97,394 Other 6,304 282 — Total $ 4,261,082 $ 3,224,412 $ 2,322,999 Long-Lived Assets The following table summarizes our long-lived assets, which consists of property, equipment and software, net and operating lease right-of-use assets, by geographic area (in thousands): June 30, 2026 June 30, 2025 United States $ 707,612 $ 590,044 Canada 624 1,104 Other 576 614 Total $ 708,812 $ 591,761 150
Page 152
ITEM 9. CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL DISCLOSURE None. ITEM 9A. CONTROLS AND PROCEDURES Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and Procedures Our management, with the participation of our Chief Executive Officer (“CEO”) and our Chief Financial Officer (“CFO”), has evaluated the effectiveness of our disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e) under the Exchange Act). Based on that evaluation, our CEO and CFO concluded that such disclosure controls and procedures were effective as of the end of the period covered by this Annual Report on Form 10-K and designed to ensure that information required to be disclosed in our reports filed or submitted under the Exchange Act is recorded, processed, summarized and reported within the requisite time periods specified in the applicable rules and forms and is accumulated and communicated to our management, including our CEO and CFO, as appropriate, to allow timely decisions regarding required disclosure. Management recognizes that any controls and procedures, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable assurance of achieving their objectives and management necessarily applies its judgment in evaluating the cost-benefit relationship of possible controls and procedures. Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining adequate internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) for the Company. In order to evaluate the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting, as required by Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, management has conducted an assessment, including testing, of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2026, based on criteria established in Internal Control - Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (“COSO”). Internal control over financial reporting refers to the process, designed under the supervision and with the participation of management, including our CEO and our CFO, and overseen by the Company’s Board of Directors, to provide reasonable, but not absolute, assurance regarding the reliability of our financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (“GAAP”), and includes policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the Company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP, and that receipts and expenditures of the Company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the Company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use or disposition of the Company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. The effectiveness of any system of internal control over financial reporting is subject to inherent limitations, including the exercise of judgment in designing, implementing, operating, and evaluating the controls and procedures, and the inability to eliminate misconduct completely. Accordingly, any system of internal control over financial reporting, no matter how well designed and operated, can only provide reasonable, not absolute assurance, that its objectives will be met. In addition, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate due to changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. We intend to continue to monitor and upgrade our 151
Page 153
internal controls as necessary or appropriate for our business but such improvements will be subject to the same inherent limitations outlined in this section. Management has assessed the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2026. Based on that assessment, management has concluded that the Company’s internal control over financial reporting was effective as of June 30, 2026 to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external reporting purposes in accordance with GAAP. Deloitte & Touche LLP, the Company’s independent registered public accounting firm, has audited the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2026, and its report is included below. Changes in Internal Control Over Financial Reporting There were no changes in our internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f) under the Exchange Act) that occurred during the quarter ended June 30, 2026, that have materially affected, or are reasonably likely to materially affect, our internal control over financial reporting. 152
Page 154
REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM To the stockholders and the Board of Directors of Affirm Holdings, Inc. Opinion on Internal Control over Financial Reporting We have audited the internal control over financial reporting of Affirm Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries (the “Company”) as of June 30, 2026, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by the Committee of Sponsoring Organizations of the Treadway Commission (COSO). In our opinion, the Company maintained, in all material respects, effective internal control over financial reporting as of June 30, 2026, based on criteria established in Internal Control — Integrated Framework (2013) issued by COSO. We have also audited, in accordance with the standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States) (PCAOB), the consolidated financial statements as of and for the year ended June 30, 2026, of the Company and our report dated August 27, 2026, expressed an unqualified opinion on those financial statements. Basis for Opinion The Company’s management is responsible for maintaining effective internal control over financial reporting and for its assessment of the effectiveness of internal control over financial reporting, included in the accompanying Management’s Report on Internal Control Over Financial Reporting. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on the Company’s internal control over financial reporting based on our audit. We are a public accounting firm registered with the PCAOB and are required to be independent with respect to the Company in accordance with the U.S. federal securities laws and the applicable rules and regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission and the PCAOB. We conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of the PCAOB. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether effective internal control over financial reporting was maintained in all material respects. Our audit included obtaining an understanding of internal control over financial reporting, assessing the risk that a material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design and operating effectiveness of internal control based on the assessed risk, and performing such other procedures as we considered necessary in the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a reasonable basis for our opinion. Definition and Limitations of Internal Control over Financial Reporting A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles. A company’s internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1) pertain to the maintenance of records that, in reasonable detail, accurately and fairly reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made only in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and (3) provide reasonable assurance regarding prevention or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or disposition of the company’s assets that could have a material effect on the financial statements. Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over financial reporting may not prevent or detect misstatements. Also, projections of any evaluation of effectiveness to future periods are subject to the risk that controls may become inadequate because of changes in conditions, or that the degree of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate. /s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP San Francisco, California August 27, 2026 153
Page 155
ITEM 9B. OTHER INFORMATION (b) Rule 10b5-1 Trading Plans During the three months ended June 30, 2026, the following directors and officers of the Company adopted or terminated a “Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement” or “non-Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement,” as each term is defined in Item 408(a) of Regulation S-K, as follows: On May 21, 2026, Rob O’Hare, our Chief Financial Officer, adopted a Rule 10b5-1 trading arrangement providing for the sale of the Company’s Class A common stock (a “Rule 10b5-1 Trading Plan”) that is intended to satisfy the affirmative defense conditions of Exchange Act Rule 10b5-1(c). Mr. O’Hare’s Rule 10b5-1 Trading Plan provides for (i) the exercise of up to 85,849 employee stock options and the sale of the underlying shares of our Class A common stock, and (ii) the sale of up to 7,684 shares of our Class A common stock plus additional shares of our Class A common stock to be received upon the vesting of RSUs to occur on various dates within the duration of the trading arrangement, pursuant to one or more limit orders, on or after September 1, 2026 until March 31, 2027, or earlier if all transactions under the trading arrangement are completed. On June 2, 2026, Katherine Adkins, our Chief Legal Officer and Chief Compliance Officer, adopted a Rule 10b5-1 Trading Plan. Ms. Adkins’ Rule 10b5-1 Trading Plan provides for the exercise of up to 119,037 employee stock options and the sale of the underlying shares of our Class A common stock pursuant to one or more limit orders on or after September 1, 2026 until June 30, 2027, or earlier if all transactions under the trading arrangement are completed. On June 15, 2026, Max Levchin, our Chief Executive Officer, terminated a Rule 10b5-1 Trading Plan. Mr. Levchin’s Rule 10b5-1 Trading Plan was adopted on March 17, 2025 and provided for the exercise of up to 4,000,000 employee stock options and the sale of the underlying shares of our Class A common stock pursuant to one or more limit orders on or after June 20, 2025 until June 18, 2026, or earlier if all transactions under the trading arrangement were completed. ITEM 9C. DISCLOSURE REGARDING FOREIGN JURISDICTIONS THAT PREVENT INSPECTIONS Not applicable. 154
Page 156
PART III ITEM 10. DIRECTORS, EXECUTIVE OFFICERS AND CORPORATE GOVERNANCE The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the sections titled “Board of Directors and Corporate Governance,” “Executive Officers” and “Other Matters” of our Proxy Statement for the 2026 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of the fiscal year ended June 30, 2026. Our board of directors has adopted a Code of Ethics and Business Conduct (the “Code of Conduct”) applicable to all officers, directors and employees, including our principal executive, principal financial and principal accounting officers, which is available on our website (investors.affirm.com) under “Corporate Governance.” We intend to satisfy the disclosure requirement under Item 5.05 of Form 8- K regarding future amendments to certain provisions of the Code of Conduct and waivers of the Code of Conduct granted to executive officers and directors by posting such information at the website address specified above within four business days following the date of the amendment or waiver. Our board of directors has adopted an insider trading policy which governs the purchase, sale, and/or other dispositions of our securities by directors, officers and employees and other covered persons and is designed to promote compliance with insider trading laws, rules and regulations, and listing standards applicable to the Company. A copy of our Insider Trading Policy is filed as Exhibit 19.1 to this Annual Report on Form 10-K. ITEM 11. EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the sections titled “Board of Directors and Corporate Governance” and “Compensation Discussion and Analysis” of our Proxy Statement for the 2026 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of the fiscal year ended June 30, 2026. ITEM 12. SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the sections titled “Equity Compensation Plan Information” and “Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management” of our Proxy Statement for the 2026 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of the fiscal year ended June 30, 2026. ITEM 13. CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the sections titled “Board of Directors and Corporate Governance” and “Certain Relationships and Related-Party Transactions” of our Proxy Statement for the 2026 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of the fiscal year ended June 30, 2026. ITEM 14. PRINCIPAL ACCOUNTANT FEES AND SERVICES The information required by this item is incorporated by reference to the section titled “Proposal No. 2: Ratification of Appointment of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm” of our Proxy Statement for the 2026 Annual Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days of the fiscal year ended June 30, 2026. 155
Page 157
PART IV 156
Page 158
ITEM 15. EXHIBITS AND FINANCIAL STATEMENT SCHEDULES The following documents are filed as a part of this Annual Report on Form 10-K: (a) Financial Statements Our consolidated financial statements are listed in the “Index to Consolidated Financial Statements” under Part II, Item 8, of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. (b) Financial Statement Schedules All schedules have been omitted because the required information is not present or not present in amounts sufficient to require submission of the schedules, or because the information required is included in Part II, Item 8, of this Annual Report on Form 10-K. (c) Exhibits Incorporated by Reference Exhibit Number Description Form File No. Exhibit Filing Date Filed Herewith 2.1 Plan of Conversion of Affirm Holdings, Inc. 8-K 001-39888 2.1 June 26, 2025 3.1 Articles of Incorporation of Affirm Holdings, Inc. 8-K 001-39888 3.1 June 26, 2025 3.2 Bylaws of Affirm Holdings, Inc. 8-K 001-39888 3.2 June 26, 2025 4.1 Description of Capital Stock 10-K 001-39888 4.1 August 28, 2025 4.2 Second Replacement Warrant to Purchase Class A Common Stock of Affirm Holdings, Inc., by and between Affirm Holdings, Inc. and Amazon.com Services LLC, dated as of February 14, 2025* 10-Q 001-39888 4.1 May 9, 2025 4.3 Amended and Restated Warrant to Purchase Class A Common Stock of Affirm Holdings, Inc., by and between Affirm Holdings, Inc. and Amazon.com Services LLC, dated as of October 27, 2023* 10-Q 001-39888 4.1 February 8, 2024 4.4 First Amendment to the Amended and Restated Warrant to Purchase Class A Common Stock of Affirm Holdings, Inc., by and between Affirm Holdings, Inc. and Amazon.com Services LLC, dated as of July 29, 2024 10-Q 001-39888 4.1 November 7, 2024 4.5 Second Amendment to the Amended and Restated Warrant to Purchase Class A Common Stock of Affirm Holdings, Inc., by and between Affirm Holdings, Inc. and Amazon.com Services LLC, dated as of November 2, 2025* 10-Q 001-39888 4.1 February 5, 2026 4.6 Indenture, dated November 23, 2021, between Affirm Holdings, Inc. and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee 8-K 001-39888 4.1 November 23, 2021 4.7 Form of 0% Convertible Senior Note due 2026 (included in Exhibit 4.6) 8-K 001-39888 4.2 November 23, 2021 4.8 Indenture, dated December 20, 2024, between the Company and Wilmington Trust, National Association, as trustee 8-K 001-39888 4.1 December 20, 2024 4.9 Form of 0.75% Convertible Senior Note due 2029 (included in Exhibit 4.8) 8-K 001-39888 4.2 December 20, 2024 10.1 Form of Indemnification Agreement between the Company and its directors and officers 10-K 001-39888 10.1 August 28, 2025 10.2 Revolving Credit Agreement, dated as of February 4, 2022, among Affirm, Inc., Affirm Holdings, Inc., certain lenders identified therein, and Barclays Bank PLC 8-K 001-39888 10.1 February 10, 2022 10.3 Amendment No. 1 to Revolving Credit Agreement, dated August 15,2022, between Affirm, Inc., Affirm Holdings, Inc., certain lendersidentified therein, and Barclays Bank PLC 10-Q 001-39888 10.1 November 8, 2022 10.4 Amendment No. 2 to Revolving Credit Agreement, dated June 26,2024, between Affirm, Inc., Affirm Holdings, Inc., certain lendersidentified therein, and Barclays Bank PLC 8-K 001-39888 10.1 July 1, 2024 157
Page 159
10.5 Amendment No. 3 to Revolving Credit Agreement, dated December16, 2024, between Affirm, Inc., Affirm Holdings, Inc., certain lendersidentified therein, and Barclays Bank PLC 10-Q 001-39888 10.1 February 6, 2025 10.6 Amendment No. 4 to Revolving Credit Agreement, dated June 18,2026, between Affirm, Inc., Affirm Holdings, Inc., certain lendersidentified therein, and Barclays Bank PLC.* 8-K 001-39888 10.1 June 25, 2026 10.7 Loan Sale Agreement, dated as of September 18, 2020, by andbetween Celtic Bank Corporation and Affirm, Inc.* 10-K 001-39888 10.4 August 25, 2023 10.8 Amendment No. 1 to Loan Sale Agreement, dated as of October 27,2023, by and between Celtic Bank Corporation and Affirm, Inc. 10-Q 001-39888 10.1 February 8, 2024 10.9 Marketing and Servicing Agreement, dated as of September 18, 2020,by and between Celtic Bank Corporation and Affirm, Inc.* 10-K 001-39888 10.5 August 25, 2023 10.10 Amendment No. 1 to Marketing and Servicing Agreement, dated asof October 27, 2023, by and between Celtic Bank Corporation andAffirm, Inc. 10-Q 001-39888 10.2 February 8, 2024 10.11 Loan Servicing Agreement, dated as of May 31, 2023, between LeadBank and Affirm, Inc.* 10-Q 001-39888 10.1 February 5, 2026 10.12 Loan Sale Agreement, dated as of May 31, 2023, between Lead Bankand Affirm, Inc.* 10-Q 001-39888 10.2 February 5, 2026 10.13 Loan Program Agreement, dated as of May 31, 2023, between LeadBank and Affirm, Inc.* 10-Q 001-39888 10.3 February 5, 2026 10.14 Global Customer Installment Program Agreement, dated February 14, 2025, by and between Shopify Inc. and Affirm, Inc.* 10-Q 001-39888 10.1 May 9, 2025 10.15 Second Amended and Restated Installment Financing Services Agreement, dated as of November 6, 2025, by and among Affirm Holdings, Inc., Amazon.com Services LLC and Amazon Payments, Inc.* 10-Q 001-39888 10.4 February 5, 2026 10.16 Transaction Agreement, dated as of November 10, 2021, by and between Affirm Holdings, Inc. and Amazon.com Services LLC* 8-K 001-39888 10.2 November 10, 2021 10.17+ Amended and Restated 2012 Stock Plan 10-Q 001-39888 10.3 February 8, 2023 10.18+ Form of Stock Option Agreement pursuant to the Affirm Holdings, Inc. Amended and Restated 2012 Stock Plan 10-Q 001-39888 10.4 February 14, 2022 10.19+ Form of RSU Agreement pursuant to the Affirm Holdings, Inc. Amended and Restated 2012 Stock Plan 10-Q 001-39888 10.1 November 6, 2025 10.20+ Form of Director RSU Agreement pursuant to the Affirm Holdings, Inc. Amended and Restated 2012 Stock Plan 10-Q 001-39888 10.5 February 5, 2026 10.21+ Form of PSU Agreement pursuant to the Affirm Holdings, Inc. Amended and Restated 2012 Stock Plan 10-Q 001-39888 10.2 November 6, 2025 10.22+ 2020 Employee Stock Purchase Plan S-1/A 333-250184 10.3 November 20, 2020 10.23+ Cash Incentive Plan 10-K 001-39888 10.21 August 28, 2025 10.24+ Officer Severance Plan 10-Q 001-39888 10.4 November 6, 2025 10.25+ Nonqualified Deferred Compensation Plan 10-Q 001-39888 10.6 February 5, 2026 19.1 Insider Trading Policy X 21.1 Subsidiaries of the Company X 23.1 Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent registered public accountant X 24.1 Power of Attorney (see signature page hereto) X 31.1 Certification of Principal Executive Officer Pursuant to Rules 13a- 14(a) and 15d-14(a) under the Exchange Act, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 X 31.2 Certification of Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to Rules 13a- 14(a) and 15d-14(a) under the Exchange Act, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 X 158
Page 160
32.1† Certification of Principal Executive Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes- Oxley Act of 2002 X 32.2† Certification of Principal Financial Officer Pursuant to 18 U.S.C. Section 1350, as Adopted Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes- Oxley Act of 2002 X 97.1 Policy for the Recovery of Erroneously Awarded Compensation 10-K 001-39888 97.1 August 28, 2024 101.INS XBRL Instance Document – the instance document does not appear in the Interactive Data File because its XBRL tags are embedded within the Inline XBRL document X 101.SCH Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document X 101.CAL Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document X 101.DEF Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document X 101.LAB Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document X 101.PRE Inline XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document X 104 Cover Page Interactive Data File (formatted as inline XBRL and contained in Exhibit 101) X † Furnished herewith. + Denotes management contract or compensatory plan or arrangement. * Portions of the exhibit have been omitted as the Company has determined that: (i) the omitted information is not material; and (ii) the Company customarily and actually treats the omitted information as private or confidential. 159
Page 161
ITEM 16. FORM 10-K SUMMARY None. 160
Page 162
SIGNATURES Pursuant to the requirements of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, the registrant has duly caused this Report to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned thereunto duly authorized. AFFIRM HOLDINGS, INC. Date: August 27, 2026 By: /s/ Max Levchin Max Levchin Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer) POWER OF ATTORNEY KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS that each individual whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Max Levchin, Rob O’Hare and Katherine Adkins, and each of them, as his or her true and lawful attorneys-in-fact, proxies, and agents, each with full power of substitution, for him or her in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K, and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the Securities and Exchange Commission, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact, proxies, and agents full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully for all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact, proxies, and agents, or their or his or her substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof. Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, this Report has been signed below by the following persons on behalf of the registrant and in the capacities and on the dates indicated. 161
Page 163
Name Title Date /s/ Max Levchin Chairman of the Board of Directors and ChiefExecutive Officer August 27, 2026 Max Levchin (principal executive officer) /s/ Rob O’Hare Chief Financial Officer August 27, 2026 Rob O’Hare (principal financial officer) /s/ Siphelele Jiyane Chief Accounting Officer August 27, 2026 Siphelele Jiyane (principal accounting officer) /s/ Richard Galanti Director August 27, 2026 Richard Galanti /s/ Brian D. Hughes Director August 27, 2026 Brian D. Hughes /s/ Jeremy Liew Director August 27, 2026 Jeremy Liew /s/ Libor Michalek President and Director August 27, 2026 Libor Michalek /s/ Christa S. Quarles Director August 27, 2026 Christa S. Quarles /s/ Jacqueline D. Reses Director August 27, 2026 Jacqueline D. Reses /s/ Manolo Sanchez Director August 27, 2026 Manolo Sanchez /s/ Ryan Schneider Director August 27, 2026 Ryan Schneider /s/ Noel Watson Director August 27, 2026 Noel Watson 162
Page 164
EXHIBIT 19.1 Insider Trading Policy Amended and Restated as of August 25, 2026 INTRODUCTION At Affirm, we deliver honest financial products that improve lives. In the course of our work, we may become aware of material nonpublic information (as defined below) regarding Affirm or other companies. It's on us to act in a legally compliant manner when we are aware of material nonpublic information, and this insider trading policy (this “Policy”) is designed to facilitate such compliance. For purposes of this Policy, “we,” “our,” and “Affirm” refer collectively to Affirm Holdings, Inc. and each of its direct and indirect subsidiaries (including Affirm, Inc.) as they may exist from time to time. SCOPE This Policy applies to all directors, officers, employees, consultants and contractors of Affirm (all of whom we will refer to collectively as “you” throughout this Policy) upon the commencement of their relationship with Affirm. References in this Policy to “you” and restrictions applicable to you also include members of your immediate family (regardless of your marital status), persons with whom you share a household (such as roommates or a spouse), your economic dependents and any other individuals or entities whose transactions in securities you influence, direct or control (collectively, “your covered persons”). You are responsible for making sure that these individuals and entities comply with this Policy. The trading prohibitions and restrictions set forth in this Policy will be superseded by any greater prohibitions or restrictions prescribed by applicable securities laws, including U.S. federal and state securities laws and regulations, or contractual restrictions on the sale of securities. BACKGROUND Under applicable securities laws, including U.S. federal and state securities laws, it is illegal to trade in the securities of a company while being aware of material nonpublic information about that company. Information is “material” if a reasonable investor would consider it important in deciding whether to buy or sell securities. Generally speaking, information is “nonpublic” until it has been widely disseminated to the public market. Additional information designed to help you identify material nonpublic information is included in the FAQs below. During your relationship with Affirm, you may have access to confidential information regarding many aspects of our business and the business of other companies. Because you may have knowledge of specific confidential information that could constitute material nonpublic information, trading by you (including without limitation, in secondary market transactions and/or other transactions with third parties) in securities of Affirm or other companies could constitute “insider trading” and violate the law, as could “tipping” (giving material nonpublic information to) others who may then trade on the basis of that information. The consequences of insider trading or the tipping of material nonpublic information can be severe–the person violating the laws, as well as Affirm, may be subject to criminal and civil lawsuits and financial penalties in connection with a violation of the insider trading laws.
Page 165
We have adopted this Policy in order to protect Affirm’s reputation for integrity and ethical conduct and to promote compliance with applicable laws governing (i) trading in Affirm securities while being aware of material nonpublic information concerning Affirm or trading in securities of another company while you are aware of material nonpublic information about that company that you learned from your relationship with, or duties to Affirm and (ii) tipping or disclosing material nonpublic information to others who are not authorized to have that information. References in this Policy to “securities” include common stock, preferred stock, bonds, note or debentures (including convertible debt securities), put and call options or other derivative securities, and other marketable securities of any company. While we reserve the right to implement measures to prohibit any transaction involving Affirm securities from being completed to enforce compliance with this Policy, you should not assume that such measures are in place. You are ultimately responsible for your own compliance, and the compliance of your covered persons, with this Policy. POLICY 1. Do not trade while being aware of material nonpublic information While you are aware of material nonpublic information about Affirm, you may not, directly or indirectly through others, engage in any transaction involving Affirm securities (including certain gifts) other than as discussed under “Permitted Transactions” below. Please keep in mind that it is not an excuse that you did not “use” material nonpublic information in deciding whether or not to engage in a transaction; rather, your awareness of material nonpublic information subjects you to this prohibition on trading. Additionally, you may not engage in transactions (other than Permitted Transactions) involving the securities of any other company if you are aware of material nonpublic information about that company that you learned from your relationship with, or duties to, Affirm. For example, you may be involved in a proposed transaction involving a prospective business relationship or transaction with another company. If information about that transaction constitutes material nonpublic information for that other company, you are prohibited from engaging in transactions (other than Permitted Transactions) involving the securities of that other company. Similarly, you may not engage in transactions (other than Permitted Transactions) involving the securities of any other company if you are aware of material nonpublic information about Affirm that is also material to that company. It is important to note that “materiality” is a company-specific determination. Information that is not material to Affirm may be material to another company. For more information on how to assess “materiality,” please refer to the FAQs below. 2. Do not disclose material nonpublic information for the benefit of others You may not disclose material nonpublic information concerning Affirm to friends, family members or any other person or entity not authorized to receive such information, or make recommendations or express opinions as to the trading of Affirm securities while aware of material nonpublic information concerning Affirm. This prohibition also applies to the securities of other companies if you are aware of material nonpublic information about such other company that you learned from your relationship with, or duties to Affirm. You are prohibited from engaging in these actions whether or not you derive any profit or personal benefit from doing so. 3. Comply with trading windows and preclearance obligations, if applicable to you In order to facilitate compliance with insider trading laws and this Policy, directors, officers and certain designated employees are only permitted to trade in Affirm securities during certain designated open trading windows. These restrictions are described below. 2
Page 166
Quarterly Trading Windows. Affirm has established quarterly trading windows to facilitate compliance with insider trading laws and this Policy. All Affirm directors and executive officers are subject to the quarterly trading windows. In addition, other Affirm employees designated by Affirm from time to time also will be subject to the quarterly trading windows. Affirm will periodically inform those individuals who are subject to the quarterly trading windows when those trading windows will open and close. Outside of these quarterly trading windows, those persons subject to quarterly trading windows are prohibited from trading Affirm securities (including certain gifts), except as discussed under “Permitted Transactions” below. Special Closed Trading Windows. From time to time, an event may occur that may be material to Affirm and is known only by directors, officers and a limited number of other employees. In such cases, the Chief Legal Officer has the authority, at any time and from time to time, in their sole discretion, to subject such persons to a special closed trading window. Persons subject to special closed trading windows are prohibited from trading Affirm securities (including certain gifts) during the special closed trading window, except as discussed under “Permitted Transactions” below. The Chief Legal Officer, or their designee, will notify you as soon as reasonably practicable through an authorized Affirm communication (i) if you are subject to a special closed trading window and (ii) when such restrictions are lifted and you are able to begin trading Affirm securities again. Any person made aware of the existence of a special closed trading window should not disclose the existence of the closed trading window to any other person. Please note that these special closed trading windows are not designed to address every situation where you may become aware of material nonpublic information about Affirm, and you must never execute a transaction in Affirm securities (other than a Permitted Transaction) when you are aware of material nonpublic information about Affirm, even if an open trading window is in effect. Affirm executive officers and members of the Affirm board of directors, as well as their covered persons, are required to obtain “pre-clearance” from the Chief Legal Officer prior to trading in Affirm securities. Refer to the FAQs below for additional information about pre-clearance obligations. 4. Do not execute Prohibited Transactions in Affirm’s securities You may not execute certain “Prohibited Transactions'' in Affirm’s securities at any time, regardless of whether or not you are at that time aware of any material nonpublic information about Affirm. A list of Prohibited Transactions appears in the FAQs below. 5. Do not respond to outside inquiries for information In the event you receive an inquiry for information from someone outside of Affirm, such as a stock analyst, you should refer the inquiry to Affirm’s legal department at ir@affirm.com. In addition, please contact ethics@affirm.com before participating in an “expert network” or similar group or accepting consulting opportunities. Expert networks are groups of professionals often working inside an industry with specialized information who are paid by expert network firms to provide that information to investors who are looking for a competitive edge in trading. 6. Take personal responsibility: it’s on us The ultimate responsibility for complying with this Policy and applicable laws rests with each of us. As we request you do in all aspects of your work with Affirm, please use your best judgment at all times and consult with the legal department and/or your own personal legal and financial advisors if you have questions. 3
Page 167
FREQUENTLY ASKED QUESTIONS When may I trade in Affirm securities? Unless your trade is a Permitted Transaction, you may only trade in Affirm securities if all of the following conditions have been met: 1. No Material Nonpublic Information: You are not then aware of material nonpublic information about Affirm; 2. No Trading Restrictions are in Effect: The trading window is open and you are not then prohibited from trading in Affirm securities pursuant to a special closed trading window or any other determination made by the Chief Legal Officer of Affirm; 3. Pre-Clearance: If applicable to you because of your status as an Executive Officer and/or as a member of the Affirm board of directors, you have been pre-cleared by Affirm to make the particular trade; and 4. Transaction is Not Prohibited: The trade is not a Prohibited Transaction. Am I required to obtain pre-clearance before trading in Affirm securities? Affirm executive officers and members of the Affirm board of directors, as well as their covered persons, are required to obtain “pre-clearance” from the Chief Legal Officer (or their designee) prior to trading in Affirm securities. Please note that pre-clearance requirements apply to all trades in Affirm securities, including Permitted Transactions with the exception of transactions executed in accordance with previously adopted Rule 10b5-1 Plans established in compliance with this Policy. Each proposed transaction will be evaluated to determine if it raises insider trading concerns or other concerns under applicable laws and regulations. Any advice will relate solely to compliance with applicable laws and regulations and the terms of this Policy and will not constitute investment advice. When requesting pre-clearance, the requestor should carefully consider whether they may be aware of any material nonpublic information about Affirm and should describe fully those circumstances to the Chief Legal Officer (or their designee). To whom does this Policy apply? This Policy applies to all directors, officers, employees, consultants and contractors of Affirm upon the commencement of their relationship with Affirm, as well as each of their covered persons. When am I covered by this Policy? Does this Policy apply to me after I leave Affirm? You are expected to comply with this Policy until such time as you are no longer affiliated with Affirm and you are no longer aware of any material nonpublic information about Affirm or such other company. This means that, even after you cease to be affiliated with Affirm, you must continue to abide by the applicable trading restrictions until you are no longer aware of material nonpublic information about Affirm. What types of transactions are covered by this Policy? “Transactions” or “trading” includes purchases, sales and other transfers of common stock, preferred stock, bonds, note or debentures (including convertible debt securities), put and call options or other derivative securities, and other marketable securities. This Policy also applies to any offers with respect to the transactions discussed above. Please note that there are no exceptions from insider trading 4
Page 168
laws or this Policy based on the size of the transaction (i.e., this Policy applies whether a trade is for one or 10,000 shares of stock). What does “material nonpublic information” mean? Information is “material” if a reasonable investor would consider it important in deciding whether to buy, sell, or hold securities, or would view the information as significantly altering the total mix of information in the marketplace about a company or its securities. Either positive or negative information may be material. Examples of information that may be regarded as material include the following, although the list is not exclusive: ● financial results, financial condition, projections or forecasts; ● earnings announcements or outlook, or changes to previously released announcements or outlook; ● expansion or curtailment of operations and business disruptions; ● a cybersecurity incident or risk that may adversely impact Affirm’s business, reputation or trading price; ● changes in securities analyst recommendations; ● events regarding Affirm securities (e.g., defaults on debt securities, calls of securities for redemption, repurchase plans, stock splits, changes in dividends, changes to the rights of securityholders or an offering of additional securities); ● introduction of key new products or business strategies; ● the status of Affirm’s progress toward achieving significant goals; ● significant developments involving business relationships with merchants, platform partners, originating banks, funding sources or other business partners; ● major personnel changes, such as changes in senior management; ● actual or threatened major litigation or regulator inquiries, or significant developments in existing major litigation or regulatory inquiries; or ● significant corporate events, such as a pending or proposed acquisition or a change in control of Affirm. Information is “nonpublic” until it has been widely disseminated to the public market by Affirm. This means that the information must be publicly released by Affirm and sufficient time must have passed for the securities markets to absorb or digest the information. It is important to note that information is not necessarily public just because it has been discussed in the press or on social media, which will sometimes report rumors. You should presume that information is nonpublic unless you can point to its official release by Affirm in at least one of the following ways: ● publicly available filings with the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission; ● issuance of press releases via major newswire; or 5
Page 169
● pre-announced public webcasts. You may not attempt to “beat the market” by trading simultaneously with, or shortly after, the official release of material information. Accordingly, you must not trade in Affirm securities until the commencement of trading on the second business day following the official release of material nonpublic information. When in doubt, you should assume that the information is material and nonpublic. If you have any questions as to whether information should be considered “material” or “nonpublic,” please contact corporate.legal@affirm.com. What are “Permitted Transactions”? Permitted Transactions are transactions to which the trading restrictions in this Policy do not apply. The following is a list of Permitted Transactions: ● Employee Stock Purchase Plan Purchases. The trading restrictions in this Policy do not apply to purchases of Affirm stock under an Affirm employee stock purchase plan resulting from periodic payroll contributions to the plan. The trading restrictions do apply, however, to subsequent sales of Affirm stock purchased under the plan. ● Stock Option Exercises. The trading restrictions in this Policy do not apply to exercises of Affirm stock options provided that no Affirm stock is sold in the market to fund the option exercise price or related taxes. The trading restrictions also do not apply to Affirm retaining shares subject to an option being exercised to satisfy tax withholding requirements. The trading restrictions do apply, however, to subsequent sales of Affirm stock received upon the exercise of options. ● Vesting of Restricted Stock Unit Awards. The trading restrictions in this Policy do not apply to the vesting of Affirm restricted stock unit awards or to the delivery of Affirm stock to you following the vesting of those awards. The trading restrictions also do not apply to Affirm retaining shares to satisfy tax withholding requirements relating to the vesting of restricted stock unit awards. The trading restrictions do apply, however, to subsequent sales of Affirm stock received by you following the vesting of restricted stock unit awards. ● Gifts to Trusts for Estate Planning Purposes. The trading restrictions in this Policy do not apply to gifts to trusts for estate planning purposes provided that (i) you or your immediate family members are the sole beneficial owners and sole beneficiaries of the transferred securities, and (ii) the terms of the transfer ensure that the securities remain subject to the same restrictions that apply to you. Please contact corporate.legal@affirm.com if you are contemplating a gift of securities. ● Rule 10b5-1 Trading Plan Transactions. The trading restrictions in this Policy do not apply to transactions provided for under an existing written plan designed to avail yourself of the affirmative defense of Rule 10b5-1 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, which requires that the plan be adopted at a time when you were not aware of any material nonpublic information and that certain other conditions be satisfied. To qualify under Rule 10b5-1, a trading plan, among other requirements, must be in writing, must be adopted at a time when the person adopting the plan is not aware of any material nonpublic information, must be subject to a minimum “cooling-off period” (as prescribed by law), must contain specified information about the nature, timing, amounts and prices (or a written formula for determining the nature, timing, amounts and prices) of trades to be executed under the plan, and must not permit the person adopting the plan to have any subsequent influence over the actual 6
Page 170
execution of trades under the plan. Please contact Affirm’s equity team at tradingplan@affirm.com if you are interested in adopting a Rule 10b5-1 trading plan. May I execute a Permitted Transaction at any time? Yes. However, if you are required to obtain pre-clearance for your trades, you still may need to obtain pre-clearance for a Permitted Transaction involving Affirm securities. What are “Prohibited Transactions”? You may not engage in any of the following Prohibited Transactions in Affirm’s securities at any time, regardless of whether or not you are at that time aware of any material nonpublic information about Affirm. Please contact Affirm’s legal department at corporate.legal@affirm.com for assistance in determining whether a proposed transaction is a Prohibited Transaction. ● Publicly Traded Options. You may not trade in publicly traded options, warrants, puts and calls or similar instruments on Affirm securities. ● Short Sales. You may not engage in short sales of Affirm securities. ● Hedging Transactions. You may not engage (directly or indirectly) in hedging transactions, including exchange funds, or otherwise engage in transactions that hedge or offset, or are designed to hedge or offset, any decrease in the market value of Affirm securities. What are “short sales” and “hedging transactions” and why are they Prohibited Transactions? Generally, a short sale is a transaction where an individual may benefit from a decline in the market price of the security being sold. Please contact Affirm’s legal department at corporate.legal@affirm.com for assistance in determining whether a proposed transaction is a short sale. Hedging transactions are transactions that hedge or offset, or are designed to hedge or offset, any decrease in the market value of Affirm securities. Hedging transactions include (but are not limited to) collars, equity swaps, exchange funds and prepaid variable forward sale contracts. Please contact Affirm’s legal department at corporate.legal@affirm.com for assistance in determining whether a proposed transaction is a hedging transaction. What are the potential consequences to me of insider trading? Penalties for violating insider trading laws can include disgorging profit made or loss avoided by trading, paying the loss suffered by the persons who purchased/sold securities to the insider tippee, paying civil and/or criminal penalties, and/or serving time in prison. A violation of this Policy is not necessarily a violation of law. We may take disciplinary action against an alleged violator for a violation of this Policy that does not rise to the level of a violation of law, and we may take such disciplinary action before the filing or conclusion of any civil or criminal action. In addition, please be aware that we may prohibit a transaction involving Affirm securities from being completed to enforce compliance with this Policy. SPECIAL RULES FOR DIRECTORS AND “SECTION 16 OFFICERS” All directors and all officers who have been designated by the Affirm Board of Directors as “Section 16 officers” (and their covered persons) are subject to certain reporting requirements and other restrictions relating to their ownership of Affirm securities. Information about these reporting requirements and restrictions has been made available to such persons separately. 7
Page 171
PRIORITY OF STATUTORY OR REGULATORY TRADING RESTRICTIONS The trading prohibitions and restrictions set forth in this Policy will be superseded by any greater prohibitions or restrictions prescribed by federal or state securities laws and regulations, or contractual restrictions on the sale of securities. AMENDMENTS We are continuously reviewing and updating our policies to account for changes in the law as well as our own standards. We may amend this Policy at any time and for any reason, subject to applicable law. INQUIRIES Please direct all inquiries regarding any of the provisions or procedures of this Policy to Affirm’s legal department at corporate.legal@affirm.com. You may also consult your own legal counsel with respect to questions under this Policy. Date Approved Key Changes Effective Date June 18, 2024 Amended and Restated Policy July 1, 2024 August 25, 2026 Non-substantive revisions to clarify existing policylanguage August 25, 2026 8
Page 172
Exhibit 21.1 Subsidiaries of the Registrant Entity Jurisdiction Affirm ABS Funding Trust I Delaware Affirm ABS LLC Delaware Affirm ABS II LLC Delaware Affirm Asset Securitization Trust 2022-Z1 Delaware Affirm Asset Securitization Trust 2023-X1 Delaware Affirm Asset Securitization Trust 2024-A Delaware Affirm Asset Securitization Trust 2024-B Delaware Affirm Asset Securitization Trust 2024-X1 Delaware Affirm Asset Securitization Trust 2024-X2 Delaware Affirm Asset Securitization Trust 2025-X1 Delaware Affirm Asset Securitization Trust 2025-X2 Delaware Affirm Australia Pty Ltd Australia Affirm B.V. Netherlands Affirm Canada Holdings Ltd. Canada Affirm Financial Solutions, LLC Delaware Affirm Financial Solutions, S.L. Spain Affirm, Inc. Delaware Affirm Loan Asset Sales I LLC Delaware Affirm Loan Asset Sales II LLC Delaware Affirm Loans UK Ltd United Kingdom Affirm Loan Services LLC Delaware Affirm Master Trust Delaware Affirm Operational Loans VII Trust Delaware Affirm Operational Loans VIII Trust Delaware Affirm Operational Loans XI Trust Delaware Affirm Operational Loans XII Trust Delaware Affirm Opportunity Fund I LLC Delaware Affirm Payments, LLC Delaware Affirm Poland spółka z ograniczoną odpowiedzialnością Poland Affirm U.K. Limited United Kingdom Butter Holdings Ltd United Kingdom Butter SPV 1 Ltd United Kingdom PayBright Funding GP Inc. Canada Paybright Funding Limited Partnership Canada Returnly Holdings, LLC Delaware Stichting Affirm for Client Funds Netherlands
Page 173
Exhibit 23.1 CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM We consent to the incorporation by reference in Registration Statement Nos. 333-289923, 333-281828, 333-274219, 333-267141, 333-259614, 333-252644, and 333-252068 on Form S-8 of our reports dated August 27, 2026 relating to the financial statements of Affirm Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries and the effectiveness of Affirm Holdings, Inc. and subsidiaries’ internal control over financial reporting, appearing in this Annual Report on Form 10-K for the year ended June 30, 2026. /s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP San Francisco, CAAugust 27, 2026
Page 174
Exhibit 31.1 CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER PURSUANT TO EXCHANGE ACT RULES 13a-14(a) AND 15d-14(a), AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 I, Max Levchin, certify that: 1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Affirm Holdings, Inc.; 2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; 4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and d. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and 5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
Page 175
b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. Date: August 27, 2026 /s/ Max Levchin Max Levchin Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)
Page 176
Exhibit 31.2 CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER PURSUANT TO EXCHANGE ACT RULES 13a-14(a) AND 15d-14(a), AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 302 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 I, Rob O’Hare, certify that: 1. I have reviewed this Annual Report on Form 10-K of Affirm Holdings, Inc.; 2. Based on my knowledge, this report does not contain any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary to make the statements made, in light of the circumstances under which such statements were made, not misleading with respect to the period covered by this report; 3. Based on my knowledge, the financial statements, and other financial information included in this report, fairly present in all material respects the financial condition, results of operations and cash flows of the registrant as of, and for, the periods presented in this report; 4. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I are responsible for establishing and maintaining disclosure controls and procedures (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(e) and 15d-15(e)) and internal control over financial reporting (as defined in Exchange Act Rules 13a-15(f) and 15d-15(f)) for the registrant and have: a. Designed such disclosure controls and procedures, or caused such disclosure controls and procedures to be designed under our supervision, to ensure that material information relating to the registrant, including its consolidated subsidiaries, is made known to us by others within those entities, particularly during the period in which this report is being prepared; b. Designed such internal control over financial reporting, or caused such internal control over financial reporting to be designed under our supervision, to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external purposes in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles; c. Evaluated the effectiveness of the registrant’s disclosure controls and procedures and presented in this report our conclusions about the effectiveness of the disclosure controls and procedures, as of the end of the period covered by this report based on such evaluation; and d. Disclosed in this report any change in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting that occurred during the registrant’s most recent fiscal quarter (the registrant’s fourth fiscal quarter in the case of an annual report) that has materially affected, or is reasonably likely to materially affect, the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting; and 5. The registrant’s other certifying officer and I have disclosed, based on our most recent evaluation of internal control over financial reporting, to the registrant’s auditors and the audit committee of the registrant’s board of directors (or persons performing the equivalent functions): a. All significant deficiencies and material weaknesses in the design or operation of internal control over financial reporting which are reasonably likely to adversely affect the registrant’s ability to record, process, summarize and report financial information; and
Page 177
b. Any fraud, whether or not material, that involves management or other employees who have a significant role in the registrant’s internal control over financial reporting. Date: August 27, 2026 /s/ Rob O’Hare Rob O’Hare Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)
Page 178
EXHIBIT 32.1 CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL EXECUTIVE OFFICER PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350 AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the undersigned certifies that this periodic report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and that information contained in this periodic report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the issuer. Dated: August 27, 2026 /s/ Max Levchin Max Levchin Chief Executive Officer (Principal Executive Officer)
Page 179
EXHIBIT 32.2 CERTIFICATION OF PRINCIPAL FINANCIAL OFFICER PURSUANT TO 18 U.S.C. SECTION 1350 AS ADOPTED PURSUANT TO SECTION 906 OF THE SARBANES-OXLEY ACT OF 2002 Pursuant to Section 906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, the undersigned certifies that this periodic report fully complies with the requirements of Section 13(a) or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and that information contained in this periodic report fairly presents, in all material respects, the financial condition and results of operations of the issuer. Dated: August 27, 2026 /s/ Rob O’Hare Rob O’Hare Chief Financial Officer (Principal Financial Officer)